Nařízení Komise v přenesené pravomoci (EU) 2015/35 ze dne 10. října 2014, kterým se doplňuje směrnice Evropského parlamentu a Rady 2009/138/ES o přístupu k pojišťovací a zajišťovací činnosti a jejím výkonu (Solventnost II) (Text s významem pro EHP)

Identifier:
32015R0035
Status:
effective
Text language:
en

THE EUROPEAN COMMISSION

Having regard to the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union,

Having regard to Directive 2009/138/EC and in particular Article 31(4), Article 35(9), Article 37(6), Article 37(7), Article 50(1)(a), Article 50(1)(b), Article 50(2)(a), Article 50(2)(b), Article 50(3), Article 56, Article 75(2), Article 75(3), Article 86(1)(a) to (i), Article 86(2)(a), Article 86(2)(b), Article 92(1), Article 92(1a), Article 97(1), Article 97(2), Article 99(a), Article 99(b), Article 109a(5), Article 111(1)(a) to (f), Article 111(1)(g) to (q), Article 114(1)(a), Article 114(1)(b), Article 126, Article 127, Article 130, Article 135(2)(a), Article 135(2)(b), Article 135(2)(c), Article 135(3), Article 143(1), Article 172(1), Article 211(2), Article 216(7), Article 217(3), Article 227(3), Article 234, Article 241(a), Article 241(b), Article 241(c), Article 244(4), Article 244(5), Article 245(4), Article 245(5), Article 248(7), Article 248(8), Article 249(3), Article 256(4), Article 260(2) and Article 308b(13) thereof,

For the purposes of this Regulation, the following definitions shall apply:

Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms and amending Regulation (EU) No 648/2012, (OJ L 176, 27.6.2013, p. 1 ).

⟪TABLE:tbl_001⟫

⟪MEDIA:img_001⟫

(1) In applying the requirements set out in this Regulation, account should be taken to the nature, scale and complexity of the risks inherent in the business of an insurance or reinsurance undertaking. The burden and the complexity imposed on insurance undertakings should be proportionate to their risk profile. In applying the requirements set out in this Regulation, information should be considered as material if that information could influence the decision-making or judgement of the intended users of that information.

(2) In order to reduce overreliance on external ratings, insurance and reinsurance undertakings should aim at having their own credit assessment on all their exposures. However, in view of the proportionality principle, insurance and reinsurance undertakings should only be required to have own credit assessments on their larger or more complex exposures.

(3) Supervisory authorities should ensure that insurance and reinsurance undertakings take appropriate steps to develop internal models that cover credit risk where their exposures are material in absolute terms and where they have at the same time a large number of material counterparties. For this purpose, supervisory authorities should have a harmonised approach to the definitions of exposures that are material in absolute terms and large number of material counterparties.

(4) In order to avoid the risk of biased estimations of the credit risk by insurance and reinsurance undertakings that do not use an approved internal model to calculate the credit risk in their Solvency Capital Requirement, their own credit assessments should not result in lower capital requirements than the ones derived from external ratings.

(5) In order to avoid overreliance on ratings when the exposures are to another insurance or reinsurance undertaking, the use of ratings for the purposes of calculating the capital requirement in accordance with the standard formula could be replaced by a reference to the solvency position of the counterparty (solvency ratio approach). Such an approach would necessitate a calibration based on Solvency Capital Requirements and eligible amounts of own funds to cover these Solvency Capital Requirements as determined when Solvency II is in place. The solvency ratio approach should be limited to insurance and reinsurance undertakings that are not rated.

(6) In order to ensure that valuation standards for supervisory purposes are compatible with international accounting developments, insurance and reinsurance undertakings should use market consistent valuation methods prescribed in international accounting standards adopted by the Commission in accordance with Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002, unless the undertaking is required to use a specific valuation method in relation to an asset or liability or is permitted to use methods based on the valuation method it uses for preparing its financial statements.

(7) Insurance and reinsurance undertakings' valuation of the assets and liabilities using the market consistent valuation methods prescribed in international accounting standards adopted by the Commission in accordance with Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002, should follow a valuation hierarchy with quoted market prices in active markets for the same assets or liabilities being the default valuation method in order to ensure that assets and liabilities are valued at the amount for which they could be exchanged in the case of assets or transferred or settled in the case of liabilities between knowledgeable and willing parties in an arm's length transaction. This approach should be applied by undertakings regardless of whether international or other valuation methods follow a different valuation hierarchy.

(8) Insurance and reinsurance undertakings should recognise and value deferred tax assets and liabilities in relation to all items that are recognised for solvency purposes or in the tax balance sheet in order to ensure that all amounts which could give rise to future tax cash flows are captured.

(9) The valuation of insurance and reinsurance obligations should include obligations relating to existing insurance and reinsurance business. Obligations relating to future business should not be included in the valuation. Where insurance and reinsurance contracts include policyholder options to establish, renew, extend, increase or resume the insurance or reinsurance cover or undertaking options to terminate the contract or amend premiums or benefits, a contract boundary should be defined to specify whether the additional cover arising from those options is regarded as existing or future business.

(10) In order to determine the transfer value of insurance and reinsurance obligations, the valuation of the obligations should take into account future cash flows relating to contract renewal options, regardless of their profitability, unless the renewal option means that the insurance or reinsurance undertaking would from an economic perspective have the same rights over the setting of the premiums or benefits of the renewed contract as those which exist for a new contract.

1. alternative valuation methods' means valuation methods that are consistent with Article 75 of Directive 2009/138/EC, other than those which solely use the quoted market prices for the same or similar assets or liabilities;

(11) In order to ensure that the analysis of the financial position of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking is not distorted, the technical provisions of a portfolio of insurance and reinsurance obligations may be negative. The calculation of technical provisions should not be subject to a floor of zero.

(12) The transfer value of an insurance or reinsurance obligation may be lower than the surrender values of the underlying contracts. The calculation of technical provisions should not be subject to surrender value floors.

(13) In order to arrive at technical provisions that correspond to the transfer value of insurance and reinsurance obligations the calculation of the best estimate should take account of future developments, such as demographic, legal, medical, technological, social, environmental and economic developments, that will impact the cash in- and out-flows required to settle the obligations.

(14) In order to arrive at a best estimate that corresponds to the probability-weighted average of future cash flows as referred to in Article 77(2) of Directive 2009/138/EC, the cash flows projection used in the calculation of the best estimate should take account of all uncertainties in the cash flows.

(15) The choice of the method to calculate the best estimate should be proportionate to the nature, scale and complexity of the risks supported by the insurance or reinsurance undertaking. The range of methods to calculate the best estimate includes simulation, deterministic and analytical techniques. For certain life insurance contracts, in particular where they give rise to discretionary benefits depending on investment returns or where they include financial guarantees and contractual options, simulation methods may lead to a more appropriate calculation of the best estimate.

(16) Where insurance and reinsurance contracts include financial guarantees and options, the present value of cash flows arising from those contracts may depend both on the expected outcome of future events and developments and on how the actual outcome in certain scenarios could deviate from the expected outcome. The methods used to calculate the best estimate should take such dependencies into account.

(17) The definition of future discretionary benefits should capture the benefits of insurance and reinsurance contracts that are paid in addition to guaranteed benefits and that result from profit participation by the policy holder. It should not capture index-linked or unit-linked benefits.

(18) The calculation of the risk margin should be based on the assumption that the whole portfolio of insurance and reinsurance obligations is transferred to another insurance or reinsurance undertaking. In particular, the calculation should take the diversification of the whole portfolio into account.

(19) The calculation of the risk margin should be based on a projection of the Solvency Capital Requirement that takes the risk mitigation of reinsurance contracts and special purpose vehicles into account. Separate calculations of the risk margin gross and net of reinsurance contracts and special purpose vehicles should not be stipulated.

(20) The adjustment for credit risk to the basic risk-free interest rates should be derived from market rates that capture the credit risk reflected in the floating rate of interest rate swaps. For this purpose, in order to align the determination of the adjustment with standard market practice and under market conditions similar to those at the date of adoption of Directive 2014/51/EU, in particular for the euro, the market rates should correspond to interbank offered rates for a 3 month maturity.

2. scenario analysis means the analysis of the impact of a combination of adverse events;

(21) Under market conditions similar to those at the date of adoption of Directive 2014/51/EU, when determining the last maturity for which markets for bonds are not deep, liquid and transparent anymore in accordance with Article 77a of Directive 2009/138/EC, the market for bonds denominated in euro should not be regarded as deep and liquid where the cumulative volume of bonds with maturities larger than or equal to the last maturity is less than 6 percent of the volume of all bonds in that market.

(22) Where no reliable credit spread can be derived from the default statistics, as in the case of exposures to sovereign debt, the fundamental spread for the calculation of the matching adjustment and the volatility adjustment should be equal to the portion of the long term average of the spread over the risk free interest rate set out in Article 77c(2)(b) and (c) of Directive 2009/138/EC. As regards exposures to Member States' central government and central banks, the asset class should capture the difference between individual Member States.

(23) In order to ensure transparency in the determination of the relevant risk free interest rate, in accordance with recital 29 of Directive 2014/51/EU, the methodology, assumptions and identification of the data used by the European Insurance and Occupational Pensions Authority (EIOPA) to calculate the adjustment to swap rates for credit risk, the volatility adjustment and the fundamental spread for the matching adjustment, should be published by EIOPA as part of the technical information to be published by virtue of Article 77e(1) of Directive 2009/138/EC.

(24) The segmentation of insurance and reinsurance obligations into lines of business and homogeneous risk groups should reflect the nature of the risks underlying the obligation. The nature of the underlying risks may justify segmentation which differs from the allocation of insurance activities to life insurance activities and non-life insurance activities, from the classes of non-life insurance set out in Annex I of Directive 2009/138/EC and from the classes of life insurance set out in Annex II of Directive 2009/138/EC.

(25) The determination whether a method of calculating technical provisions is proportionate to the nature, scale and complexity of the risks should include an assessment of the model error of the method. But this assessment should not require insurance and reinsurance undertakings to specify the precise amount of the model error.

(26) For the purposes of the application for supervisory approval to use the matching adjustment referred to in paragraph 1 of Article 77b of Directive 2009/138/EC, undertakings should be permitted to consider different eligible insurance products as one portfolio, provided that the conditions for approval are met on a continuous basis and there are no legal impediments to the business being organised and managed separately from the rest of the business of the undertaking in one portfolio.

(27) The approval of ancillary own funds to be included to meet an insurance or reinsurance undertaking's Solvency Capital Requirement should be based on an assessment of the relevant criteria by the supervisory authorities. However, the insurance or reinsurance undertaking seeking approval for an ancillary own fund item should demonstrate to the supervisory authorities that the criteria have been met and provide to the supervisory authorities all the information that the supervisory authorities may require in order to make such an assessment. The assessment of the application for approval of ancillary own funds by the supervisory authorities should be undertaken on a case-by-case basis.

(28) When considering an application for approval of ancillary own funds in accordance with Article 90 of Directive 2009/138/EC the supervisory authorities should consider the economic substance and the legal enforceability of the ancillary own funds item for which approval is being sought.

(29) Tier 1 own funds should be made up of own-fund items which are of a high quality and which fully absorb losses to enable an insurance or reinsurance undertaking to continue as a going concern.

(30) Where the economic effect of a transaction, or a group of connected transactions, is equivalent to the holding by an insurance or reinsurance undertaking of its own shares, the excess of assets over liabilities should be reduced to reflect the existence of an encumbrance on that part of own-funds.

3. health insurance obligation means an insurance obligation that covers one or both of the following:(i) the provision of medical treatment or care including preventive or curative medical treatment or care due to illness, accident, disability or infirmity, or financial compensation for such treatment or care,(ii) financial compensation arising from illness, accident, disability or infirmity;

(i) the provision of medical treatment or care including preventive or curative medical treatment or care due to illness, accident, disability or infirmity, or financial compensation for such treatment or care,

(ii) financial compensation arising from illness, accident, disability or infirmity;

(31) The assessment of whether an individual own-fund item is of sufficient duration should be based on the original maturity of that item. The average duration of an insurance or reinsurance undertaking's total own funds, taking into account the remaining maturity of all own-fund items, should not be significantly lower than the average duration of insurance or reinsurance undertaking's liabilities. Insurance and reinsurance undertakings should also assess whether the total amount of own funds is of a sufficient duration as part of their own risk and solvency assessment, taking into account both the original and remaining maturity of all own-fund items and of all insurance and reinsurance liabilities.

(32) The assessment of loss-absorbency in a winding-up in accordance with Article 93 of Directive 2009/138/EC should not be based on a comparison of the excess of assets over liabilities valued on a going-concern basis against the excess of assets over liabilities valued under the assumption that winding-up proceedings have been opened in relation to the insurance or reinsurance undertaking.

(33) Since the future premiums receivable on existing insurance and reinsurance contracts are included in the calculation of the technical provisions, the amount of the excess of assets over liabilities that is included in Tier 1 should not be adjusted to exclude the expected profits on those future premiums.

(34) Own-fund items with features that incentivise redemption, such as contractual increases in the dividend payable or increases in the coupon rate combined with a call option, should be limited to allow for restrictions on repayment or redemption in the event of a breach of the Solvency Capital Requirement and should only be classified as Tier 2 or Tier 3.

(35) Insurance and reinsurance undertakings should divide the excess of assets over liabilities into amounts that correspond to capital items in their financial statements and a reconciliation reserve. The reconciliation reserve may be positive or negative.

(36) The complete list of own-fund items should be set out for each tier, including Tier 3, so that it is clear for which items insurance and reinsurance undertakings should seek supervisory approval for classification.

(37) Ring-fenced funds are arrangements where an identified set of assets and liabilities are managed as though they were a separate undertaking, and should not include conventional index-linked, unit-linked or reinsurance business. The reduced transferability of the assets of a ring-fenced fund should be reflected in the calculation of the excess of assets over the liabilities of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking.

(38) Both life and non-life insurance and reinsurance activities can give rise to ring-fenced funds. Profit participation does not necessarily imply ring-fencing, and should not be taken as the defining characteristic of a ring-fenced fund.

(39) Ring-fenced funds should be limited to those arrangements that reduce the capacity of certain own fund items to absorb losses on a going concern basis. Arrangements that only affect loss absorbency in the case of winding-up should not be considered as ring-fenced funds.

(40) In order to avoid double counting of own-funds between the insurance and banking sectors at individual level, insurance and reinsurance undertakings should deduct from the amount of basic own funds any participations in financial and credit institutions in excess of 10 % of the Tier 1 own-fund items which are not subject to any limit. Participations in financial and credit institutions that in aggregate exceed the same threshold should be partially deducted on a proportional basis. The deduction is not necessary where the participations are strategic and method 1 set out in Annex I to Directive 2002/87/EC is applied to these undertakings for the group solvency calculation.

4. medical expense insurance obligation means an insurance obligation that covers the provision or financial compensation referred to in point (3)(i);

(41) The majority of the eligible amount of own funds to cover the Minimum Capital Requirement and Solvency Capital Requirement should be composed of Tier 1 own funds. In order to ensure that the application of the limits does not create potential pro-cyclical effects, the limits on the eligible amounts of Tier 2 and Tier 3 items should apply in such a way that a loss in Tier 1 own funds does not result in a loss of total eligible own funds that is higher than that loss. Therefore, the limits should apply to the extent that the Solvency Capital Requirement and Minimum Capital Requirement are covered with own funds. Own-fund items in excess of the limits should not be counted as eligible own funds.

(42) When setting up lists of regional governments and local authorities, EIOPA should respect the requirement that there is no difference in risk between exposures to these and exposures to the central government in whose jurisdiction they are established because of the specific revenue raising powers of the former and that specific institutional arrangements exist, the effect of which is to reduce the risk of default. The effect of the implementing act adopted pursuant to Article 109a(2)(a) of Directive 2009/138/EC relating to these lists is that direct exposures to the regional governments and local authorities listed are treated as exposures to the central government of the jurisdiction in which they are established for the purposes of the calculation of the market risk module and the counterparty default risk module of the standard formula.

(43) In order to avoid giving the wrong incentives to restructure long-term contracts as short-term renewable contracts, the volume measure for non-life and SLT health premium risk used in the standard formula should be based on the economic substance of insurance and reinsurance contracts rather than on their legal form. The volume measure should, therefore, capture earned premiums that are within the contract boundary of existing contracts and on contracts that will be written in the next 12 months.

(44) As the expected profits included in future premiums of existing non-life insurance and reinsurance contracts are recognised in the eligible own funds of insurance and reinsurance undertakings, the non-life underwriting risk module should capture the lapse risk relating to non-life insurance and reinsurance contracts.

(45) In relation to premium risk, the calculation of the capital requirement for non-life and health premium and reserve risk should be based on the larger of the past and the expected future earned premiums to take account of the uncertainty around the future earned premiums. However, where an insurance or reinsurance undertaking can reliably ensure that the future earned premiums will not exceed the expected premiums, the calculation should be based on the expected earned premiums only.

(46) In order to reflect the average characteristics of life insurance obligations, the modelling of mass lapse risk in the Solvency Capital Requirement standard formula should be based on the assumption that the risk relating to the options that a ceding insurance or reinsurance undertaking of a reinsurance contract may exercise is not material for the accepting insurance or reinsurance undertaking.

(47) In order to reflect the different risk profile of health insurance that is pursued on a similar technical basis to that of life insurance (SLT health) and other health insurance business (NSLT health), the health underwriting risk module should include different sub-modules for these two types of insurance.

(48) In order to reflect the average characteristics of life insurance obligations, the modelling of the life and SLT health underwriting risk modules should be based on the assumption that the risk relating to the dependence of insurance and reinsurance benefits on inflation is not material

(49) The scenario-based calculations of the non-life and health catastrophe risk sub-modules of the standard formula should be based on the specification of catastrophe losses that are gross, without deduction of the amounts recoverable from reinsurance contracts and special purpose vehicles. Insurance and reinsurance undertakings should allow for the risk-mitigating effect of their specific reinsurance contracts and special purpose vehicles when they determine the change in basic own funds resulting from the scenario.

(50) In order to reflect the average characteristics of non-life insurance obligations, the modelling of the liability risk in the non-life catastrophe risk sub-module of the standard formula should be based on the assumption that the risk of an accumulation of a large number of similar claims which are covered by third party liability insurance obligations is not material.

5. income protection insurance obligation means an insurance obligation that covers the financial compensation referred to in point (3)(ii) other than the financial compensation referred to in point (3)(i);

(51) In order to reflect the average characteristics of non-life insurance obligations, the modelling of mass accident risk in the standard formula should be based on the assumption that the exposure of insurance and reinsurance undertakings to mass accident risk situated in third countries, other than specific European countries, is not material for the insurance and reinsurance undertakings and insurance groups subject to Directive 2009/138/EC. It should also be based on the assumption that the mass accident risk in relation to workers' compensation insurance is not material

(52) In order to reflect the average characteristics of non-life insurance obligations, the modelling of accident concentration risk in the standard formula should be based on the assumption that the accident concentration risk in relation to medical expense insurance and income protection insurance other than group contracts is not material.

(53) In order to reflect empirical evidence on natural catastrophes in the calibration of the standard formula, the modelling of natural catastrophe risk should be based on geographical divisions that are sufficiently homogeneous in relation to the risk that insurance and reinsurance undertakings are exposed to. The risk weights for those divisions should be specified in such a way that they capture the ratio of annual loss and sum insured for the relevant lines of business using a Value-at-Risk measure with a 99,5 % confidence level. The correlation coefficients between those geographical divisions should be selected in such a way that they reflect the dependency between the relevant risks in the geographical divisions, taking into account any non-linearity of the dependence.

(54) In order to capture the actual risk exposure of the undertaking in the calculation of the capital requirement for natural catastrophe risk in the standard formula, the sum insured should be determined in a manner that takes account of contractual limits for the compensation for catastrophe events.

(55) The market risk module of the standard formula should be based on the assumption that the sensitivity of assets and liabilities to changes in the volatility of market parameters is not material.

(56) The calibration of the interest rate risk at longer maturities should reflect that the ultimate forward rate towards which the risk-free interest rate term structure converges to is stable over time and only changes because of changes in long-term expectations.

(57) For the purposes of the calculation of the standard formula, insurance and reinsurance undertakings should identify which of their related undertakings are of a strategic nature. The calibration of the equity risk sub-module on the investments in related undertakings which are of strategic nature should reflect the likely reduction in the volatility of their value arising from their strategic nature and the influence exercised by the participating undertaking on those related undertakings.

(58) The duration-based equity risk sub-module should be based on the assumption that the typical holding period of equity investments referred to in Article 304 of Directive 2009/138/EC is consistent with the average duration of liabilities pursuant to Article 304 of Directive 2009/138/EC.

(59) In order to avoid the effects of pro-cyclicality, the time period for the symmetric adjustment mechanism to the equity risk sub-module should strike a balance between maintaining risk-sensitivity of the sub-module and reflecting the objective of the symmetric adjustment.

(60) When a matching adjustment is applied in the calculation of the best estimate of insurance or reinsurance obligations, the calculation of the Solvency Capital Requirement in the spread risk sub-module should capture the impact of changes in asset spreads on the matching adjustment and thus on the value of technical provisions.

6. workers compensation insurance obligation means an insurance obligation that covers the provision or financial compensation referred to in points (3)(i) and (ii) and which arises only from to accidents at work, industrial injury and occupational disease;

(61) Considering that the risk-profile of property located in third countries is not materially different from that of property located in the Union, the property risk sub-module of the standard formula should treat these two types of exposures in the same way.

(62) Given that concentration risk is mostly driven by the lack of diversification in issuers to which insurance or reinsurance undertakings are exposed, the market risk concentrations sub-module of the standard formula should be based on the assumption that the geographical or sector concentration of the assets held by the insurance or reinsurance undertaking is not material.

(63) The counterparty default risk module of the standard formula should be based on the assumption that, for exposures that may be diversified and where the counterparty is likely to be rated (type 1 exposures), losses-given-default on counterparties which do not belong to the same group are independent and losses-given-default on counterparties which do belong to the same group are not independent.

(64) In order to ensure that the credit risk on all counterparties to which insurance or reinsurance undertakings are exposed is captured in the Solvency Capital Requirement calculated with the standard formula, all exposures which are neither captured in the spread risk sub-module nor in the counterparty default risk module as type 1 exposures should be captured in the counterparty default risk module as type 2 exposures.

(65) The counterparty default risk module of the standard formula should reflect the economic effect of collateral arrangements in case of default of the counterparty. In particular, it should be considered whether the full ownership of the collateral is transferred or not. It should also be considered whether in case of insolvency of the counterparty, the determination of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking's proportional share of the counterparty's insolvency estate in excess of the collateral takes into account that the undertaking receives the collateral.

(66) Consistent with the approach set out in Article 104(1), (3) and (4) of Directive 2009/138/EC, the Basic Solvency Capital Requirement should include an additional risk module in order to address the specific risks arising from intangible assets, as recognised and valued for solvency purpose, that are not captured elsewhere in the Solvency Capital Requirement.

(67) The operational risk module of the standard formula captures the risk arising from inadequate or failed internal processes, personnel or systems, or from external events in a factor-based calculation. For this purpose, technical provisions, premiums earned during the previous twelve months, and expenses incurred during the previous twelve months are considered appropriate volume measures to capture this risk. The latter volume measure is relevant only for life insurance contracts where the risk is borne by the policyholder. In view of the fact that acquisition expenses are implemented heterogeneously in different insurance business models, these expenses should not be taken into account in the volume measure for the amount of expenses incurred during the previous 12 months. In order to ensure that the capital requirement for operational risk continues to meet the confidence level set out in Article 101 of Directive 2009/138/EC, the operational risk module should be re-examined as part of the Commission review of the methods, assumptions and standard parameters used when calculating the Solvency Capital Requirement with the standard formula, as referred to in recital (150). This review should in particular target life insurance contracts where the risk is borne by the policyholder.

(68) The calculation of the adjustment for the loss-absorbing capacity of technical provisions and deferred taxes should ensure that there is no double counting of the risk mitigating effect provided by future discretionary benefits or deferred taxes.

(69) Future discretionary benefits are usually a feature associated with life and SLT health insurance contracts. Therefore, the adjustment for the loss-absorbing capacity of technical provisions should take into account the mitigating effect provided by future discretionary benefits in relation to life underwriting risk, SLT health underwriting risk, health catastrophe risk, market risk and counterparty default risk. In order to limit the complexity of the standard formula and the calculation burden for insurance and reinsurance undertakings the adjustment should not apply to the risks of non-life insurance and NSLT health insurance. As losses arising from inadequate or failed internal processes, personnel or systems, or from external events might not be effectively absorbed by future discretionary benefits, the adjustment should not apply to operational risk.

(70) The recognition of risk-mitigation techniques in the calculation of the Solvency Capital Requirement should reflect the economic substance of the technique used and should be restricted to risk-mitigation techniques that effectively transfer the risk outside the insurance or reinsurance undertaking.

7. health reinsurance obligation means a reinsurance obligation which arises from accepted reinsurance covering health insurance obligations;

(71) The assessment of whether there has been an effective transfer of risk should consider all aspects of the risk-mitigation technique and the arrangements between the insurance and reinsurance undertaking and their counterparties. In the case of risk-mitigation provided by reinsurance, the fact that the probability of a significant variation in either the amount or timing of payments by the reinsurer is remote should not, of itself, mean that the reinsurer has not assumed risk.

(72) The scenario-based calculations of the Solvency Capital Requirement standard formula are based on the impact of instantaneous stresses and insurance and reinsurance undertakings should not take into account risk-mitigation techniques that rely on insurance or reinsurance undertakings taking future action, such as dynamic hedging strategies or future management actions, at the time that the stress occurs. Dynamic hedging strategies and future management actions should be distinguished from rolling hedge arrangements, where a risk-mitigation technique is currently in force and will be replaced at the time of its expiry with a similar arrangement regardless of the solvency position of the undertaking.

(73) In order to avoid the situation whereby the effectiveness of a risk mitigation technique is undermined by the existence of basis risk, in particular because of a currency mismatch, undertakings should reflect material basis risk in the calculation of the Solvency Capital Requirement. Where material basis risk is not reflected in the calculation of the Solvency Capital Requirement, the risk mitigation technique should not be recognised.

(74) The existence of profit participation arrangements, whereby profits are allocated to policy holders or beneficiaries should be appropriately reflected in the calculation of the Solvency Capital Requirement.

(75) Where the calculation of the capital requirement for a risk module or sub-module of the Basic Solvency Capital Requirement is based on the impact of bidirectional scenarios on basic own funds, as in interest rate risk, currency risk or lapse risk, the insurance or reinsurance undertaking should determine which scenario most negatively affects the basic own funds of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking as a whole. This determination should, where relevant, take into account the effects of profit participation and the distribution of future discretionary benefits at the level of the ring-fenced fund. The scenario determined in this way should be the relevant scenario to calculate the notional Solvency Capital Requirement for each ring-fenced fund.

(76) In order to be able to prepare for future revisions of correlation parameters on the basis of suitable empirical information, such as changes in mortality rates and lapse rates for life obligations and combined ratios or provision run-off ratios for non-life insurance obligations, EIOPA should receive appropriate data from supervisory authorities. Supervisory authorities should receive this data from insurance and reinsurance undertakings as part of the information which is to be reported to supervisors given that it will be necessary for the purposes of supervision and should not therefore result in additional burdens for undertakings.

(77) When providing an opinion on an update to correlation parameters, EIOPA should take into account whether the application of the updated correlation parameters by insurance and reinsurance undertakings would result in an overall Solvency Capital Requirement which complies with the principles in Article 101 of Directive 2009/138/EC, and whether dependencies between risks are non-linear or whether there is a lack of diversification under extreme scenarios, in which case EIOPA should consider alternative measures of dependence for the purposes of calibrating updates to the correlation parameters.

(78) It is likely that many aspects of internal models will change over time as knowledge about risk modelling improves, and supervisory authorities should accordingly have regard to current information and practice in making their assessment of the internal model to ensure that it keeps pace with recent developments.

(79) An internal model can only play an important role in the system of governance of an insurance or reinsurance undertaking where it is adapted to the business of the undertaking and understood by the persons who base decisions on its outputs. The use test for internal models should therefore ensure that approved internal models are appropriate to the business of the undertaking and are understood by the persons who effectively run the undertaking.

(80) Insurance and reinsurance undertakings calculating the Solvency Capital Requirement on the basis of an internal model should use the internal model in their risk-management system and in their decision-making processes in a way that creates incentives to improve the quality of the internal model itself.

8. medical expense reinsurance obligation means a reinsurance obligation which arises from accepted reinsurance covering medical expense insurance obligations;

(81) The requirement that the internal model is widely used in and plays an important role in their system of governance set out in Article 120 of Directive 2009/138/EC should not lead insurance and reinsurance undertakings to rely blindly on the output of the internal model. The undertakings should not make decisions based on the output of the internal model without challenging the appropriateness of the model. They should be aware of the limitations of the internal model and take them into account in their decisions.

(82) As no particular method for the calculation of the probability distribution forecast for internal models is prescribed in accordance with Article 121(4) of Directive 2009/138/EC and as internal models should be adapted to the specific business of the insurance and reinsurance undertaking, internal models may vary significantly in their methodology, the information, assumptions and data used for the internal model and in their validation processes. The statistical quality standards and the validation standards should therefore remain principle-based and include only specific minimum requirements. For the same reason, the documentation standards should not include a complete list of documents, but only a minimum list of documents that should exist for each internal model. Undertakings' documentation should contain any additional information that is necessary to comply with the documentation standards for internal models.

(83) In order to ensure that the internal model is up to date and reflects their risk profile in the best possible manner, insurance and reinsurance undertakings should be aware of the relevant actuarial developments and the generally accepted market practice of risk modelling. However, this does not imply that insurance and reinsurance undertakings should always adapt their internal model to the generally accepted market practices. In many cases it might be necessary to depart from the generally accepted market practice in order to arrive at an appropriate internal model.

(84) Internal models are likely to be based on a large amount of data stemming from a variety of sources and of differing characteristics and quality. In order to ensure the appropriateness of the data used for the internal model, insurance and reinsurance undertakings should collect, process and apply data in a transparent and structured manner.

(85) Insurance and reinsurance undertakings should be free to decide the structure of the internal model that most appropriately reflects their risks. This should be done subject to approval by the supervisory authorities. In the case of partial internal models it might be more appropriate to calculate different components separately and integrate them directly into the standard formula without further aggregation in the internal model. In this case a probability distribution forecast should be calculated for each component.

(86) Any integration technique of a partial internal model into the standard formula to calculate the Solvency Capital Requirement is part of that internal model and should, together with the other components of the partial internal model, fulfil the relevant requirements of Directive 2009/138/EC.

(87) Insurance and reinsurance undertakings should calculate the linear Minimum Capital Requirement using a standard calculation regardless of whether the undertaking uses the standard formula or an internal model to calculate its Solvency Capital Requirement.

(88) For the purposes of calculating the cap and the floor of the Minimum Capital Requirement referred to in Article 129(3) of Directive 2009/138/EC insurance and reinsurance undertakings should not be required to calculate a Solvency Capital Requirement on a quarterly basis. Where the calculation of the Minimum Capital Requirement does not coincide with an annual calculation of the Solvency Capital Requirement, undertakings should use the last calculated Solvency Capital Requirement in accordance with Article 102 of Directive 2009/138/EC.

(89) In accordance with the prudent person principle set out in Article 132 of Directive 2009/138/EC and in order to ensure cross-sectoral consistency, the interests of undertakings that re-package loans into tradable securities and other financial instruments (originators, sponsors or original lenders) and the interests of the insurance and reinsurance undertakings investing in those securities or instruments should be aligned. In order to achieve this alignment, insurance and reinsurance undertakings should be allowed to invest in those securities or instruments only if the originator, sponsor or original lender retains a material net economic interest in the underlying assets. The requirement for the originator, the sponsor or the original lender to retain a material net economic interest in the underlying assets should apply also when there are multiple originators, sponsors or original lenders. To prevent any potential circumvention of the requirements, avoid misunderstandings and align the language with that used in Union legislation regulating the activities of credit instititutions, the terms investment in securitisation positions should be used instead of investment in tradable securities or other financial instruments based on repackaged loans.

(90) Insurance and reinsurance undertakings investing in securitisation should have a comprehensive and thorough understanding of the investment and its underlying exposures. In order to achieve that understanding, undertakings should make their investment decision only after having conducted thorough due diligence, from which they should obtain adequate information and knowledge about the securitisation.

9. income protection reinsurance obligation means a reinsurance obligation which arises from accepted reinsurance covering income protection insurance obligations;

(91) In order to ensure that the risks arising from securitisation positions are appropriately reflected in the capital requirements of insurance and reinsurance undertakings, it is necessary to include rules providing for a risk-sensitive and prudentially sound treatment of such investments, depending on the nature and underwriting process of underlying exposures, and structural and transparency features. Securitisations that meet those requirements should be subject to a specific treatment in the spread risk sub-module, recognising their lower risk profile. Given that only the most senior tranches qualify for such a treatment, and taking into account the credit enhancement embedded in most senior tranches compared to the whole pool of underlying exposures, it is appropriate to cap the spread risk factors on such positions at the level of the spread risk factor that would be applicable to underlying exposures, namely at the level of the 3 % risk factor per year of duration applicable to unrated loans. This approach should be re-examined as part of the Commission review of the methods, assumptions and standard parameters used when calculating the Solvency Capital Requirement with the standard formula, as referred to in recital (150).

(92) In order to avoid any regulatory arbitrage, the rules on securitisation should apply on the basis of the principle of substance over form. To this end, a clear and encompassing definition of securitisation is needed that captures any transaction or scheme whereby the credit risk associated with an exposure or pool of exposures is tranched. An exposure that creates a direct payment obligation for a transaction or scheme used to finance or operate physical assets should not be considered an exposure to a securitisation, even if the transaction or scheme has payment obligations of different seniority.

(93) Good governance is the basis for effective and sound management of insurance and reinsurance undertakings as well as a key element of the regulatory framework. The system of governance of an insurance and reinsurance undertaking should be based on an appropriate and transparent allocation of oversight and management responsibilities to provide for an effective decision making, to prevent conflicts of interest and to ensure effective management of the undertaking.

(94) A basic principle of good governance is that no individual should have power over decision making without any form of control. Therefore, prior to implementing any significant decision concerning the undertaking, at least one other person should review that decision.

(95) In order to ensure the proper functioning of the risk management system, actions taken by insurance and reinsurance undertakings should include establishing, implementing, maintaining and monitoring practices and procedures appropriate to the undertaking's risk management policy, with regard to key areas of the undertakings' business.

(96) Insurance and reinsurance undertakings should have appropriate internal controls in place in order to ensure that all persons with operational and oversight responsibilities act in accordance with the undertaking's objectives and in compliance with applicable laws, regulations and administrative provisions.

(97) In order to ensure an economic valuation that is reliable, accurate and in compliance with Article 75 of Directive 2009/138/EC, it is important to establish and implement appropriate internal controls for the valuation of assets and liabilities of insurance and reinsurance undertakings, including an independent review and verification of the information, data and assumptions used.

(98) In order to ensure that the valuation of technical provision is carried out in compliance with Articles 76 to 85 of Directive 2009/138/EC, the system of governance of insurance and reinsurance undertakings should include a validation process of the calculation of technical provisions.

(99) In the context of the system of governance, in order to ensure independence, a person or organisational unit carrying out a function should be able to carry out the related duties objectively and free from influence and to report relevant findings directly to the administrative, management or supervisory body. In order to enable supervisory authorities to take timely remedial measures where necessary, insurance and reinsurance undertakings should, in a timely manner, notify the supervisory authority of information regarding all persons who effectively run the undertaking or are responsible for other key functions and other information needed to assess the fitness and propriety of these persons. However, acknowledging the need to avoid undue burdens on insurance or reinsurance undertakings or supervisors, the notification by insurance and reinsurance undertakings should not imply pre-approval by the supervisory authority. In the event that the supervisory authority concludes that a person does not comply with the fit and proper requirements set out in Directive 2009/138/EC, it should have the power to require the undertaking to replace that person.

(100) In order to assess the reputation of the persons who effectively run the undertaking or have other key functions, the past conduct of those persons should be examined to see whether they may not be able to effectively discharge their duties in accordance with the applicable rules, regulations and guidelines. Information regarding past conduct may be information that is sourced from criminal or financial records. A person's past business conduct could provide indications as to that person's integrity.

10. workers' compensation reinsurance obligation means a reinsurance obligation which arises from accepted reinsurance covering workers' compensation insurance obligations;

Where insurance and reinsurance undertakings make assumptions about rules relating to the valuation of assets and liabilities, technical provisions, own funds, solvency capital requirements, minimum capital requirements and investment rules, these assumptions shall be based on the expertise of persons with relevant knowledge, experience and understanding of the risks inherent in the insurance or reinsurance business.

Insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall, taking due account of the principle of proportionality, ensure that internal users of the relevant assumptions are informed about their relevant content, their degree of reliability and their limitations. For that purpose, service providers to whom functions or activities have been outsourced shall be considered to be internal users.

Directive 2009/65/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 July 2009 on the coordination of laws, regulations and administrative provisions relating to undertakings for collective investment in transferable securities (UCITS)(OJ L 302, 17.11.2009, p. 32 ).

⟪TABLE:tbl_002⟫

⟪MEDIA:img_002⟫

(101) In order to ensure that the outsourcing of functions or activities is done in an effective way and does not undermine the obligations that insurance and reinsurance undertakings have to comply with under Directive 2009/138/EC, it is necessary to provide for requirements on how to choose the service provider, on the written agreement to be concluded and on the ongoing verification that the insurance or reinsurance undertaking has to perform on the service provider.

Article 1 Article 1 Definitions

(102) Remuneration policies and practices which provide incentives to take risks that exceed the approved risk tolerance limits of insurance and reinsurance undertakings can undermine the effective risk management of such undertakings. It is therefore necessary to provide for requirements on remuneration for the purposes of the sound and prudent management of the business and in order to prevent remuneration arrangements which encourage excessive risk-taking.

Article 2 Article 2 Expert judgement 1.Where insurance and reinsurance undertakings make assumptions about rules relating to the valuation of assets and liabilities, technical provisions, own funds, solvency capital requirements, minimum capital requirements and investment rules, these assumptions shall be based on the expertise of persons with relevant knowledge, experience and understanding of the risks inherent in the insurance or reinsurance business. 2.Insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall, taking due account of the principle of proportionality, ensure that internal users of the relevant assumptions are informed about their relevant content, their degree of reliability and their limitations. For that purpose, service providers to whom functions or activities have been outsourced shall be considered to be internal users.

(103) The specification of the circumstances in which capital add-ons may be imposed and the methodologies for their calculation should ensure that the use of capital add-ons is an effective and practicable supervisory tool for the protection of policy holders and beneficiaries through the calculation of a Solvency Capital Requirement which properly reflects the overall risk profile of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking. Capital add-on amounts have a numerically positive value. The specification should also take account of the need to develop consistent and common approaches for similar circumstances. To this end reference percentages and limits could be used as presumptions to assess deviations but should not detract from the main objective of setting add-ons appropriate to the insurance or reinsurance undertaking in question.

Article 3 Article 3 Association of credit assessments to credit quality steps

(104) For the purposes of the application of Article 138(4) of Directive 2009/138/EC, in deciding whether to declare the existence of an exceptional adverse situation affecting insurance and reinsurance undertakings representing a significant share of the market or affected lines of business, EIOPA should take into account all relevant factors at the level of the affected market or line of business, including those set out in this Regulation.

Article 4 Article 4 General requirements on the use of credit assessments 1.Insurance or reinsurance undertakings may use an external credit assessment for the calculation of the Solvency Capital Requirement in accordance with the standard formula only where it has been issued by an External Credit Assessment Institution (ECAI) or endorsed by an ECAI in accordance with Regulation (EC) No 1060/2009 of the European Parliament and of the CouncilRegulation (EC) No 1060/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 September 2009 on credit rating agencies (OJ L 302, 17.11.2009, p. 1 ). . 2.Insurance or reinsurance undertakings shall nominate one or more ECAI to be used for the calculation of the Solvency Capital Requirement according to the standard formula. 3.The use of credit assessments shall be consistent and such assessments shall not be used selectively 4.When using credit assessments, insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall comply with all of the following requirements: (a) where an insurance or reinsurance undertaking decides to use the credit assessments produced by a nominated ECAI for a certain class of items, it shall use those credit assessments consistently for all items belonging to that class;(b) where an insurance or reinsurance undertaking decides to use the credit assessments produced by a nominated ECAI, it shall use them in a continuous and consistent way over time;(c) an insurance or reinsurance undertaking shall only use nominated ECAI credit assessments that take into account all amounts of principal and interest owed to it;(d) where only one credit assessment is available from a nominated ECAI for a rated item, that credit assessment shall be used to determine the capital requirements for that item;(e) where two credit assessments are available from nominated ECAIs and they correspond to different parameters for a rated item, the assessment generating the higher capital requirement shall be used;(f) where more than two credit assessments are available from nominated ECAIs for a rated item, the two assessments generating the two lowest capital requirements shall be used. If the two lowest capital requirements are different, the assessment generating the higher capital requirement of those two credit assessments shall be used. If the two lowest capital requirements are the same, the assessment generating that capital requirement shall be used;(g) where available, insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall use both solicited and unsolicited credit assessments. 5.Where an item is part of the larger or more complex exposures of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking, the undertaking shall produce its own internal credit assessment of the item and allocate it to one of the seven steps in a credit quality assessment scale. Where the own internal credit assessment generates a lower capital requirement than the one generated by the credit assessments available from nominated ECAIs, then the own internal credit assessment shall not be taken into account for the purposes of this Regulation. 6.For the purposes of paragraph 5, the larger or more complex exposures of an undertaking shall include type 2 securitisation positions as referred to in Article 177(3) and resecuritisation positions.

(105) For the purposes of the application of Article 138(4), in deciding whether to extend the recovery period and in determining the length of such an extension for a given insurance or reinsurance undertaking, subject to the maximum of seven years set out in Article 138(4), the supervisory authority should take into account all relevant factors which are specific to the undertaking, including those set out in this Regulation.

Article 5 Article 5 Issuers and issue credit assessment 1.Where a credit assessment exists for a specific issuing program or facility to which the item constituting the exposure belongs, that credit assessment shall be used. 2.Where no directly applicable credit assessment exists for a certain item, but a credit assessment exists for a specific issuing program or facility to which the item constituting the exposure does not belong or a general credit assessment exists for the issuer, that credit assessment shall be used in either of the following cases: (a) it produces the same or higher capital requirement than would otherwise be the case and the exposure in question ranks pari passu or junior in all respects to the specific issuing program or facility or to senior unsecured exposures of that issuer, as relevant;(b) it produces the same or lower capital requirement than would otherwise be the case and the exposure in question ranks pari passu or senior in all respects to the specific issuing program or facility or to senior unsecured exposures of that issuer, as relevant. In all other cases, insurance or reinsurance undertakings shall consider that there is no credit assessment by a nominated ECAI available for the exposure. 3.Credit assessments for issuers within a corporate group shall not be used as the credit assessment for another issuer within the same corporate group.

(106) Insurance and reinsurance undertakings are required by Directive 2009/138/EC to disclose publicly information on their solvency and financial condition. Detailed and harmonised requirements regulating the information which must be disclosed and the means by which this is to be achieved should be appropriate so as to ensure equivalent market conditions and the smooth operation of insurance and reinsurance markets throughout the Union, and to facilitate the effective integration of insurance and reinsurance markets throughout the Union.

Article 6 Article 6 Double credit rating for securitisation positions

(107) The application of the proportionality principle in the area of public disclosure should not result in insurance and reinsurance undertakings being required to disclose any information which would not be relevant to their business or not be material.

Article 7 Article 7 Valuation assumptions

(108) Where references are made to equivalent information disclosed publicly under other legal or regulatory requirements, these should lead directly to the information itself and should not be a reference to a general document.

Article 8 Article 8 Scope

(109) Where supervisory authorities permit insurance and reinsurance undertakings, in accordance with Article 53(1) and (2) of Directive 2009/138/EC, not to disclose certain information, such permission should remain valid only for as long as the reason for non-disclosure continues to exist. When such a reason ceases to exist and only from that date onwards, insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall disclose the relevant information.

Article 9 Article 9 Valuation methodology — general principles 1.Insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall recognise assets and liabilities in conformity with the international accounting standards adopted by the Commission in accordance with Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002. 2.Insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall value assets and liabilities in accordance with international accounting standards adopted by the Commission pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 provided that those standards include valuation methods that are consistent with the valuation approach set out in Article 75 of Directive 2009/138/EC. Where those standards allow for the use of more than one valuation method, insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall only use valuation methods that are consistent with Article 75 of Directive 2009/138/EC. 3.Where the valuation methods included in international accounting standards adopted by the Commission in accordance with Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 are not consistent either temporarily or permanently with the valuation approach set out in Article 75 of Directive 2009/138/EC, insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall use other valuation methods that are deemed to be consistent with Article 75 of Directive 2009/138/EC. 4.By way of derogation from paragraphs 1 and 2, and in particular by respecting the principle of proportionality laid down in paragraphs 3 and 4 of Article 29 of Directive 2009/138/EC, insurance and reinsurance undertakings may recognise and value an asset or a liability based on the valuation method it uses for preparing its annual or consolidated financial statements provided that: (a) the valuation method is consistent with Article 75 of Directive 2009/138/EC;(b) the valuation method is proportionate with respect to the nature, scale and complexity of the risks inherent in the business of the undertaking;(c) the undertaking does not value that asset or liability using international accounting standards adopted by the Commission in accordance with Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 in its financial statements;(d) valuing assets and liabilities using international accounting standards would impose costs on the undertaking that would be disproportionate with respect to the total administrative expenses. 5.Insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall value individual assets separately. 6.Insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall value individual liabilities separately.

(110) Directive 2009/138/EC requires Member States to ensure that supervisory authorities have the power to require all information which is necessary for the purposes of supervision. An essential part of that information should be the information which must be submitted to the supervisory authorities on a regular basis.

11. written premiums means the premiums due to an insurance or reinsurance undertaking during a specified time period regardless of whether such premiums relate in whole or in part to insurance or reinsurance cover provided in a different time period;

Article 10 Article 10 Valuation methodology — valuation hierarchy 1.Insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall, when valuing assets and liabilities in accordance with Article 9 (1), (2) and (3), follow the valuation hierarchy set out in paragraphs 2 to 7, taking into account the characteristics of the asset or liability where market participants would take those characteristics into account when pricing the asset or liability at the valuation date, including the condition and location of the asset or liability and restrictions, if any, on the sale or use of the asset. 2.As the default valuation method insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall value assets and liabilities using quoted market prices in active markets for the same assets or liabilities. 3.Where the use of quoted market prices in active markets for the same assets or liabilities is not possible, insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall value assets and liabilities using quoted market prices in active markets for similar assets and liabilities with adjustments to reflect differences. Those adjustments shall reflect factors specific to the asset or liability including all of the following: (a) the condition or location of the asset or liability;(b) the extent to which inputs relate to items that are comparable to the asset or liability; and(c) the volume or level of activity in the markets within which the inputs are observed. 4.Insurance and reinsurance undertakings' use of quoted market prices shall be based on the criteria for active markets, as defined in international accounting standards adopted by the Commission in accordance with Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002. 5.Where the criteria referred to in paragraph 4 are not satisfied, insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall, unless otherwise provided in this Chapter, use alternative valuation methods. 6.When using alternative valuation methods, insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall rely as little as possible on undertaking-specific inputs and make maximum use of relevant market inputs including the following: (a) quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active;(b) inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability, including interest rates and yield curves observable at commonly quoted intervals, implied volatilities and credit spreads;(c) market-corroborated inputs, which may not be directly observable, but are based on or supported by observable market data. All those markets inputs shall be adjusted for the factors referred to in paragraph 3. To the extent that relevant observable inputs are not available including in circumstances where there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability at the valuation date, undertakings shall use unobservable inputs reflecting the assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability, including assumptions about risk. Where unobservable inputs are used, undertakings shall adjust undertaking-specific data if reasonable available information indicates that other market participants would use different data or there is something particular to the undertaking that is not available to other market participants. When assessing the assumptions about risk referred to in this paragraph undertakings shall take into account the risk inherent in the specific valuation technique used to measure fair value and the risk inherent in the inputs of that valuation technique. 7.Undertakings shall use valuation techniques that are consistent with one or more of the following approaches when using alternative valuation methods: (a) market approach, which uses prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving identical or similar assets, liabilities or group of assets and liabilities. Valuation techniques consistent with the market approach include matrix pricing.(b) income approach, which converts future amounts, such as cash flows or income or expenses, to a single current amount. The fair value shall reflect current market expectations about those future amounts. Valuation techniques consistent with the income approach include present value techniques, option pricing models and the multi-period excess earnings method;(c) cost approach or current replacement cost approach reflects the amount that would be required currently to replace the service capacity of an asset. From the perspective of a market participant seller, the price that would be received for the asset is based on the cost to a market participant buyer to acquire or construct a substitute asset of comparable quality adjusted for obsolescence.

(111) Detailed and harmonised requirements regulating the information which must be submitted on a regular basis and the means by which this is to be achieved should be adopted to ensure effective convergence in the supervisory review process carried out by the supervisory authorities.

Article 11 Article 11 Recognition of contingent liabilities 1.Insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall recognise contingent liabilities, as defined in accordance with Article 9 of this Regulation, that are material, as liabilities. 2.Contingent liabilities shall be material where information about the current or potential size or nature of those liabilities could influence the decision-making or judgement of the intended user of that information, including the supervisory authorities.

(112) The information which insurance and reinsurance undertakings have to report regularly to the supervisory authorities comprises the solvency and financial condition report. In addition, they should submit the regular supervisory report which contains the information, additional to that included in the solvency and financial condition report, which is necessary for the purposes of supervision. For the benefit of both the insurance and reinsurance undertakings and the supervisory authorities, these two reports should follow the same structure.

Article 12 Article 12 Valuation methods for goodwill and intangible assets

(113) On the basis of a risk assessment of the insurance and reinsurance undertaking in accordance with Article 36 of Directive 2009/138/EC, supervisory authorities may require an annual submission of its regular supervisory report. When this is not the case and insurance and reinsurance undertakings submit their regular supervisory report only every 3 years, they should nevertheless inform annually the supervisory authorities of any major developments that have occurred since the last reporting period.

Article 13 Article 13 Valuation methods for related undertakings 1.For the purposes of valuing the assets of individual insurance and reinsurance undertakings, insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall value holdings in related undertakings, within the meaning of Article 212(1)(b) of Directive 2009/138/EC in accordance with the following hierarchy of methods: (a) using the default valuation method set out in Article 10(2) of this Regulation;(b) using the adjusted equity method referred to in paragraph 3 where valuation in accordance with point (a) is not possible;(c) using either the valuation method set out in Article 10(3) of this Regulation or alternative valuation methods in accordance with Article 10(5) of this Regulation provided that all of the following conditions are fulfilled:(i) neither valuation in accordance with point (a) nor point (b) is possible;(ii) the undertaking is not a subsidiary undertaking, as defined in Article 212(2) of Directive 2009/138/EC. 2.By way of derogation from paragraph 1, for the purposes of valuing the assets of individual insurance and reinsurance undertakings, insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall value holdings in the following undertakings at zero: (a) undertakings that are excluded from the scope of the group supervision under Article 214(2)(a) of Directive 2009/138/EC;(b) undertakings that are deducted from the own funds eligible for the group solvency in accordance with Article 229 of Directive 2009/138/EC. 3.The adjusted equity method referred to in point (b) of paragraph 1 shall require the participating undertaking to value its holdings in related undertakings based on the share of the excess of assets over liabilities of the related undertaking held by the participating undertaking. 4.When calculating the excess of assets over liabilities for related undertakings, the participating undertaking shall value the undertaking's individual assets and liabilities in accordance with Articles 75 of Directive 2009/138/EC and, where the related undertaking is an insurance or reinsurance undertaking or a special purpose vehicle referred to in Article 211 of that Directive, technical provisions in accordance Articles 76 to 85 of that Directive. 5.When calculating the excess of assets over liabilities for related undertakings other than insurance or reinsurance undertakings, the participating undertaking may consider the equity method as prescribed in international accounting standards adopted by the Commission in accordance with Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 to be consistent with Articles 75 of Directive 2009/138/EC, where valuation of individual assets and liabilities in accordance with paragraph 4 is not practicable. In such cases, the participating undertaking shall deduct from the value of the related undertaking the value of goodwill and other intangible assets that would be valued at zero in accordance with Article 12(2) of this Regulation. 6.Where the criteria referred to in Article 9(4) of this Regulation are satisfied, and where the use of the valuation methods referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) is not possible, holdings in related undertakings may be valued based on the valuation method the insurance or reinsurance undertakings uses for preparing its annual or consolidated financial statements. In such cases, the participating undertaking shall deduct from the value of the related undertaking the value of goodwill and other intangible assets that would be valued at zero in accordance with Article 12(2) of this Regulation.

(114) Quantitative and qualitative information should be disclosed or submitted to the supervisory authority on a regular basis in the form of a narrative report and quantitative templates. Quantitative templates should specify in greater detail and supplement, where appropriate, the information provided in the narrative report. The report and templates should provide sufficient information, additional to the information already presented in the solvency and financial condition report, to the supervisory authorities to enable them to fulfil their responsibilities under Directive 2009/138/EC but should not result in unnecessary burden for the insurance and reinsurance undertakings. The scope of quantitative templates that have to be submitted on a quarterly basis should be narrower than the scope of quantitative templates to be submitted on an annual basis.

Article 14 Article 14 Valuation methods for specific liabilities 1.Insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall value financial liabilities, as referred to in international accounting standards adopted by the Commission in accordance with Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002, in accordance with Article 9 of this Regulation upon initial recognition. There shall be no subsequent adjustment to take account of the change in own credit standing of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking after initial recognition. 2.Insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall value contingent liabilities that have been recognised in accordance with Article 11. The value of contingent liabilities shall be equal to the expected present value of future cash flows required to settle the contingent liability over the lifetime of that contingent liability, using the basic risk-free interest rate term structure.

(115) The application of the proportionality principle in the area of supervisory reporting should not result in insurance and reinsurance undertakings or branches established within the Union being required to submit any information which would not be relevant to their business or not be material.

Article 15 Article 15 Deferred taxes 1.Insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall recognise and value deferred taxes in relation to all assets and liabilities, including technical provisions, that are recognised for solvency or tax purposes in accordance with Article 9. 2.Notwithstanding paragraph 1, insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall value deferred taxes, other than deferred tax assets arising from the carryforward of unused tax credits and the carryforward of unused tax losses, on the basis of the difference between the values ascribed to assets and liabilities recognised and valued in accordance with Article 75 of Directive 2009/138/EC and in the case of technical provisions in accordance with Articles 76 to 85 of that Directive and the values ascribed to assets and liabilities as recognised and valued for tax purposes. 3.Insurance and reinsurance undertaking shall only ascribe a positive value to deferred tax assets where it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the deferred tax asset can be utilised, taking into account any legal or regulatory requirements on the time limits relating to the carryforward of unused tax losses or the carryforward of unused tax credits.

(116) Criteria and methods for the supervisory review process should be disclosed. These should cover the general means and measures supervisory authorities employ to review and evaluate compliance with the requirements set out in Article 36(2) of Directive 2009/138/EC and in particular to assess the adequacy of the risk management of insurance and reinsurance undertakings as well as their ability to withstand adverse events or changes.

Article 16 Article 16 Exclusion of valuation methods 1.Insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall not value financial assets or financial liabilities at cost or amortized cost. 2.Insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall not apply valuation models that value at the lower of the carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell. 3.Insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall not value property, investment property, plant and equipment with cost models where the asset value is determined as cost less depreciation and impairment. 4.Insurance and reinsurance undertakings which are lessees in a financial lease or lessors shall comply with all of the following when valuing assets and liabilities in a lease arrangement: (a) lease assets shall be valued at fair value;(b) for the purposes of determining the present value of the minimum lease payments market consistent inputs shall be used and no subsequent adjustments to take account of the own credit standing of the undertaking shall be made;(c) valuation at depreciated cost shall not be applied. 5.Insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall adjust the net realisable value for inventories by the estimated cost of completion and the estimated costs necessary to make the sale where those costs are material. Those costs shall be considered to be material where their non-inclusion could influence the decision-making or the judgement of the users of the balance sheet, including the supervisory authorities. Valuation at cost shall not be applied. 6.Insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall not value non-monetary grants at a nominal amount. 7.When valuing biological assets, insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall adjust the value by adding the estimated costs to sell if the estimated costs to sell are material.

(117) The disclosure of aggregate statistical data under Article 31(2)(c) of Directive 2009/138/EC is intended to provide general information on national insurance sectors as well as on important activities of the supervisory authorities themselves. Relevant information should cover data related to both quantitative and qualitative requirements, together with aggregate national data reported in comparable terms over time.

Article 17 Article 17 Recognition and derecognition of insurance and reinsurance obligations

(118) In order to ensure comparability of supervisory disclosure, there should be a defined list of the key aspects of the application of the prudential framework on which aggregated data are to be disclosed by supervisory authorities as a minimum.

Article 18 Article 18 Boundary of an insurance or reinsurance contract 1.The boundaries of an insurance or reinsurance contract shall be defined in accordance with paragraphs 2 to 7. 2.All obligations relating to the contract, including obligations relating to unilateral rights of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking to renew or extend the scope of the contract and obligations that relate to paid premiums, shall belong to the contract unless otherwise stated in paragraphs 3 to 6. 3.Obligations which relate to insurance or reinsurance cover provided by the undertaking after any of the following dates do not belong to the contract, unless the undertaking can compel the policyholder to pay the premium for those obligations: (a) the future date where the insurance or reinsurance undertaking has a unilateral right to terminate the contract;(b) the future date where the insurance or reinsurance undertaking has a unilateral right to reject premiums payable under the contract;(c) the future date where the insurance or reinsurance undertaking has a unilateral right to amend the premiums or the benefits payable under the contract in such a way that the premiums fully reflect the risks. Point (c) shall be deemed to apply where an insurance or reinsurance undertaking has a unilateral right to amend at a future date the premiums or benefits of a portfolio of insurance or reinsurance obligations in such a way that the premiums of the portfolio fully reflect the risks covered by the portfolio. However, in the case of life insurance obligations where an individual risk assessment of the obligations relating to the insured person of the contract is carried out at the inception of the contract and that assessment cannot be repeated before amending the premiums or benefits, insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall assess at the level of the contract whether the premiums fully reflect the risk for the purposes of point (c). Insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall not take into account restrictions of the unilateral right as referred to in points (a), (b) and (c) of this paragraph and limitations of the extent to which premiums or benefits can be amended that have no discernible effect on the economics of the contract. 4.Where the insurance or reinsurance undertaking has a unilateral right as referred to in paragraph 3 that only relates to a part of the contract, the same principles as defined in paragraph 3 shall apply to that part of the contract. 5.Obligations that do not relate to premiums which have already been paid do not belong to an insurance or reinsurance contract, unless the undertaking can compel the policyholder to pay the future premium, and where all of the following requirements are met: (a) the contract does not provide compensation for a specified uncertain event that adversely affects the insured person;(b) the contract does not include a financial guarantee of benefits. For the purpose of points (a) and (b), insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall not take into account coverage of events and guarantees that have no discernible effect on the economics of the contract. 6.Where an insurance or reinsurance contract can be unbundled into two parts and where one of those parts meets the requirements set out in points (a) and (b) of paragraph 5, any obligations that do not relate to the premiums of that part and which have already been paid do not belong to the contract, unless the undertaking can compel the policyholder to pay the future premium of that part. 7.Insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall, for the purposes of paragraph 3, only consider that premiums fully reflect the risks covered by a portfolio of insurance or reinsurance obligations, where there is no circumstance under which the amount of the benefits and expenses payable under the portfolio exceeds the amount of the premiums payable under the portfolio.

(119) The exposure of the special purpose vehicle should always be limited in order to ensure that the special purpose vehicle has assets that are equal to or exceed its aggregate maximum risk exposure.

Article 19 Article 19 Data used in the calculation of technical provisions 1.Data used in the calculation of the technical provisions shall only be considered to be complete for the purpose of Article 82 of Directive 2009/138/EC where all of the following conditions are met: (a) the data include sufficient historical information to assess the characteristics of the underlying risks and to identify trends in the risks;(b) the data are available for each of the relevant homogeneous risk groups used in the calculation of the technical provisions and no relevant data is excluded from being used in the calculation of the technical provisions without justification. 2.Data used in the calculation of the technical provisions shall only be considered to be accurate for the purpose of Article 82 of Directive 2009/138/EC where all of the following conditions are met: (a) the data are free from material errors;(b) data from different time periods used for the same estimation are consistent;(c) the data are recorded in a timely manner and consistently over time. 3.Data used in the calculation of the technical provisions shall only be considered to be appropriate for the purpose of Article 82 of Directive 2009/138/EC where all of the following conditions are met: (a) the data are consistent with the purposes for which they will be used;(b) the amount and nature of the data ensure that the estimations made in the calculation of the technical provisions on the basis of the data do not include a material estimation error;(c) the data are consistent with the assumptions underlying the actuarial and statistical techniques that are applied to them in the calculation of the technical provisions;(d) the data appropriately reflect the risks to which the insurance or reinsurance undertaking is exposed with regard to its insurance and reinsurance obligations;(e) the data were collected, processed and applied in a transparent and structured manner, based on a documented process that comprises all of the following:(i) the definition of criteria for the quality of data and an assessment of the quality of data, including specific qualitative and quantitative standards for different data sets;(ii) the use of and setting of assumptions made in the collection, processing and application of data;(iii) the process for carrying out data updates, including the frequency of updates and the circumstances that trigger additional updates; (f) Insurance or reinsurance undertakings shall ensure that their data are used consistently over time in the calculation of the technical provisions. For the purposes of point (b), an estimation error in the calculation of the technical provisions shall be considered to be material where it could influence the decision-making or the judgement of the users of the calculation result, including the supervisory authorities. 4.Insurance and reinsurance undertakings may use data from an external source provided that, in addition to fulfilling the requirements set out in paragraphs 1 to 4, all of the following requirements are met: (a) insurance or reinsurance undertakings are able to demonstrate that the use of that data is more suitable than the use of data which are exclusively available from an internal source;(b) insurance or reinsurance undertakings know the origin of that data and the assumptions or methodologies used to process that data;(c) insurance or reinsurance undertakings identify any trends in that data and the variation, over time or across data, of the assumptions or methodologies in the use of that data;(d) insurance or reinsurance undertakings are able to demonstrate that the assumptions and methodologies referred to in points (b) and (c) reflect the characteristics of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking's portfolio of insurance and reinsurance obligations.

(120) Where a special purpose vehicle assumes risks from more than one insurance or reinsurance undertaking, that special purpose vehicle should remain at all times protected from the winding up proceedings of any one of the other insurance or reinsurance undertakings which transfer risks to the special purpose vehicle.

12. earned premiums means the premiums relating to the risk covered by the insurance or reinsurance undertaking during a specified time period;

Article 20 Article 20 Limitations of data

(121) Assessments of fit and proper requirements for shareholders or members having a qualifying holding in the special purpose vehicle and for persons who effectively run the special purpose vehicle should, where relevant, take account of similar requirements applying to insurance and reinsurance undertakings.

Article 21 Article 21 Appropriate use of approximations to calculate the best estimate

(122) The transfer of risk from the insurance or reinsurance undertaking to the special purpose vehicle and from the special purpose vehicle to the providers of debt or financing should be free of any connected transactions which could undermine the effective transfer of risk, for example contractual rights of set-off or side agreements designed to reduce the potential or actual losses incurred as a result of the transfer of risk to the providers of debt or financing to the special purpose vehicle.

Article 22 Article 22 General provisions 1.Assumptions shall only be considered to be realistic for the purposes of Article 77(2) of Directive 2009/138/EC where they meet all of the following conditions: (a) insurance and reinsurance undertakings are able to explain and justify each of the assumptions used, taking into account the significance of the assumption, the uncertainty involved in the assumption as well as relevant alternative assumptions;(b) the circumstances under which the assumptions would be considered false can be clearly identified;(c) unless otherwise provided in this Chapter, the assumptions are based on the characteristics of the portfolio of insurance and reinsurance obligations, where possible regardless of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking holding the portfolio;(d) insurance and reinsurance undertakings use the assumptions consistently over time and within homogeneous risk groups and lines of business, without arbitrary changes;(e) the assumptions adequately reflect any uncertainty underlying the cash flows. For the purpose of point (c), insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall only use information specific to the undertaking, including information on claims management and expenses, where that information better reflects the characteristics of the portfolio of insurance or reinsurance obligations than information that is not limited to the specific undertaking or where the calculation of technical provisions in a prudent, reliable and objective manner without using that information is not possible. 2.Assumptions shall only be used for the purpose of Article 77(3) of Directive 2009/138/EC where they comply with paragraph 1 of this Article. 3.Insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall set assumptions on future financial market parameters or scenarios that are appropriate and consistent with Article 75 of Directive 2009/138/EC. Where insurance and reinsurance undertakings use a model to produce projections of future financial market parameters, it shall comply with all of the following requirements: (a) it generates asset prices that are consistent with asset prices observed in financial markets;(b) it assumes no arbitrage opportunity;(c) the calibration of the parameters and scenarios is consistent with the relevant risk-free interest rate term structure used to calculate the best estimate as referred to in Article 77(2) of Directive 2009/138/EC.

(123) In order to ensure that the inclusion of future payments does not undermine the effective transfer of risk from the insurance or reinsurance undertaking to the special purpose vehicle, it is important that the non-receipt of payments does not negatively affect the basic own funds of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking. In determining that there is no scenario in which this could occur, the undertaking should consider all scenarios contemplated in the contractual arrangements and any other scenarios, unless the likelihood that those other scenarios will occur is excessively remote.

Article 23 Article 23 Future management actions 1.Assumptions on future management actions shall only be considered to be realistic for the purposes of Article 77(2) of Directive 2009/138/EC where they meet all of the following conditions: (a) the assumptions on future management actions are determined in an objective manner;(b) assumed future management actions are consistent with the insurance or reinsurance undertaking's current business practice and business strategy, including the use of risk-mitigation techniques; where there is sufficient evidence that the undertaking will change its practices or strategy, the assumed future management actions are consistent with the changed practices or strategy;(c) assumed future management actions are consistent with each other;(d) assumed future management actions are not contrary to any obligations towards policy holders and beneficiaries or to legal requirements applicable to the undertaking;(e) assumed future management actions take account of any public indications by the insurance or reinsurance undertaking as to the actions that it would expect to take or not take. 2.Assumptions about future management actions shall be realistic and include all of the following: (i) a comparison of assumed future management actions with management actions taken previously by the insurance or reinsurance undertaking;(ii) a comparison of future management actions taken into account in the current and in the past calculations of the best estimate;(iii) an assessment of the impact of changes in the assumptions on future management actions on the value of the technical provisions. Insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall be able to explain any relevant deviations in relation to points (i) and (ii) upon request of the supervisory authorities and, where changes in an assumption on future management actions have a significant impact on the technical provisions, the reasons for that sensitivity and how the sensitivity is taken into account in the decision-making process of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking. 3.For the purpose of paragraph 1, insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall establish a comprehensive future management actions plan, approved by the administrative, management or supervisory body of the insurance and reinsurance undertaking, which provides for all of the following: (a) the identification of future management actions that are relevant to the valuation of the technical provisions;(b) the identification of the specific circumstances in which the insurance or reinsurance undertaking would reasonably expect to carry out each respective future management action referred to in point (a);(c) the identification of the specific circumstances in which the insurance or reinsurance undertaking may not be able to carry out each respective future management action referred to in point (a), and a description of how those circumstances are considered in the calculation of technical provisions;(d) the order in which future management actions referred to in point (a) would be carried out and the governance requirements applicable to those future management actions;(e) a description of any on-going work required to ensure that the insurance or reinsurance undertaking is in a position to carry out each respective future management action referred to in point (a);(f) a description of how the future management actions referred to in point (a) have been reflected in the calculation of the best estimate;(g) a description of the applicable internal reporting procedures that cover the future management actions referred to in point (a) included in the calculation of the best estimate; 4.Assumptions about future management actions shall take account of the time needed to implement the management actions and any expenses caused by them. 5.The system for ensuring the transmission of information shall only be considered to be effective for the purpose of Article 41(1) of Directive 2009/138/EC where the reporting procedures referred to in point (g) of paragraph 3 of this Article include at least an annual communication to the administrative, supervisory or management body.

(124) Article 220 of Directive 2009/138/EC requires the calculation of the solvency at the level of the group to be carried out in accordance with method 1 (accounting consolidation-based method), unless its exclusive application would not be appropriate. The group supervisor should, when assessing whether method 2 (deduction and aggregation method) should be used instead of — or in combination with — method 1, consider a number of harmonised relevant elements. One such element is whether the use of method 1 would be overly burdensome, and the nature, scale and complexity of the risks of the group are such that the use of method 2

Article 24 Article 24 Future discretionary benefits

(125) In order to help ensure a level playing field in third countries, where a group includes related third country insurance or reinsurance undertakings, and where the Commission has adopted delegated acts pursuant to paragraphs 4 or 5 of Article 227 of Directive 2009/138/EC determining that the solvency regimes of those third countries are equivalent or provisionally equivalent, the group supervisor should give such a consideration priority when deciding on whether method 2 (deduction and aggregation) should be used instead of — or in combination with — method 1 (consolidation).

Article 25 Article 25 Separate calculation of the future discretionary benefits

(126) Directive 2009/138/EC provides that, where supervisory authorities consider that certain own funds eligible for the Solvency Capital Requirement of a related insurance or reinsurance undertaking cannot effectively be made available to cover the group Solvency Capital Requirement, those own funds may be included in the calculation only in so far as they are eligible for covering the Solvency Capital Requirement of the related undertaking. In this context, supervisory authorities should, when considering whether certain own funds of a related undertaking cannot effectively be made available for the group, base their decisions on whether there are any restrictions which affect either the fungibility of the corresponding own fund items (i.e. whether they are dedicated to absorb only certain losses) or their transferability (i.e. whether there are significant obstacles to moving own fund items from one entity to another). For the purposes of this assessment, supervisory authorities should pay particular attention to any minority interest in the eligible own funds covering the Solvency Capital Requirement of a subsidiary insurance or reinsurance undertaking, third-country insurance or reinsurance undertaking, insurance holding company or mixed financial holding company.

Article 26 Article 26 Policyholder behaviour

(127) In order to ensure that the policy holders and beneficiaries of insurance and reinsurance undertakings belonging to a group are adequately protected in the case of the winding-up of any undertakings included in the scope of group supervision, own-fund items which are issued by insurance holding companies and mixed financial holding companies in the group should not be considered to be free from encumbrances unless the claims relating to those own-fund items rank after the claims of all policy holders and beneficiaries of the insurance or reinsurance undertakings belonging to the group.

Article 27 Article 27 Credibility of information

(128) Appropriate rules should be provided at the level of the group for the treatment of special purpose vehicles. In this context, special purpose vehicles as defined under Directive 2009/138/EC and which either comply with the requirements therein or are regulated by a third country supervisory authority and comply with equivalent requirements, should not be fully consolidated.

Article 28 Article 28 Cash flows

(129) The calculation of the best estimate of technical provisions at the level of the group in accordance with method 1 (accounting consolidation-based method) should be based on the assumption that the sum of the best estimate of the participating insurance or reinsurance undertakings and a proportional share of the best estimate for its related undertakings, each adjusted for intra-group transactions, is approximately the same as the amount that would result from calculating the best estimate for the consolidated insurance and reinsurance obligations at the level of the group in accordance with Articles 75 to 86 of Directive 2009/138/EC. In particular, where best estimates of third-country insurance or reinsurance undertakings are used in that calculation, those best estimates should be assessed in accordance with those Articles.

Article 29 Article 29 Expected future developments in the external environment

(130) The calculation of the risk margin of technical provisions at the level of the group in accordance with method 1 (accounting consolidation-based method) should be based on the assumption that the transfer of the group's insurance and reinsurance obligations is carried out separately for each insurance and reinsurance undertaking of the group and that the risk margin does not allow for the diversification between the risks of those undertakings. In relation to undertakings referred to in Article 73(2) and (5) of Directive 2009/138/EC, the calculation should be based on the assumption that the transfer of the portfolio insurance obligations for life and non-life activities is carried out separately.

13. surrender means all possible ways to fully or partly terminate a policy, including the following:(i) voluntary termination of the policy with or without the payment of a surrender value;(ii) change of insurance or reinsurance undertaking by the policy holder;(iii) termination of the policy resulting from the policy holder's refusal to pay the premium;

(i) voluntary termination of the policy with or without the payment of a surrender value;

(ii) change of insurance or reinsurance undertaking by the policy holder;

(iii) termination of the policy resulting from the policy holder's refusal to pay the premium;

Article 30 Article 30 Uncertainty of cash flows

(131) Groups may apply for the use of two types of internal models to calculate their consolidated group Solvency Capital Requirement. Where an internal model is used only for the calculation of the consolidated group Solvency Capital Requirement, and is not used to calculate the Solvency Capital Requirement of a related insurance or reinsurance undertaking in the group, then Article 230 of Directive 2009/138/EC should apply. In

Article 31 Article 31 Expenses 1.A cash flow projection used to calculate best estimates shall take into account all of the following expenses, which relate to recognised insurance and reinsurance obligations of insurance and reinsurance undertakings and which are referred to in point (1) of Article 78 of Directive 2009/138/EC: (a) administrative expenses;(b) investment management expenses;(c) claims management expenses;(d) acquisition expenses. The expenses referred to in points (a) to (d) shall take into account overhead expenses incurred in servicing insurance and reinsurance obligations. 2.Overhead expenses shall be allocated in a realistic and objective manner and on a consistent basis over time to the parts of the best estimate to which they relate. 3.Expenses in respect of reinsurance contracts and special purpose vehicles shall be taken into account in the gross calculation of the best estimate. 4.Expenses shall be projected on the assumption that the undertaking will write new business in the future.

(132) Where a group applies for the use of the same internal model to calculate the consolidated group Solvency Capital Requirement as well as the Solvency Capital Requirement of a related insurance or reinsurance undertaking in the group, then Article 231 of Directive 2009/138/EC should apply. In this context, in order to ensure that the group supervisor and the other supervisory authorities concerned effectively cooperate and make an informed joint decision on whether to permit the use of that internal model, it is necessary to set out provisions on the documentation needed and on the procedure for the joint decision on the application.

Article 32 Article 32 Contractual options and financial guarantees

(133) The approval of an internal model used only for the calculation of the consolidated group Solvency Capital Requirement granted on the basis of Article 230 of Directive 2009/138/EC should not influence any future permission under Article 231 of that Directive. In particular, any application for permission to calculate the consolidated group Solvency Capital Requirement together with the Solvency Capital Requirement of a related insurance or reinsurance undertaking in the group on the basis of an internal model already approved under Article 230 of Directive 2009/138/EC should follow the procedure laid down in Article 231 of that Directive.

Article 33 Article 33 Currency of the obligation

(134) Groups should apply for permission to use a partial internal model for the calculation of the consolidated group Solvency Capital Requirement, when only some of the related undertakings are included in the scope of the group internal model, or in relation to the limited scope referred to in Article 112(2) of Directive 2009/138/EC, or in relation to a combination of any of them.

Article 34 Article 34 Calculation methods 1.The best estimate shall be calculated in a transparent manner and in such a way as to ensure that the calculation method and the results that derive from it are capable of review by a qualified expert. 2.The choice of actuarial and statistical methods for the calculation of the best estimate shall be based on their appropriateness to reflect the risks which affect the underlying cash flows and the nature of the insurance and reinsurance obligations. The actuarial and statistical methods shall be consistent with and make use of all relevant data available for the calculation of the best estimate. 3.Where a calculation method is based on grouped policy data, insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall ensure that the grouping of policies creates homogeneous risk groups that appropriately reflect the risks of the individual policies included in those groups. 4.Insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall analyse the extent to which the present value of cash flows depend both on the expected outcome of future events and developments and on how the actual outcome in certain scenarios could deviate from the expected outcome. 5.Where the present value of cash flows depends on future events and developments as referred to in paragraph 4, insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall use a method to calculate the best estimate for cash flows which reflects such dependencies.

(135) In order for an internal model used only for the calculation of the consolidated group Solvency Capital Requirement to be widely used in and play an important role in the system of governance of the group, the output of that internal model should be used by insurance and reinsurance undertaking whose business is fully or partly in the scope of the internal model. In this context, these undertakings should not be required to meet the use test requirements as if they were using that internal model for the calculation of their Solvency Capital Requirement. The requirement to meet the use test for these undertakings should be limited to the output of that internal model and for the purposes of a consistent implementation of the risk management and internal control systems throughout the group.

Article 35 Article 35 Homogeneous risk groups of life insurance obligations

(136) In assessing whether the conditions set out in Article 236 of Directive 2009/138/EC are satisfied, the group supervisor and the other supervisory authorities concerned should take into account a number of harmonised relevant criteria in order to ensure harmonised supervision of group solvency for groups with centralised risk management.

Article 36 Article 36 Non-life insurance obligations 1.The best estimate for non-life insurance obligations shall be calculated separately for the premium provision and for the provision for claims outstanding. 2.The premium provision shall relate to future claim events covered by insurance and reinsurance obligations falling within the contract boundary referred to in Article 18. Cash flow projections for the calculation of the premium provision shall include benefits, expenses and premiums relating to these events. 3.The provision for claims outstanding shall relate to claim events that have already occurred, regardless of whether the claims arising from those events have been reported or not. 4.Cash flow projections for the calculation of the provision for claims outstanding shall include benefits, expenses and premiums relating to the events referred to in paragraph 3.

(137) In order to achieve an efficient cooperation in the supervision of insurance or reinsurance subsidiary undertakings in a group with a centralised risk management as provided for in Articles 237 to 243 of Directive 2009/138/EC, it is essential to harmonise the procedures to be followed by supervisory authorities in the supervision of such insurance and reinsurance subsidiary undertakings.

Article 37 Article 37 Calculation of the risk margin 1.The risk margin for the whole portfolio of insurance and reinsurance obligations shall be calculated using the following formula: RM CoC t 0SCR t 1r t 1t 1where: (a) CoC denotes the Cost-of-Capital rate;(b) the sum covers all integers including zero;(c) SCR(t) denotes the Solvency Capital Requirement referred to in Article 38(2) after t years;(d) r(t + 1) denotes the basic risk-free interest rate for the maturity of t + 1 years. The basic risk-free interest rate r(t + 1) shall be chosen in accordance with the currency used for the financial statements of the insurance and reinsurance undertaking. 2.Where insurance and reinsurance undertakings calculate their Solvency Capital Requirement using an approved internal model and determine that the model is appropriate to calculate the Solvency Capital Requirement referred to in Article 38(2) for each point in time over the lifetime of the insurance and reinsurance obligations, the insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall use the internal model to calculate the amounts SCR (t ) referred to in paragraph 1. 3.Insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall allocate the risk margin for the whole portfolio of insurance and reinsurance obligations to the lines of business referred to in Article 80 of Directive 2009/138/EC. The allocation shall adequately reflect the contributions of the lines of business to the Solvency Capital Requirement referred to in Article 38(2) over the lifetime of the whole portfolio of insurance and reinsurance obligations.

(138) In order to clearly determine when an emergency situation within the meaning of Article 239(2) of Directive 2009/138/EC has arisen, the supervisory authority having authorised the insurance or reinsurance subsidiary undertaking which financial condition is deteriorating should take into account a number of harmonised criteria.

Article 38 Article 38 Reference undertaking 1.The calculation of the risk margin shall be based on all of the following assumptions: (a) the whole portfolio of insurance and reinsurance obligations of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking that calculates the risk margin (the original undertaking) is taken over by another insurance or reinsurance undertaking (the reference undertaking);(b) notwithstanding point (a), where the original undertaking simultaneously pursues both life and non-life insurance activities according to Article 73(5) of Directive 2009/138/EC, the portfolio of insurance obligations relating to life insurance activities and life reinsurance obligations and the portfolio of insurance obligations relating to non-life insurance activities and non-life reinsurance obligations are taken over separately by two different reference undertakings;(c) the transfer of insurance and reinsurance obligations includes any reinsurance contracts and arrangements with special purpose vehicles relating to these obligations;(d) the reference undertaking does not have any insurance or reinsurance obligations or own funds before the transfer takes place;(e) after the transfer, the reference undertaking does not assume any new insurance or reinsurance obligations;(f) after the transfer, the reference undertaking raises eligible own funds equal to the Solvency Capital Requirement necessary to support the insurance and reinsurance obligations over the lifetime thereof;(g) after the transfer, the reference undertaking has assets which amount to the sum of its Solvency Capital Requirement and of the technical provisions net of the amounts recoverable from reinsurance contracts and special purpose vehicles;(h) the assets are selected in such a way that they minimise the Solvency Capital Requirement for market risk that the reference undertaking is exposed to;(i) the Solvency Capital Requirement of the reference undertaking captures all of the following risks:(i) underwriting risk with respect to the transferred business,(ii) where it is material, the market risk referred to in point (h), other than interest rate risk,(iii) credit risk with respect to reinsurance contracts, arrangements with special purpose vehicles, intermediaries, policyholders and any other material exposures which are closely related to the insurance and reinsurance obligations,(iv) operational risk; (j) the loss-absorbing capacity of technical provisions, referred to in Article 108 of Directive 2009/138/EC, in the reference undertaking corresponds for each risk to the loss-absorbing capacity of technical provisions in the original undertaking;(k) there is no loss-absorbing capacity of deferred taxes as referred to in Article 108 of Directive 2009/138/EC for the reference undertaking;(l) the reference undertaking will, subject to points (e) and (f), adopt future management actions that are consistent with the assumed future management actions, as referred to in Article 23, of the original undertaking. 2.Over the lifetime of the insurance and reinsurance obligations, the Solvency Capital Requirement necessary to support the insurance and reinsurance obligations referred to in the first subparagraph of Article 77(5) of Directive 2009/138/EC shall be assumed to be equal to the Solvency Capital Requirement of the reference undertaking under the assumptions set out in paragraph 1. 3.For the purposes of point (i) of paragraph 1, a risk shall be considered to be material where its impact on the calculation of the risk margin could influence the decision-making or the judgment of the users of that information, including supervisory authorities.

(139) The college of supervisors should be a permanent platform for coordination among supervisory authorities, fostering a common understanding of the risk profile of the group and of its related undertakings and aiming at a more efficient and effective risk based supervision at both group and individual levels. In this context, in order to ensure a proper functioning of the college it is necessary to set out criteria for considering a branch to be significant for the purpose of the participation of supervisory authorities of significant branches in the college. It is also essential to harmonise the requirements applicable to the coordination of supervision of insurance and reinsurance groups, in order to foster the convergence of supervisory practices.

Article 39 Article 39 Cost-of-Capital rate

(140) Directive 2009/138/EC requires participating insurance and reinsurance undertakings or insurance holding companies or mixed financial holding companies to disclose publicly information on the solvency and financial condition of the group. That Directive also allows them to provide a single solvency and financial condition report comprising both that group information and the solvency and financial condition information required in relation to any of their subsidiaries. That regime aims to ensure that interested stakeholders are properly informed about the solvency and financial condition of insurance and reinsurance groups, while at the same time reducing to the extent appropriate the related burden for such groups. In this context, it is necessary to harmonise the requirements applicable to public disclosure by insurance and reinsurance groups, regardless of whether such groups make use of the option to provide a single solvency and financial condition report.

14. discontinuance of an insurance policy means surrender, lapse without value, making a contract paid-up, automatic non-forfeiture provisions or exercising other discontinuity options or not exercising continuity options;

Article 40 Article 40 Circumstances in which technical provisions shall be calculated as a whole and the method to be used 1.For the purposes of the second subparagraph of Article 77(4) of Directive 2009/138/EC, reliability shall be assessed pursuant to paragraphs 2 and 3 of this Article and technical provisions shall be valued pursuant to paragraph 4 of this Article. 2.The replication of cash flows shall be considered to be reliable where those cash flows are replicated in amount and timing in relation to the underlying risks of those cash flows and in all possible scenarios. The following cash flows associated with insurance or reinsurance obligations cannot be reliably replicated: (a) cash flows associated with insurance or reinsurance obligations that depend on the likelihood that policy holders will exercise contractual options, including lapses and surrenders;(b) cash flows associated with insurance or reinsurance obligations that depend on the level, trend, or volatility of mortality, disability, sickness and morbidity rates;(c) all expenses that will be incurred in servicing insurance and reinsurance obligations. 3.Financial instruments shall be considered to be financial instruments for which a reliable market value is observable where those financial instruments are traded on an active, deep, liquid and transparent market. Active markets shall also comply with Article 10(4). 4.Insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall determine the value of technical provisions on the basis of the market price of the financial instruments used in the replication.

(141) Detailed and harmonised requirements regulating the information which must be submitted on a regular basis by insurance and reinsurance groups should be adopted to ensure effective convergence in the supervisory review process of group supervisors. The requirements should also facilitate the exchange of information within colleges of supervisors, and should as far as possible aim to limit the related burden for such insurance and reinsurance groups.

Article 41 Article 41 General provisions 1.The amounts recoverable from reinsurance contracts and special purpose vehicles shall be calculated consistently with the boundaries of the insurance or reinsurance contracts to which those amounts relate. 2.The amounts recoverable from special purpose vehicles, the amounts recoverable from finite reinsurance contracts as referred to in Article 210 of Directive 2009/138/EC and the amounts recoverable from other reinsurance contracts shall each be calculated separately. The amounts recoverable from a special purpose vehicle shall not exceed the aggregate maximum risk exposure of that special purpose vehicle to the insurance or reinsurance undertaking. 3.For the purpose of calculating the amounts recoverable from reinsurance contracts and special purpose vehicles, cash flows shall only include payments in relation to compensation of insurance events and unsettled insurance claims. Payments in relation to other events or settled insurance claims shall be accounted for outside the amounts recoverable from reinsurance contracts and special purpose vehicles and other elements of the technical provisions. Where a deposit has been made for the cash flows, the amounts recoverable shall be adjusted accordingly to avoid a double counting of the assets and liabilities relating to the deposit. 4.The amounts recoverable from reinsurance contracts and special purpose vehicles for non-life insurance obligations shall be calculated separately for premium provisions and provisions for claims outstanding in the following manner: (a) the cash flows relating to provisions for claims outstanding shall include the compensation payments relating to the claims accounted for in the gross provisions for claims outstanding of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking ceding risks;(b) the cash flows relating to premium provisions shall include all other payments. 5.Where cash flows from the special purpose vehicles to the insurance or reinsurance undertaking do not directly depend on the claims against the insurance or reinsurance undertaking ceding risks, the amounts recoverable from those special purpose vehicles for future claims shall only be taken into account to the extent that it can be verified in a prudent, reliable and objective manner that the structural mismatch between claims and amounts recoverable is not material.

(142) The assessment under Articles 172, 227 and 260 of Directive 2009/138/EC of whether a third country's solvency or prudential regime is equivalent to that laid down in Title I or Title III of that Directive should be an ongoing process and should be carried out with the objective of ensuring that the third country solvency or prudential regime demonstrates an equivalent level of policyholder and beneficiary protection as that provided under that Directive.

Article 42 Article 42 Counterparty default adjustment 1.Adjustments to take account of expected losses due to default of a counterparty referred to in Article 81 of Directive 2009/138/EC shall be calculated separately from the rest of the amounts recoverable. 2.The adjustment to take account of expected losses due to default of a counterparty shall be calculated as the expected present value of the change in cash flows underlying the amounts recoverable from that counterparty, that would arise if the counterparty defaults, including as a result of insolvency or dispute, at a certain point in time. For that purpose, the change in cash flows shall not take into account the effect of any risk mitigating technique that mitigates the credit risk of the counterparty, other than risk mitigating techniques based on collateral holdings. The risk mitigating techniques that are not taken into account shall be separately recognised without increasing the amount recoverable from reinsurance contracts and special purpose vehicles. 3.The calculation referred to in paragraph 2 shall take into account possible default events over the lifetime of the reinsurance contract or arrangement with the special purpose vehicle and whether and how the probability of default varies over time. It shall be carried out separately by each counterparty and for each line of business. In non-life insurance, it shall also be carried out separately for premium provisions and provisions for claims outstanding. 4.The average loss resulting from a default of a counterparty, referred to in Article 81 of Directive 2009/138/EC, shall not be assessed at lower than 50 % of the amounts recoverable excluding the adjustment referred to in paragraph 1, unless there is a reliable basis for another assessment. 5.The probability of default of a special purpose vehicle shall be calculated on the basis of the credit risk inherent in the assets held by the special purpose vehicle.

(143) The assessment under Articles 172, 227 and 260 of Directive 2009/138/EC of whether a third country's solvency or prudential regime is equivalent to that laid down in Title I or Title III of that Directive should be carried out on the basis of the criteria laid down in this Regulation, respectively, in Article 378 with regard to Article 172, in Article 379 with regard to Article 227, and in Article 380 with regard to Article 260.

Article 43 Article 43 General provisions

(144) The determination as to whether the criteria to be taken into account when assessing third country equivalence have been met should be based on the substance of the legislation or other regulatory requirements in that third country's solvency or prudential regime, as well as how that legislation and those requirements are implemented and applied and the practices of the supervisory authorities in that third country. That determination should also take into account the extent to which the supervisory authorities in the third country apply the proportionality principle as set out in Directive 2009/138/EC.

Article 44 Article 44 Relevant financial instruments to derive the basic risk-free interest rates 1.For each currency and maturity, the basic risk-free interest rates shall be derived on the basis of interest rate swap rates for interest rates of that currency, adjusted to take account of credit risk. 2.For each currency, for maturities where interest rate swap rates are not available from deep, liquid and transparent financial markets the rates of government bonds issued in that currency, adjusted to take account of the credit risk of the government bonds, shall be used to derive the basic risk free-interest rates, provided that, such government bond rates are available from deep, liquid and transparent financial markets.

(145) In order to ensure that the effects of a positive equivalence finding as set out in Articles 172(2) and 172(3) Directive 2009/138/EC and in Article 211 of this Regulation do not undermine the main objective of insurance and reinsurance regulation and supervision, namely the adequate protection of policy holders and beneficiaries, the criteria for assessing equivalence under Article 172 of that Directive should encapsulate the principles set out in Title I on the general rules on the taking-up and pursuit of reinsurance activities.

Article 45 Article 45 Adjustment to swap rates for credit risk

(146) In order to ensure that the taking into account of the Solvency Capital Requirement and eligible own funds laid down by a third country in the determination of group solvency where method 2 is used results in a group solvency determination equivalent to that which would result if the requirements under Directive 2009/138/EC had been used, the criteria for assessing equivalence under Article 227 of that Directive should encapsulate the principles set out in Title I, Chapter VI on the rules relating to the valuation of assets and liabilities, technical provisions, own funds, solvency capital requirement, minimum capital requirement and investment rules.

Article 46 Article 46 Extrapolation 1.The principles applied when extrapolating the relevant risk free interest rate term structure shall be the same for all currencies. This shall also apply as regards the determination of the longest maturities for which interest rates can be observed in a deep, liquid and transparent market and the mechanism to ensure a smooth convergence to the ultimate forward rate. 2.Where insurance and reinsurance undertakings apply Article 77d of Directive 2009/138/EC, the extrapolation shall be applied to the risk-free interest rates including the volatility adjustment referred to in that Article. 3.Where insurance and reinsurance undertakings apply Article 77b of Directive 2009/138/EC, the extrapolation shall be based on the risk-free interest rates without a matching adjustment. The matching adjustment referred to in that Article shall be applied to the extrapolated risk-free interest rates.

(147) In order to ensure that the exemption of a group from group supervision at Union level does not undermine the fundamental role attributed to group supervision in Directive 2009/138/EC, the criteria for assessing equivalence under Article 260 of that Directive should encapsulate the principles set out in Title III on the supervision of insurance and reinsurance undertakings in a group.

Article 47 Article 47 Ultimate forward rate 1.For each currency, the ultimate forward rate referred to in paragraph 1 of Article 46 shall be stable over time and shall only change as a result of changes in long-term expectations. The methodology to derive the ultimate forward rate shall be clearly specified in order to ensure the performance of scenario calculations by insurance and reinsurance undertakings. It shall be determined in a transparent, prudent, reliable and objective manner that is consistent over time. 2.For each currency the ultimate forward rate shall take account of expectations of the long-term real interest rate and of expected inflation, provided those expectations can be determined for that currency in a reliable manner. The ultimate forward rate shall not include a term premium to reflect the additional risk of holding long-term investments.

(148) Supervisory authorities in Member States and supervisory authorities of third countries for which there has been a positive equivalence decision or for which a temporary or provisional equivalence regime applies should cooperate and exchange information in order to ensure that there is a clear mutual understanding of group risks and solvency.

Article 48 Article 48 Basic risk-free interest rate term structure of currencies pegged to the euro 1.For a currency pegged to the euro, the basic risk-free interest rate term structure for the euro, adjusted for currency risk, may be used to calculate the best estimate with respect to insurance or reinsurance obligations denoted in that currency, provided that all of the following conditions are met: (a) the pegging ensures that the exchange rate between that currency and the euro stays within a range not wider than 20 % of the upper limit of the range;(b) the economic situation of the euro area and the area of that currency are sufficiently similar to ensure that interest rates for the euro and that currency develop in a similar way;(c) the pegging arrangement ensures that the relative changes in the exchange rate over a one-year-period do not exceed the range referred to in point (a) of this paragraph, in the event of extreme market events, that correspond to the confidence level set out in Article 101(3) of Directive 2009/138/EC;(d) one of the following criteria is complied with:(i) participation of that currency in the European Exchange Rate Mechanism (ERM II);(ii) existence of a decision from the Council which recognizes pegging arrangements between that currency and the euro;(iii) establishment of the pegging arrangement by the law of the country establishing that country's currency. For the purpose of point (c), the financial resources of the parties that guarantee the pegging shall be taken into account. 2.The adjustment for currency risk shall be negative and shall correspond to the cost of hedging against the risk that the value in the pegged currency of an investment denominated in euro decreases as a result of changes in the level of the exchange rate between the euro and the pegged currency. The adjustment shall be the same for all insurance and reinsurance undertakings.

(149) In order to ensure that information can be exchanged between supervisory authorities, supervisory authorities of third countries for which there has been a positive equivalence decision or for which a temporary or provisional equivalence regime applies should be bound by obligations of professional secrecy.

Article 49 Article 49 Reference portfolios 1.The reference portfolios referred to in Article 77d(2) and (4) of Directive 2009/138/EC shall be determined in a transparent, prudent, reliable and objective manner that is consistent over time. The methods applied when determining the reference portfolios shall be the same for all currencies and countries. 2.For each currency and each country, the assets of the reference portfolio shall be valued in accordance with Article 10(1) and shall be traded in markets that, except in periods of stressed liquidity, comply with Article 40(3). Financial instruments traded in markets that temporarily cease to comply with Article 40(3) may only be included in the portfolio where that market is expected to comply with the criteria again within a reasonable period. 3.For each currency and each country, the reference portfolio of assets shall meet all of the following requirements: (a) for each currency, the assets are representative of the investments made by insurance and reinsurance undertakings in that currency to cover the best estimate for insurance and reinsurance obligations denominated in that currency; for each country, the assets are representative of the investments made by insurance and reinsurance undertakings in that country to cover the best estimate for insurance and reinsurance obligations sold in the insurance market of that country and denominated in the currency of that country;(b) where available the portfolio is based on relevant indices which are readily available to the public and published criteria exist for when and how the constituents of those indices will be changed;(c) the portfolio of assets includes all of the following assets:bonds, securitisations and loans, including mortgage loans equity property For the purposes of points (a) and (b), investments of insurance and reinsurance undertakings in collective investment undertakings and other investments packaged as funds shall be treated as investments in the underlying assets.

(150) In order to ensure that the standard formula continues to meet the requirements set out in paragraphs 2 and 3 of Article 101 of Directive 2009/138/EC on an ongoing basis, the Commission will review the methods, assumptions and standard parameters used when calculating the Solvency Capital Requirement with the standard formula, in particular the methods, assumptions and standard parameters used in the market risk module as set out in Title I Chapter V Section 6, including a review of the standard parameters for fixed-income securities and long-term infrastructure, the standard parameters for premium and reserve risk set out in Annex II, the standard parameters for mortality risk, as well as the subset of standard parameters that may be replaced by undertaking-specific parameters referred to in Article 218 and the standardised methods to calculate these parameters referred to in Article 220. This review should make use of the experience gained by insurance and insurance undertakings during the transitional period and the first years of application of these delegated acts, and be performed before December 2018.

15. discontinuity options mean all legal or contractual policyholder rights which allow that policyholder to fully or partly terminate, surrender, decrease, restrict or suspend insurance cover or permit the insurance policy to lapse;

Article 50 Article 50 Formula to calculate the spread underlying the volatility adjustment

(151) In order to enhance legal certainty about the supervisory regime during the phasing-in period provided for in Article 308a of Directive 2009/138/EC, which will start on 1 April 2015 , it is important to ensure that this Regulation enters into force as soon as possible, on the day after that of its publication in the Official Journal of the European Union,

Article 51 Article 51 Risk-corrected spread

Article 52 Article 52 Mortality risk stress 1.The mortality risk stress referred to in Article 77b(1)(f) of Directive 2009/138/EC shall be the more adverse of the following two scenarios in terms of its impact on basic own funds: (a) an instantaneous permanent increase of 15 % in the mortality rates used for the calculation of the best estimate;(b) an instantaneous increase of 0.15 percentage points in the mortality rates (expressed as percentages) which are used in the calculation of technical provisions to reflect the mortality experience in the following 12 months. 2.For the purpose of paragraph 1 the increase in mortality rates shall only apply to those insurance policies for which the increase in mortality rates leads to an increase in technical provisions taking into account all of the following: (a) multiple insurance policies in respect of the same insured person may be treated as if they were one insurance policy;(b) where the calculation of technical provisions is based on groups of policies as referred to in Article 35, the identification of the policies for which technical provisions increase under an increase of mortality rates may also be based on those groups of policies instead of single policies, provided that it yields a result which is not materially different. 3.With regard to reinsurance obligations, the identification of the policies for which technical provisions increase under an increase of mortality rates shall apply to the underlying insurance policies only and shall be carried out in accordance with paragraph 2.

Article 53 Article 53 Calculation of the matching adjustment 1.For the purpose of the calculation referred to in Article 77c(1)(a) of Directive 2009/138/EC insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall only consider the assigned assets whose expected cash flows are required to replicate the cash flows of the portfolio of insurance and reinsurance obligations, excluding any assets in excess of that. The expected cash flow of an asset means the cash flow of the asset adjusted to allow for the probability of default of the asset that corresponds to the element of the fundamental spread set out in Article 77c(2)(a)(i) of Directive 2009/138/EC or, where no reliable credit spread can be derived from the default statistics, the portion of the long term average of the spread over the risk-free interest rate set out in Article 77c(2)(b) and (c) of that Directive. 2.The deduction of the fundamental spread, referred to in Article 77c(1)(b) of Directive 2009/138/EC, from the result of the calculation set out in Article 77c(1)(a) of that Directive, shall include only the portion of the fundamental spread that has not already been reflected in the adjustment to the cash flows of the assigned portfolio of assets, as set out in paragraph 1 of this Article.

Article 54 Article 54 Calculation of the fundamental spread 1.The fundamental spread referred to in Article 77c(2) shall be calculated in a transparent, prudent, reliable and objective manner that is consistent over time, based on relevant indices where available. The methods to derive fundamental spread of a bond shall be the same for each currency and each country and may be different for government bonds and for other bonds. 2.The calculation of the credit spread referred to in Article 77c(2)(a)(i) of Directive 2009/138/EC shall be based on the assumption that in case of default 30 % of the market value can be recovered. 3.The long-term average referred to in Article 77c(2)(b) and (c) of Directive 2009/138/EC shall be based on data relating to the last 30 years. Where a part of that data is not available, it shall be replaced by constructed data. The constructed data shall be based on the available and reliable data relating to the last 30 years. Data that is not reliable shall be replaced by constructed data using that methodology. The constructed data shall be based on prudent assumptions. 4.The expected loss referred to in Article 77c(2)(a)(ii) of Directive 2009/138/EC shall correspond to the probability-weighted loss the insurance or reinsurance undertaking incurs where the asset is downgraded to a lower credit quality step and is replaced immediately afterwards. The calculation of the expected loss shall be based on the assumption that the replacing asset meets all of the following criteria: (a) the replacing asset has the same cash flow pattern as the replaced asset before downgrade;(b) the replacing asset belongs to the same asset class as the replaced asset;(c) the replacing asset has the same credit quality step as the replaced asset before downgrade or a higher one.

Article 55 Article 55 Lines of business 1.The lines of business referred to in Article 80 of Directive 2009/138/EC shall be those set out in Annex I to this Regulation. 2.The assignment of an insurance or reinsurance obligation to a line of business shall reflect the nature of the risks relating to the obligation. The legal form of the obligation shall not necessarily be determinative of the nature of the risk. 3.Provided that the technical basis is consistent with the nature of the risks relating to the obligation, obligations of health insurance pursued on a similar technical basis to that of life insurance shall be assigned to the lines of business for life insurance and obligations of health insurance pursued on a similar technical basis to that of non-life insurance shall be assigned to the lines of business for non-life insurance. 4.Where the insurance obligations arising from the operations referred to in Article 2(3)(b) of Directive 2009/138/EC cannot clearly be assigned to the lines of business set out in Annex I to this Regulation on the basis of their nature, they shall be included in line of business 32 as set out in that Annex. 5.Where an insurance or reinsurance contract covers risks across life and non-life insurance, the insurance or reinsurance obligations shall be unbundled into their life and non-life parts. 6.Where an insurance or reinsurance contract covers risks across the lines of business as set out in Annex I to this Regulation, the insurance or reinsurance obligations shall, where possible, be unbundled into the appropriate lines of business. 7.Where an insurance or reinsurance contract includes health insurance or reinsurance obligations and other insurance or reinsurance obligations, those obligations shall, where possible, be unbundled.

Article 56 Article 56 Proportionality 1.Insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall use methods to calculate technical provisions which are proportionate to the nature, scale and complexity of the risks underlying their insurance and reinsurance obligations. 2.In determining whether a method of calculating technical provisions is proportionate, insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall carry out an assessment which includes: (a) an assessment of the nature, scale and complexity of the risks underlying their insurance and reinsurance obligations;(b) an evaluation in qualitative or quantitative terms of the error introduced in the results of the method due to any deviation between the following:(i) the assumptions underlying the method in relation to the risks;(ii) the results of the assessment referred to in point (a). 3.The assessment referred to in point (a) of paragraph 2 shall include all risks which affect the amount, timing or value of the cash in- and out-flows required to settle the insurance and reinsurance obligations over their lifetime. For the purpose of the calculation of the risk margin, the assessment shall include all risks referred to in Article 38(1)(i) over the lifetime of the underlying insurance and reinsurance obligations. The assessment shall be restricted to the risks that are relevant to that part of the calculation of technical provisions to which the method is applied. 4.A method shall be considered to be disproportionate to the nature, scale and complexity of the risks if the error referred to in point (b) of paragraph 2 leads to a misstatement of technical provisions or their components that could influence the decisions-making or judgment of the intended user of the information relating to the value of technical provisions, unless one of the following conditions are met: (a) no other method with a smaller error is available and the method is not likely to result in an underestimation of the amount of technical provisions;(b) the method leads to an amount of technical provisions of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking that is higher than the amount that would result from using a proportionate method and the method does not lead to an underestimation of the risk inherent in the insurance and reinsurance obligations that it is applied to.

Article 57 Article 57 Simplified calculation of recoverables from reinsurance contracts and special purpose vehicles 1.Without prejudice to Article 56 of this Regulation, insurance and reinsurance undertakings may calculate the amounts recoverable from reinsurance contracts and special purpose vehicles before adjusting those amounts to take account of the expected loss due to default of the counterparty as the difference between the following estimates: (a) the best estimate calculated gross as referred to in Article 77(2) of Directive 2009/138/EC;(b) the best estimate, after taking into account the amounts recoverable from reinsurance contracts and special purpose vehicles and without an adjustment for the expected loss due to default of the counterparty (unadjusted net best estimate) calculated in accordance with paragraph 2. 2.Insurance and reinsurance undertakings may use methods to derive the unadjusted net best estimate from the gross best estimate without an explicit projection of the cash flows underlying the amounts recoverable from reinsurance contracts and special purpose vehicles. Insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall calculate the unadjusted net best estimate based on homogeneous risk groups. Each of those homogeneous risk groups shall cover not more than one reinsurance contract or special purpose vehicles unless those reinsurance contracts or special purpose vehicles provide a transfer of homogeneous risks.

Article 58 Article 58 Simplified calculation of the risk margin

Article 59 Article 59 Calculations of the risk margin during the financial year

16. continuity options mean all legal or contractual policyholder rights which allow that policyholder to fully or partly establish, renew, increase, extend or resume insurance or reinsurance cover;

Article 60 Article 60 Simplified calculation of the best estimate for insurance obligations with premium adjustment mechanism

Article 61 Article 61 Simplified calculation of the counterparty default adjustment

Article 62 Article 62 Assessment of the application 1.Supervisory authorities shall take all of the following into account for the purposes of the assessment referred to in Article 90 (4) of Directive 2009/138/EC: (a) the legal effectiveness and enforceability of the terms of the commitment in all relevant jurisdictions;(b) the contractual terms of the arrangement that the insurance or reinsurance undertaking has entered into, or will enter into, with the counterparties to provide funds;(c) where relevant, the insurance or reinsurance undertaking's memorandum and articles of association or statutes;(d) whether the insurance or reinsurance undertaking has processes in place to inform the supervisory authorities of any future changes, which may have the effect of reducing the loss-absorbency of the ancillary own-fund item, to any of the following:(i) the structure or contractual terms of the arrangement;(ii) the status of the counterparties concerned;(iii) the recoverability of the ancillary own funds item. 2.Supervisory authorities shall also assess whether Article 90 of Directive 2009/138/EC is complied with taking into account the range of circumstances under which the item can be called up to absorb losses. 3.Where the insurance or reinsurance undertaking is seeking approval of a method by which to determine the amount of each ancillary own-fund item, the supervisory authorities shall assess whether the undertaking's process for regularly validating the method is appropriate to ensure that the results of the method reflect the loss-absorbency of the item on an ongoing basis. 4.In addition to the requirements set out in paragraphs 1 to 3, supervisory authorities shall assess the application for approval of ancillary own funds on the basis of the criteria set out in Articles 63, 64 and 65.

Article 63 Article 63 Assessment of the application — Status of the counterparties 1.Supervisory authorities shall take all of the following into account for the purposes of the assessment of the counterparties' ability to pay referred to in Article 90(4)(a) of Directive 2009/138/EC: (a) the risk of default of the counterparties;(b) the risk that default arises from a delay in the counterparties satisfying their commitments under the ancillary own funds item. 2.In relation to paragraph 1(a), the supervisory authorities shall assess the risk of default of the counterparties by examining the probability of default of the counterparties and the loss given default, taking into account all of the following criteria: (a) the credit standing of the counterparties, provided that this appropriately reflects the counterparties' ability to satisfy their commitments under the ancillary own funds item;(b) whether there are any current or foreseeable practical or legal impediments to the counterparties' satisfaction of their commitments under the ancillary own funds item;(c) whether the counterparties are subject to legal or regulatory requirements that reduce the counterparties' ability to satisfy their commitments under the ancillary own funds item;(d) whether the legal form of the counterparties prejudice the counterparties' satisfaction of their commitments under the ancillary own funds item;(e) whether the counterparties are subject to other exposures which reduce the counterparties' ability to satisfy their commitments under the ancillary own funds item;(f) whether, in relation to their commitment under the ancillary own fund item, the contractual terms of the arrangement under any applicable law are such that the counterparties have rights to set-off amounts they owe against any amounts owed to them by the insurance or reinsurance undertaking. 3.In relation to paragraph 1(b), the supervisory authorities shall assess the liquidity position of the counterparties, taking into account all of the following: (a) whether there are any current or foreseeable practical or legal impediments to the counterparties' ability to promptly satisfy their commitments under the ancillary own funds item;(b) whether the counterparties are subject to legal or regulatory requirements that may reduce the counterparties' ability to promptly satisfy their commitments under the ancillary own funds item;(c) whether the legal form of the counterparties prejudices the counterparties' prompt satisfaction of their commitments under the ancillary own funds item. 4.Supervisory authorities shall take all of the following into account for the purposes of the assessment of the counterparties' willingness to pay referred to in Article 90(4)(a) of Directive 2009/138/EC: (a) the range of circumstances under which the ancillary own funds item can be called up to absorb losses;(b) whether incentives or disincentives exist which may affect the counterparties' willingness to satisfy their commitments under the ancillary own funds item;(c) whether previous transactions between the counterparties and the insurance or reinsurance undertaking, including the counterparties' previous satisfaction of their commitments under ancillary own funds items, give an indication as to the counterparties' willingness to satisfy their current commitments under the ancillary own funds item. 5.The supervisory authorities shall, in assessing the counterparties' ability and willingness to pay, consider any other factors relevant to the status of the counterparties including, where relevant, the insurance or reinsurance undertaking's business model. 6.Where an ancillary own-fund item concerns a group of counterparties, supervisory authorities and insurance and reinsurance undertakings may assess the status of the group of counterparties as though it were a single counterparty provided that all of the following conditions are fulfilled: (a) the counterparties are individually non-material;(b) the counterparties included in that group are sufficiently homogeneous;(c) the assessment of a group of counterparties does not overestimate the ability and willingness to pay of the counterparties included in that group. 7.A counterparty shall be considered as material where the status of that single counterparty is likely to have a significant effect on the assessment of the group of counterparties' ability and willingness to pay.

Article 64 Article 64 Assessment of the application — Recoverability of the funds

Article 65 Article 65 Assessment of the application — Information on the outcome of past calls

Article 66 Article 66 Specification of amount relating to an unlimited amount of ancillary own funds 1.The supervisory authorities shall not approve an unlimited amount of ancillary own funds. 2.Where the supervisory authorities approve an amount of ancillary own funds, the decision of the supervisory authorities shall specify whether the amount that has been approved is the amount for which the insurance or reinsurance undertaking has applied or a lower amount.

Article 67 Article 67 Specification of amount and timing relating to the approval of a method

Article 68 Article 68 Treatment of participations in the determination of basic own funds 1.For the purpose of determining the basic own funds of insurance and reinsurance undertakings, basic own funds as referred to in Article 88 of Directive 2009/138/EC shall be reduced by the full value of participations, as referred to in Article 92(2) of that Directive, in a financial and credit institution that exceeds 10 % of items included in points (a) (i), (ii), (iv) and (vi) of Article 69. 2.For the purpose of determining the basic own funds of insurance and reinsurance undertakings, basic own funds as referred to in Article 88 of Directive 2009/138/EC shall be reduced by the part of the value of all participations, as referred to in Article 92(2) of that Directive, in financial and credit institutions, other than participations referred to in paragraph 1, that exceeds 10 % of items included in points (a) (i), (ii), (iv) and (vi) of Article 69. 3.Notwithstanding paragraphs 1 and 2, insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall not deduct strategic participations as referred to in Article 171 which are included in the calculation of the group solvency on the basis of method 1 as set out in Annex I to Directive 2002/87/EC. 4.The deductions set out in paragraph 2 shall be applied on a pro-rata basis to all participations referred to in that paragraph. 5.The deductions set out in paragraphs 1 and 2 shall be made from the corresponding tier in which the participation has increased the own funds of the related undertaking as follows: (a) holdings of Common Equity Tier 1 items of financial and credit institutions shall be deducted from the items included in points (a) (i), (ii), (iv) and (vi) of Article 69;(b) holdings of Additional Tier 1 instruments of financial and credit institutions shall be deducted from the items included in points (a)(iii) and (v) and point (b) of Article 69;(c) holdings of Tier 2 instruments of financial and credit institutions shall be deducted from the basic own-fund items included in Article 72.

Article 69 Article 69 Tier 1 — List of own-fund items

17. coverage of an internal model means the risks that are reflected in the probability distribution forecast underlying the internal model;

Article 70 Article 70 Reconciliation Reserve 1.The reconciliation reserve referred to in point (a)(vi) of Article 69 equals the total excess of assets over liabilities reduced by all of the following: (a) the amount of own shares held by the insurance and reinsurance undertaking;(b) foreseeable dividends, distributions and charges;(c) the basic own-fund items included in points (a)(i) to (v) of Article 69, Article 72(a) and Article 76(a);(d) the basic own-fund items not included in points (a)(i) to (v) of Article 69, point (a) of Article 72 and point (a) of Article 76, which have been approved by the supervisory authority in accordance with Article 79;(e) the restricted own-fund items that meet one of the following requirements:(i) exceed the notional Solvency Capital Requirement in the case of matching adjustment portfolios and ring-fenced funds determined in accordance with Article 81(1);(ii) that are excluded in accordance with Article 81(2); (f) the amount of participations held in financial and credit institutions as referred to in Article 92(2) of Directive 2009/138/EC deducted in accordance with Article 68, to the extent that this is not already included in points (a) to (e). 2.The excess of assets over liabilities referred to in paragraph 1 includes the amount that corresponds to the expected profit included in future premiums set out in paragraph 2 of Article 260. 3.The determination of whether, and to what extent, the reconciliation reserve displays the features set out in Article 71 shall not amount to an assessment of the features of the assets and liabilities that are included in computing the excess of assets over liabilities or the underlying items in the undertakings' financial statements.

Article 71 Article 71 Tier 1 — Features determining classification 1.The features referred to in Article 69 shall be the following: (a) the basic own fund item:(i) in the case of items referred to in points (a) (i) and (ii) of Article 69, ranks after all other claims in the event of winding-up proceedings regarding the insurance or reinsurance undertaking;(ii) in the case of items referred to in points (a)(iii) and (v) and point (b) of Article 69, ranks to the same degree as, or ahead of, the items referred to in points (a)(i) and (ii) of Article 69, but after items listed in Articles 72 and 76 that display the features set out in Article 73 and 77 respectively and after the claims of all policy holders and beneficiaries and non-subordinated creditors; (b) the basic own-fund item does not include features which may cause the insolvency of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking or may accelerate the process of the undertaking becoming insolvent;(c) the basic own fund item is immediately available to absorb losses;(d) the basic own-fund item absorbs losses at least once there is non-compliance with the Solvency Capital Requirement and does not hinder the recapitalisation of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking;(e) the basic own-fund item, in the case of items referred to in points (a)(iii) and (v) and point (b) of Article 69, possesses one of the following principal loss absorbency mechanisms to be triggered at the trigger event specified in paragraph 8:(i) the nominal or principal amount of the basic own-fund item is written down as set out in paragraph 5;(ii) the basic own-fund item automatically converts into a basic own-fund item listed in point (a)(i) or (ii) of Article 69 as set out in paragraph 6;(iii) a principal loss absorbency mechanism that achieves an equivalent outcome to the principal loss absorbency mechanisms set out in points (i) or (ii); (f) the basic own-fund item meets one of the following criteria:(i) in the case of items referred to in points (a)(i) and (ii) of Article 69, the item is undated or, where the insurance or reinsurance undertaking has a fixed maturity, is of the same maturity as the undertaking;(ii) in the case of items referred to in points (a)(iii) and (v) and point (b) of Article 69, the item is undated; the first contractual opportunity to repay or redeem the basic own-fund item does not occur before 5 years from the date of issuance; (g) the basic own-fund item referred to in points (a)(iii) and (v) and point (b) of Article 69 may only allow for repayment or redemption of that item between 5 and 10 years after the date of issuance where the undertaking's Solvency Capital Requirement is exceeded by an appropriate margin taking into account the solvency position of the undertaking including the undertaking's medium-term capital management plan;(h) the basic own-fund item, in the case of items referred to in points (a)(i), (ii), (iii) and (v) and point (b) of Article 69, is only repayable or redeemable at the option of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking and the repayment or redemption of the basic own-fund item is subject to prior supervisory approval;(i) the basic own-fund item, in the case of items referred to in points (a)(i), (ii), (iii) and (v) and point (b) of Article 69, does not include any incentives to repay or redeem that item that increase the likelihood that an insurance or reinsurance undertaking will repay or redeem that basic own-fund item where it has the option to do so;(j) the basic own-fund item, in the case of items referred to in points (a)(i), (ii), (iii) and (v) and point (b) of Article 69, provides for the suspension of repayment or redemption of that item where there is non-compliance with the Solvency Capital Requirement or repayment or redemption would lead to such non-compliance until the undertaking complies with the Solvency Capital Requirement and the repayment or redemption would not lead to non-compliance with the Solvency Capital Requirement;(k) notwithstanding point (j), the basic own-fund item may only allow for repayment or redemption of that item where there is non-compliance with the Solvency Capital Requirement or repayment or redemption would lead to such non-compliance, where all of the following conditions are met:(i) the supervisory authority has exceptionally waived the suspension of repayment or redemption of that item;(ii) the item is exchanged for or converted into another Tier 1 own-fund item of at least the same quality;(iii) the Minimum Capital Requirement is complied with after the repayment or redemption. (l) the basic own-fund item meets one of the following criteria:(i) in the case of items referred to in points (a)(i) and (ii) of Article 69(1), either the legal or contractual arrangements governing the basic own-fund item or national legislation allow for the cancellation of distributions in relation to that item where there is non-compliance with the Solvency Capital Requirement or the distribution would lead to such non-compliance until the undertaking complies with the Solvency Capital Requirement and the distribution would not lead to non-compliance with the Solvency Capital Requirement;(ii) in the case of items referred to in points (a)(iii) and (v) and point (b) of Article 69 the terms of the contractual arrangement governing the basic own-fund item provide for the cancellation of distributions in relation to that item where there is non-compliance with the Solvency Capital Requirement or the distribution would lead to such non-compliance until the undertaking complies with the Solvency Capital Requirement and the distribution would not lead to non-compliance with the Solvency Capital Requirement; (m) the basic own-fund item may only allow for a distribution to be made where there is non-compliance with the Solvency Capital Requirement or the distribution on a basic-own fund item would lead to such non-compliance, where all of the following conditions are met:(i) the supervisory authority has exceptionally waived the cancellation of distributions;(ii) the distribution does not further weaken the solvency position of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking;(iii) the Minimum Capital Requirement is complied with after the distribution is made. (n) the basic own fund item, in the case of items referred to in points (a)(i), (ii), (iii) and (v) and point (b) of Article 69, provides the insurance or reinsurance undertaking with full flexibility over the distributions on the basic own-fund item;(o) the basic own-fund item is free from encumbrances and is not connected with any other transaction, which when considered with the basic own-fund item, could result in that basic own-fund item not complying with Article 94(1) of Directive 2009/138/EC. 2.For the purposes of this Article, the exchange or conversion of a basic own-fund item into another Tier 1 basic own-fund item or the repayment or redemption of a Tier 1 own-fund item out of the proceeds of a new basic own-fund item of at least the same quality shall not be deemed to be a repayment or redemption, provided that the exchange, conversion, repayment or redemption is subject to the approval of the supervisory authority. 3.For the purposes of point (n) of paragraph 1, in the case of basic own-fund items referred to in points (a)(i) and (ii) of Article 69, full flexibility over the distributions is provided where all of the following conditions are met: (a) there is no preferential distribution treatment regarding the order of distribution payments and the terms of the contractual arrangement governing the own-fund item do not provide preferential rights to the payment of distributions;(b) distributions are paid out of distributable items;(c) the level of distributions is not determined on the basis of the amount for which the own-fund item was purchased at issuance and there is no cap or other restriction on the maximum level of distribution;(d) notwithstanding point (c), in the case of instruments issued by mutual and mutual-type undertakings, a cap or other restriction on the maximum level of distribution may be set, provided that cap or other restriction is not an event linked to distributions being made, or not made, on other own fund items;(e) there is no obligation for an insurance or reinsurance undertaking to make distributions;(f) non-payment of distributions does not constitute an event of default of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking;(g) the cancellation of distributions imposes no restrictions on the insurance or reinsurance undertaking. 4.For the purposes of point (n) of paragraph 1, in the case of basic own-fund items referred to in points (a)(iii) and (a)(v) and point (b) of Article 69 full flexibility over the distributions is provided where all of the following conditions are met: (a) distributions are paid out of distributable items;(b) insurance and reinsurance undertakings have full discretion at all times to cancel distributions in relation to the own-fund item for an unlimited period and on a non-cumulative basis and the undertakings may use the cancelled payments without restriction to meet its obligations as they fall due;(c) there is no obligation to substitute the distribution by a payment in any other form;(d) there is no obligation to make distributions in the event of a distribution being made on another own fund item;(e) non-payment of distributions does not constitute an event of default of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking;(f) the cancellation of distributions imposes no restrictions on the insurance or reinsurance undertaking. 5.For the purposes of paragraph (1)(e)(i), the nominal or principal amount of the basic own-fund item shall be written down in such a way that all of the following are reduced: (a) the claim of the holder of that item in the event of winding-up proceedings;(b) the amount required to be paid on repayment or redemption of that item;(c) the distributions paid on that item. 6.For the purposes of paragraph (1)(e)(ii), the provisions governing the conversion into basic own-fund items listed in points (a) (i) or (ii) of Article 69 shall specify either of the following: (a) the rate of conversion and a limit on the permitted amount of conversion;(b) a range within which the instruments will convert into the basic own funds item listed in points (a)(i) or (ii) of Article 69. 7.The nominal or principal amount of the basic own-fund item shall absorb losses at the trigger event. Loss absorbency resulting from the cancellation of, or a reduction in, distributions shall not be deemed to be sufficient to be considered to be a principal loss absorbency mechanism in accordance with paragraph (1)(e). 8.The trigger event referred to in paragraph (1)(e) shall be significant non-compliance with the Solvency Capital Requirement. For the purposes of this paragraph, non-compliance with the Solvency Capital Requirement shall be considered significant where any of the following conditions is met: (a) the amount of own-fund items eligible to cover the Solvency Capital Requirement is equal to or less than the 75 % of the Solvency Capital Requirement;(b) the amount of own-fund items eligible to cover the Minimum Capital Requirement is equal to or less than Minimum Capital Requirement;(c) compliance with the Solvency Capital Requirement is not re-established within a period of three months of the date when non-compliance with the Solvency Capital Requirement was first observed. Insurance and reinsurance undertakings may specify, in the provisions governing the instrument, one or more trigger events in addition to the events referred to in points (a) to (c). 9.For the purposes of points (d), (j) and (l) of paragraph 1, references to the Solvency Capital Requirement shall be read as references to the Minimum Capital Requirement where non-compliance with the Minimum Capital Requirement occurs before non-compliance with the Solvency Capital Requirement.

Article 72 Article 72 Tier 2 Basic own-funds — List of own-fund items

Article 73 Article 73 Tier 2 Basic own-funds — Features determining classification 1.The features referred to in Article 72 shall be the following: (a) the basic own-fund item ranks after the claims of all policy holders and beneficiaries and non-subordinated creditors;(b) the basic own-fund item does not include features which may cause the insolvency of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking or may accelerate the process of the undertaking becoming insolvent;(c) the basic own-fund item is undated or has an original maturity of at least 10 years; the first contractual opportunity to repay or redeem the basic own-fund item does not occur before 5 years from the date of issuance;(d) the basic own-fund item is only repayable or redeemable at the option of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking and the repayment or redemption of the basic own-fund item is subject to prior supervisory approval;(e) the basic own-fund item may include limited incentives to repay or redeem that basic own-fund item, provided that these do not occur before 10 years from the date of issuance;(f) the basic own-fund item provides for the suspension of repayment or redemption of that item where there is non-compliance with the Solvency Capital Requirement or repayment or redemption would lead to such non-compliance until the undertaking complies with the Solvency Capital Requirement and the repayment or redemption would not lead to non-compliance with the Solvency Capital Requirement;(g) the basic own-fund item meets one of the following criteria:(i) in the case of items referred to in points (a)(i) and (ii) of Article 72, either the legal or contractual arrangements governing the basic own-fund item or national legislation allow for the distributions in relation to that item to be deferred where there is non-compliance with the Solvency Capital Requirement or the distribution would lead to such non-compliance until the undertaking complies with the Solvency Capital Requirement and the distribution would not lead to non-compliance with the Solvency Capital Requirement;(ii) in the case of items referred to in points (a)(iii) and (iv) and point (b) of Article 72 the terms of the contractual arrangement governing the basic own-fund item provide for the distributions in relation to that item to be deferred where there is non-compliance with the Solvency Capital Requirement or the distribution would lead to such non-compliance until the undertaking complies with the Solvency Capital Requirement and the distribution would not lead to non-compliance with the Solvency Capital Requirement; (h) the basic own-fund item may only allow for a distribution to be made where there is non-compliance with the Solvency Capital Requirement or the distribution on a basic-own fund item would lead to such non-compliance, where all of the following conditions are met:(i) the supervisory authority has exceptionally waived the deferral of distributions;(ii) the payment does not further weaken the solvency position of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking;(iii) the Minimum Capital Requirement is complied with after the distribution is made. (i) the basic own-fund item is free from encumbrances and is not connected with any other transaction, which when considered with the basic own-fund item, could result in that basic own-fund item not complying with the first subparagraph of Article 94(2) of Directive 2009/138/EC.(j) the basic own-fund item displays the features set out in Article 71 that are relevant for basic own-fund items referred to in points (a)(iii), (v) and (b) of Article 69, but exceeds the limit set out in Article 82(3). Notwithstanding point (f), the basic own-fund item may only allow for the repayment or redemption of that item where there is non-compliance with the Solvency Capital Requirement or repayment or redemption would lead to such non-compliance, where all of the following conditions are met: (i) the supervisory authority has exceptionally waived the suspension of repayment or redemption of that item;(ii) the item is exchanged for or converted into another Tier 1 or Tier 2 basic own-fund item of at least the same quality;(iii) the Minimum Capital Requirement is complied with after the repayment or redemption. 2.For the purposes of this Article, the exchange or conversion of a basic own-fund item into another Tier 1 or Tier 2 basic own-fund item or the repayment or redemption of a Tier 2 basic own-fund item out of the proceeds of a new basic own-fund item of at least the same quality shall not be deemed to be a repayment or redemption, provided that the exchange, conversion, repayment or redemption is subject to the approval of the supervisory authority. 3.For the purposes of points (f) and (g) of paragraph 1, references to the Solvency Capital Requirement shall be read as references to the Minimum Capital Requirement where non-compliance with the Minimum Capital Requirement occurs before non-compliance with the Solvency Capital Requirement. 4.For the purposes of point (e) of paragraph 1, undertakings shall consider incentives to redeem in the form of an interest rate step-up associated with a call option as limited where the step-up takes the form of a single increase in the coupon rate and results in an increase in the initial rate that is no greater than the higher of the following amounts: (a) 100 basis points, less the swap spread between the initial index basis and the stepped-up index basis;(b) 50 % of the initial credit spread, less the swap spread between the initial index basis and the stepped-up index basis.

Article 74 Article 74 Tier 2 Ancillary own-funds — List of own-fund items

Article 75 Article 75 Tier 2 Ancillary own-funds — Features determining classification

Article 76 Article 76 Tier 3 Basic own-funds– List of own-fund items

Article 77 Article 77 Tier 3 Basic own-funds– Features determining classification 1.The features referred to in Article 76 shall be the following: (a) the basic own-fund item, in the case of items referred to in points (a)(i) and (ii) and point (b) of Article 76, ranks after the claims of all policy holders and beneficiaries and non-subordinated creditors;(b) the basic own-fund item does not include features which may cause the insolvency of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking or may accelerate the process of the undertaking becoming insolvent;(c) the basic own-fund item, in the case of items referred to in points (a)(i) and (ii) and point (b) of Article 76, is undated or has an original maturity of at least 5 years, where the maturity date is the first contractual opportunity to repay or redeem the basic own-fund item;(d) the basic own-fund item, in the case of items referred to in points (a)(i) and (ii) and point (b) of Article 76, is only repayable or redeemable at the option of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking and the repayment or redemption of the basic own-fund item is subject to prior supervisory approval;(e) the basic own-fund item, in the case of items referred to in points (a)(i) and (ii) and point (b) of Article 76, may include limited incentives to repay or redeem that basic own-fund item;(f) the basic own-fund item, in the case of items referred to in points (a)(i) and (ii) and point (b) of Article 76, provides for the suspension of repayment or redemption where there is non-compliance with the Solvency Capital Requirement or repayment or redemption would lead to such non-compliance until the undertaking complies with the Solvency Capital Requirement and the repayment or redemption would not lead to non-compliance with the Solvency Capital Requirement;(g) the basic own-fund item, in the case of items referred to in points (a)(i) and (ii) and point (b) of Article 76, provides for the deferral of distributions where there is non-compliance with the Minimum Capital Requirement or the distribution would lead to such non-compliance until the undertaking complies with the Minimum Capital Requirement and the distribution would not lead to non-compliance with the Minimum Capital Requirement;(h) the basic own-fund item is free from encumbrances and is not connected with any other transaction, which could undermine the features that the item is required to possess in accordance with this Article. Notwithstanding point (f), the basic own-fund item may only allow for the repayment or redemption of that item where there is non-compliance with the Solvency Capital Requirement or repayment or redemption would lead to such non-compliance, where all the following conditions are met: (i) the supervisory authority has exceptionally waived the suspension of repayment or redemption of that item;(ii) the item is exchanged for or converted into another Tier 1, Tier 2 basic own-fund item or Tier 3 basic own-fund item of at least the same quality;(iii) the Minimum Capital Requirement is complied with after the repayment or redemption. 2.For the purposes of this Article, the exchange or conversion of a basic own-fund item into another Tier 1, Tier 2 basic own-fund item or Tier 3 basic own-fund item or the repayment or redemption of a Tier 3 basic own-fund item out of the proceeds of a new basic own-fund item of at least the same quality shall not be deemed to be a repayment or redemption, provided that the exchange, conversion, repayment or redemption is subject to the approval of the supervisory authority. 3.For the purposes of point (f) of paragraph 1, references to the Solvency Capital Requirement shall be read as references to the Minimum Capital Requirement where non-compliance with the Minimum Capital Requirement occurs before non-compliance with the Solvency Capital Requirement. 4.For the purposes of point (e) of paragraph 1, undertakings shall consider incentives to redeem in the form of an interest rate step-up associated with a call option as limited where the step-up takes the form of a single increase in the coupon rate and results in an increase in the initial rate that is no greater than the higher of the following amounts: (a) 100 basis points, less the swap spread between the initial index basis and the stepped-up index basis;(b) 50 % of the initial credit spread, less the swap spread between the initial index basis and the stepped-up index basis.

Article 78 Article 78 Tier 3 Ancillary own-funds– List of own-funds items

Article 79 Article 79 Supervisory Authorities approval of the assessment and classification of own-fund items 1.Without prejudice to Article 90 of Directive 2009/138/EC, where an own-fund item is not included in the list of own-funds items set out in Articles 69, 72, 74, 76 and 78, insurance or reinsurance undertakings shall only consider that item as own funds where an approval of the item's assessment and classification has been received from the supervisory authority. 2.The supervisory authority shall assess the following, on the basis of documents submitted by the insurance or reinsurance undertaking, when approving the assessment and classification of own-fund items not included in the list of own-fund items set out in Articles 69, 72, 74, 76 and 78: (a) where the undertaking is applying for approval for classification as Tier 1, whether the basic own-fund item substantially possesses the characteristics set out in Article 93(1)(a) and (b) of Directive 2009/138/EC, taking into consideration the features set out in Article 93(2) of that Directive;(b) where the undertaking is applying for classification as Tier 2 basic own funds, whether the basic own-fund item substantially possesses the characteristics set out in Article 93(1)(b) of Directive 2009/138/EC, taking into consideration the features set out in Article 93(2) of that Directive;(c) where the undertaking is applying for classification as Tier 2 ancillary own funds, whether the ancillary own-fund item substantially possesses the characteristics in Article 93(1)(a) and (b) of Directive 2009/138/EC, taking into consideration the features set out in Article 93(2) of that Directive;(d) where the undertaking is applying for classification as Tier 3 basic own funds, whether the basic own-fund item possesses the characteristics set out in Article 93(1)(b) of Directive 2009/138/EC, taking into consideration the features set out in Article 93(2) of that Directive;(e) the legal enforceability of the contractual terms of the own-fund item in all relevant jurisdictions;(f) whether the own-fund item has been fully paid-in. 3.Basic own-fund items not included in the list of own-fund items set out in Articles 69, 72 and 76 shall only be classified as Tier 1 basic own funds where they are fully paid-in. 4.The inclusion of own-fund items approved by the supervisory authority in accordance with this Article shall be subject to quantitative limits set out in Article 82.

18. scope of an internal model means the risks that the internal model is approved to cover; the scope of an internal model may include both risks which are and which are not reflected in the standard formula for the Solvency Capital Requirement;

Article 80 Article 80 Ring-fenced funds requiring adjustments 1.A reduction of the reconciliation reserve referred to in Article 70(1)(e) shall be required where own-fund items within a ring-fenced fund have a reduced capacity to fully absorb losses on a going-concern basis due to their lack of transferability within the insurance or reinsurance undertaking for any of the following reasons: (a) the items can only be used to cover losses on a defined portion of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking's insurance or reinsurance contracts;(b) the items can only be used to cover losses in respect of certain policy holders or beneficiaries;(c) the items can only be used to cover losses arising from particular risks or liabilities. 2.The own-fund items referred to in paragraph 1, (hereinafter referred to as restricted own-fund items), shall not include the value of future transfers attributable to shareholders.

Article 81 Article 81 Adjustment for ring-fenced funds and matching adjustment portfolios 1.For the purposes of calculating the reconciliation reserve, insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall reduce the excess of assets over liabilities referred to in Article 70 by comparing the following amounts: (a) the restricted own-fund items within the ring-fenced fund or matching adjustment portfolio;(b) the notional Solvency Capital Requirement for the ring-fenced fund or matching adjustment portfolio. Where the insurance or reinsurance undertaking calculates the Solvency Capital Requirement using the standard formula, the notional Solvency Capital Requirement shall be calculated in accordance with Article 217. Where the undertaking calculates the Solvency Capital Requirement using an internal model, the notional Solvency Capital Requirement shall be calculated using that internal model, as if the undertaking pursued only the business included in the ring-fenced fund or matching adjustment portfolio. 2.By way of derogation from paragraph 1, where the assets, the liabilities and the risk within a ring-fenced fund are not material, insurance and reinsurance undertakings may reduce the reconciliation reserve by the total amount of restricted own-fund items.

Article 82 Article 82 Eligibility and limits applicable to Tiers 1, 2 and 3 1.As far as compliance with the Solvency Capital Requirement is concerned, the eligible amounts of Tier 2 and Tier 3 items shall be subject to all of the following quantitative limits: (a) the eligible amount of Tier 1 items shall be at least one half of the Solvency Capital Requirement;(b) the eligible amount of Tier 3 items shall be less than 15 % of the Solvency Capital Requirement;(c) the sum of the eligible amounts of Tier 2 and Tier 3 items shall not exceed 50 % of the Solvency Capital Requirement. 2.As far as compliance with the Minimum Capital Requirements is concerned, the eligible amounts of Tier 2 items shall be subject to all of the following quantitative limits: (a) the eligible amount of Tier 1 items shall be at least 80 % of the Minimum Capital Requirement;(b) the eligible amounts of Tier 2 items shall not exceed 20 % of the Minimum Capital Requirement. 3.Within the limit referred to in point (a) of paragraph 1 and point (a) of paragraph 2, the sum of the following basic own-fund items shall make up less than 20 % of the total amount of Tier 1 items: (a) items referred to in point (a)(iii) of Article 69;(b) items referred to in point (a)(v) of Article 69;(c) items referred to in point (b) of Article 69;(d) items that are included in Tier 1 basic own funds under the transitional arrangement set out in Article 308b(9) of Directive 2009/138/EC.

Article 83 Article 83 1.Where the calculation of a module or sub-module of the Basic Solvency Capital Requirement is based on the impact of a scenario on the basic own funds of insurance and reinsurance undertakings, all of the following assumptions shall be made in that calculation: (a) the scenario does not change the amount of the risk margin included in technical provisions;(b) the scenario does not change the value of deferred tax assets and liabilities;(c) the scenario does not change the value of future discretionary benefits included in technical provisions;(d) no management actions are taken by the undertaking during the scenario. 2.The calculation of technical provisions arising as a result of determining the impact of a scenario on the basic own funds of insurance and reinsurance undertakings as referred to in paragraph 1 shall not change the value of future discretionary benefits, and shall take account of all of the following: (a) without prejudice to point (d) of paragraph 1, future management actions following the scenario, provided they comply with Article 23;(b) any material adverse impact of the scenario or the management actions referred to in point (a) on the likelihood that policy holders will exercise contractual options. 3.Insurance and reinsurance undertakings may use simplified methods to calculate the technical provisions arising as a result of determining the impact of a scenario as referred to in paragraph 1, provided that the simplified method does not lead to a misstatement of the Solvency Capital Requirement that could influence the decision-making or the judgement of the user of the information relating to the Solvency Capital Requirement, unless the simplified calculation leads to a Solvency Capital Requirement which exceeds the Solvency Capital Requirement that results from the calculation according to the standard formula. 4.The calculation of assets and liabilities arising as a result of determining the impact of a scenario as referred to in paragraph 1 shall take account of the impact of the scenario on the value of any relevant risk mitigation instruments held by the undertaking which comply with Articles 209 to 215. 5.Where the scenario would result in an increase in the basic own funds of insurance and reinsurance undertakings, the calculation of the module or sub-module shall be based on the assumption that the scenario has no impact on the basic own funds.

Article 84 Article 84 1.The Solvency Capital Requirement shall be calculated on the basis of each of the underlying assets of collective investment undertakings and other investments packaged as funds (look-through approach). 2.The look-through approach referred to in paragraph 1 shall also apply to the following: (a) indirect exposures to market risk other than collective investment undertakings and investments packaged as funds;(b) indirect exposures to underwriting risk;(c) indirect exposures to counterparty risk. 3.Where the look-through approach cannot be applied to collective investment undertakings or investments packaged as funds, the Solvency Capital Requirement may be calculated on the basis of the target underlying asset allocation of the collective investment undertaking or fund, provided such a target allocation is available to the undertaking at the level of granularity necessary for calculating all relevant sub-modules and scenarios of the standard formula, and the underlying assets are managed strictly according to this target allocation. For the purposes of that calculation, data groupings may be used, provided they are applied in a prudent manner, and that they do not apply to more than 20 % of the total value of the assets of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking. 4.Paragraph 2 shall not apply to investments in related undertakings within the meaning of Article 212(1)(b) and (2) of Directive 2009/138/EC.

Article 85 Article 85

Article 86 Article 86

Article 87 Article 87

Article 88 Article 88 Proportionality 1.For the purposes of Article 109, insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall determine whether the simplified calculation is proportionate to the nature, scale and complexity of the risks by carrying out an assessment which shall include all of the following: (a) an assessment of the nature, scale and complexity of the risks of the undertaking falling within the relevant module or sub-module;(b) an evaluation in qualitative or quantitative terms, as appropriate, of the error introduced in the results of the simplified calculation due to any deviation between the following:(i) the assumptions underlying the simplified calculation in relation to the risk;(ii) the results of the assessment referred to in point (a). 2.A simplified calculation shall not be considered to be proportionate to the nature, scale and complexity of the risks where the error referred to in point (b) of paragraph 2 leads to a misstatement of the Solvency Capital Requirement that could influence the decision-making or the judgement of the user of the information relating to the Solvency Capital Requirement, unless the simplified calculation leads to a Solvency Capital Requirement which exceeds the Solvency Capital Requirement that results from the standard calculation.

Article 89 Article 89 General provisions for simplifications for captives

19. investment in a tradable security or another financial instrument based on repackaged loans and securitisation position means an exposure to a securitisation within the meaning of Article 4(1)(61) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the CouncilRegulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on prudential requirements for credit institutions and investment firms and amending Regulation (EU) No 648/2012, (OJ L 176, 27.6.2013, p. 1 ). ;

Article 90 Article 90 Simplified calculation for captive insurance and reinsurance undertakings of the capital requirement for non-life premium and reserve risk 1.Where Articles 88 and 89 are complied with, captive insurance and captive reinsurance undertakings may calculate the capital requirement for non-life premium and reserve risk as follows: SCR nl prem res 0,65s NL 2pr,s 0,35s NL pr,s 2,where the s covers all segments set out in Annex II. 2.For the purposes of paragraph 1, the capital requirement for non-life premium and reserve risk of a particular segment s set out in Annex II shall be equal to the following: NL pr,s 0,6V 2prem,s V prem,s V res,s V 2res,s where: (a) V(prem,s) denotes the volume measure for premium risk of segment s calculated in accordance with paragraph 3 of Article 116;(b) V(res,s) denotes the volume measure for reserve risk of a segment calculated in accordance with paragraph 6 of Article 116.

Article 91 Article 91 Simplified calculation of the capital requirement for life mortality risk

Article 92 Article 92 Simplified calculation of the capital requirement for life longevity risk

Article 93 Article 93 Simplified calculation of the capital requirement for life disability-morbidity risk

Article 94 Article 94 Simplified calculation of the capital requirement for life-expense risk

Article 95 Article 95 Simplified calculation of the capital requirement for permanent changes in lapse rates 1.Where Article 88 is complied with, insurance and reinsurance undertakings may calculate the capital requirement for the risk of a permanent increase in lapse rates as follows: Lapse up 0,5l up n up S up where: (a) lup denotes the higher of the average lapse rate of the policies with positive surrender strains and 67 %;(b) nup denotes the average period in years over which the policies with a positive surrender strains run off;(c) Sup denotes the sum of positive surrender strains. 2.Where Article 88 is complied with, insurance and reinsurance undertakings may calculate the capital requirement for the risk of a permanent decrease in lapse rates as follows: Lapse down 0,5l down n down S down where: (a) ldown denotes the higher of the average lapse rate of the policies with negative surrender strains and 40 %;(b) ndown denotes the average period in years over which the policies with a negative surrender strains runs off;(c) Sdown denotes the sum of negative surrender strains. 3.The surrender strain of an insurance policy referred to in paragraphs 1 and 2 is the difference between the following: (a) the amount currently payable by the insurance undertaking on discontinuance by the policy holder, net of any amounts recoverable from policy holders or intermediaries;(b) the amount of technical provisions without the risk margin.

Article 96 Article 96 Simplified calculation of the capital requirement for life-catastrophe risk

Article 97 Article 97 Simplified calculation of the capital requirement for health mortality risk

Article 98 Article 98 Simplified calculation of the capital requirement for health longevity risk

Article 99 Article 99 Simplified calculation of the capital requirement for medical expense disability-morbidity risk

20. resecuritisation position means an exposure to a resecuritisation within the meaning of Article 4(1)(63) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013;

The scale of credit quality steps referred to in Article 109a(1) of Directive 2009/138/EC shall include credit quality steps 0 to 6.

Article 100 Article 100 Simplified calculation of the capital requirement for income protection disability-morbidity risk

Directive 2011/61/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 8 June 2011 on Alternative Investment Fund Managers and amending Directives 2003/41/EC and 2009/65/EC and Regulations (EC) No 1060/2009 and (EU) No 1095/2010 (OJ L 174, 1.7.2011, p. 1 ).

⟪TABLE:tbl_003⟫

⟪MEDIA:img_003⟫

Article 101 Article 101 Simplified calculation of the capital requirement for health expense risk

Article 102 Article 102 Simplified calculation of the capital requirement for SLT health lapse risk 1.Where Article 88 is complied with, insurance and reinsurance undertakings may calculate the capital requirement for the risk of a permanent increase in lapse rates referred to in Article 159(1)(a) as follows: Lapse up 0,5l up n up S up where: (a) lup denotes the higher of the average lapse rate of the policies with positive surrender strains and 83 %;(b) nup denotes the average period in years over which the policies with a positive surrender strains run off;(c) Sup denotes the sum of positive surrender strains. 2.Where Article 88 is complied with, insurance and reinsurance undertakings may calculate the capital requirement for the risk of a permanent decrease in lapse rates referred to in 159(1)(b) as follows: Lapse down 0,5l down n down S down where: (a) ldown denotes the average lapse rate of the policies with negative surrender strains;(b) ndown denotes the average period in years over which the policies with a negative surrender strains runs off;(c) Sdown denotes the sum of negative surrender strains. 3.The surrender strain of an insurance policy referred to in paragraphs (1) and (2) is the difference between the following: (a) the amount currently payable by the insurance undertaking on discontinuance by the policy holder, net of any amounts recoverable from policy holders or intermediaries;(b) the amount of technical provisions without the risk margin.

Article 103 Article 103 Simplified calculation of the capital requirement for interest rate risk for captive insurance or reinsurance undertakings 1.Where Articles 88 and 89 are complied with, captive insurance or captive reinsurance undertakings may calculate the capital requirement for interest rate risk referred to in Article 165 as follows: (a) the sum, for each currency, of the capital requirements for the risk of an increase in the term structure of interest rates as set out in paragraph 2 of this Article;(b) the sum, for each currency, of the capital requirements for the risk of a decrease in the term structure of interest rates as set out in paragraph 3 of this Article. 2.For the purposes of point (a) of paragraph 1 of this Article, the capital requirement for the risk of an increase in the term structure of interest rates for a given currency shall be equal to the following: IR up i MVAL i dur i rate i stress i,up lob BE lob dur lob rate lob stress lob,up where: (a) the first sum covers all maturity intervals i set out in paragraph 4 of this Article;(b) MVALi denotes the value in accordance with Article 75 of Directive 2009/138/EC of assets less liabilities other than technical provisions for maturity interval i ;(c) duri denotes the simplified duration of maturity interval i ;(d) ratei denotes the relevant risk-free rate for the simplified duration of maturity interval i ;(e) stress(i,up) denotes the relative upward stress of interest rate for simplified duration of maturity interval i ;(f) the second sum covers all lines of business set out in Annex I of this Regulation;(g) BElob denotes the best estimate for line of business lob ;(h) durlob denotes the modified duration of the best estimate in line of business lob ;(i) ratelob denotes the relevant risk-free rate for modified duration in line of business lob ;(j) stress(lob,up) denotes the relative upward stress of interest rate for the modified duration durlob . 3.For the purposes of point (b) of paragraph 1 of this Article, the capital requirement for the risk of a decrease in the term structure of interest rates for a given currency shall be equal to the following: IR down i MVAL i dur i rate i stress i,down lob BE lob dur lob rate lob stress lob,down where: (a) the first sum covers all maturity intervals i set out in paragraph 4;(b) MVALi denotes the value in accordance with Article 75 of Directive 2009/138/EC of assets less liabilities other than technical provisions for maturity interval i ;(c) duri denotes the simplified duration of maturity interval i ;(d) ratei denotes the relevant risk-free rate for the simplified duration of maturity interval i ;(e) stress(i,down) denotes the relative downward stress of interest rate for simplified duration of maturity interval i ;(f) the second sum covers all lines of business set out in Annex I of this Regulation;(g) BElob denotes the best estimate for line of business lob ;(h) durlob denotes the modified duration of the best estimate in line of business lob ;(i) ratelob denotes the relevant risk-free rate for modified duration in line of business lob ;(j) stress(lob, down) denote the relative downward stress of interest rate for modified duration durlob . 4.The maturity intervals i and the simplified duration duri referred to in points (a) and (c)of paragraph 2 and in point (a) and (c) of paragraph 3 shall be as follows: (a) up to the maturity of one year, the simplified duration shall be 0.5 years;(b) between maturities of 1 and 3 years, the simplified duration shall be 2 years;(c) between maturities of 3 and 5 years, the simplified duration shall be 4 years;(d) between maturities of 5 and 10 years, the simplified duration shall be 7 years;(e) from the maturity of 10 years onwards, the simplified duration shall be 12 years.

Article 104 Article 104 Simplified calculation for spread risk on bonds and loans 1.Where Article 88 is complied with, insurance or reinsurance undertakings may calculate the capital requirement for spread risk referred to in Article 176 of this Regulation as follows: SCR bonds MV bonds i %MV bonds i stress i %MV bonds norating mindur norating 0,03;1ΔLiab ul where: (a) SCRbonds denotes the capital requirement for spread risk on bonds and loans;(b) MVbonds denotes the value in accordance with Article 75 of Directive 2009/138/EC of the assets subject to capital requirements for spread risk on bonds and loans;(c) %MVi bonds denotes the proportion of the portfolio of the assets subject to a capital requirement for spread risk on bonds and loans with credit quality step i , where a credit assessment by a nominated ECAI is available for those assets;(d) %MVbonds norating denotes the proportion of the portfolio of the assets subject to a capital requirement for spread risk on bonds and loans for which no credit assessment by a nominated ECAI is available;(e) duri and durnorating denote the modified duration denominated in years of the assets subject to a capital requirement for spread risk on bonds and loans where no credit assessment by a nominated ECAI is available;(f) stressi denotes a function of the credit quality step i and of the modified duration denominated in years of the assets subject to a capital requirement for spread risk on bonds and loans with credit quality step i , set out in paragraph 2;(g) ΔLiabul denotes the increase in the technical provisions less risk margin for policies where the policyholders bear the investment risk with embedded options and guarantees that would result from an instantaneous decrease in the value of the assets subject to the capital requirement for spread risk on bonds of:MV bonds i %MV bonds i stress i %MV bonds norating mindur norating 0,03;1. 2.stressi referred to in point (f) of paragraph 1, for each credit quality step i , shall be equal to:dur i b i , where duri is the modified duration denominated in years of the assets subject to a capital requirement for spread risk on bonds and loans with credit quality step i , and bi is determined in accordance with the following table: Credit quality step i 0123456bi 0,9 %1,1 %1,4 %2,5 %4,5 %7,5 %7,5 % 3.durnorating referred to in point (e) of paragraph 1 and duri referred to in paragraph 2 shall not be lower than 1 year.

Article 105 Article 105 Simplified calculation for captive insurance or reinsurance undertakings of the capital requirement for spread risk on bonds and loans

Article 106 Article 106 Simplified calculation of the capital requirement for market risk concentration for captive insurance or reinsurance undertakings

Article 107 Article 107 Simplified calculation of the risk mitigating effect for reinsurance arrangements or securitisation 1.Where Article 88 is complied with, insurance or reinsurance undertakings may calculate the risk-mitigating effect on underwriting risk of a reinsurance arrangement or securitisation referred to in Article 196 as follows: RM re,all Recoverables i Recoverables all where (a) RMre,all denotes the risk mitigating effect on underwriting risk of the reinsurance arrangements and securitisations for all counterparties calculated in accordance with paragraph 2;(b) Recoverablesi denotes the best estimate of amounts recoverable from the reinsurance arrangement or securitisation and the corresponding debtors for counterparty i and Recoverablesall denotes the best estimate of amounts recoverable from the reinsurance arrangements and securitisations and the corresponding debtors for all counterparties. 2.The risk mitigating effect on underwriting risk of the reinsurance arrangements and securitisations for all counterparties referred to in paragraph 1 is the difference between the following capital requirements: (a) the hypothetical capital requirement for underwriting risk of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking if none of the reinsurance arrangements and securitisations exist;(b) the capital requirements for underwriting risk of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking.

Article 108 Article 108 Simplified calculation of the risk mitigating effect for proportional reinsurance arrangements

Article 109 Article 109 Simplified calculations for pooling arrangements

21. originator means an originator within the meaning of Article 4(1)(13) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013;

Article 110 Article 110 Simplified calculation — grouping of single name exposures

Article 111 Article 111 Simplified calculation of the risk mitigating effect

Article 112 Article 112 Simplified calculation of the risk adjusted value of collateral to take into account the economic effect of the collateral 1.Where Article 88 of this Regulation is complied with, and where the counterparty requirement and the third party requirement referred to in Article 197(1) are both met, insurance or reinsurance undertakings may, for the purposes of Article 197, calculate the risk-adjusted value of a collateral provided by way of security as referred to in Article 1(26)(b), as 85 % of the value of the assets held as collateral, valued in accordance with Article 75 of Directive 2009/138/EC. 2.Where Articles 88 and 214 of this Regulation are complied with, and where the counterparty requirement referred to in Article 197(1) is met and the third party requirement referred to in Article 197(1) is not met, insurance or reinsurance undertakings may, for the purposes of Article 197, calculate the risk-adjusted value of a collateral provided by way of security as referred to in Article 1(26)(b), as 75 % of the value of the assets held as collateral, valued in accordance with Article 75 of Directive 2009/138/EC.

Article 113 Article 113

Article 114 Article 114 Non-life underwriting risk module 1.The non-life underwriting risk module shall consist of all of the following sub-modules: (a) the non-life premium and reserve risk sub-module referred to in point (a) of the third subparagraph of Article 105(2) of Directive 2009/138/EC;(b) the non-life catastrophe risk sub-module referred to in point (b) of the third subparagraph of Article 105(2) of Directive 2009/138/EC;(c) the non-life lapse risk sub-module. 2.The capital requirement for non-life underwriting risk shall be equal to the following: SCR non-life i,j CorrNL i,j SCR i SCR j where: (a) the sum covers all possible combinations (i ,j ) of the sub-modules set out in paragraph 1;(b) CorrNL(i,j) denotes the correlation parameter for non-life underwriting risk for sub-modules i and j ;(c) SCRi and SCRj denote the capital requirements for risk sub-module i and j respectively. 3.The correlation parameter CorrNL(i,j) referred to in paragraph 2 denotes the item set out in row i and in column j of the following correlation matrix: j i Non-life premium and reserveNon-life catastropheNon-life lapseNon-life premium and reserve10,250Non-life catastrophe0,2510Non-life lapse001

Article 115 Article 115 Non-life premium and reserve risk sub-module

Article 116 Article 116 Volume measure for non-life premium and reserve risk 1.The volume measure for non-life premium and reserve risk shall be equal to the sum of the volume measures for premium and reserve risk of the segments set out in Annex II. 2.For all segments set out in Annex II, the volume measure of a particular segment s shall be equal to the following: V s V prem,s V res,s 0,750,25DIV s where: (a) V(prem,s) denotes the volume measure for premium risk of segment s ;(b) V(res,s) denotes the volume measure for reserve risk of segment s ;(c) DIVs denotes the factor for geographical diversification of segment s . 3.For all segments set out in Annex II, the volume measure for premium risk of a particular segment s shall be equal to the following: V prem,s maxP s ;P last,s FP existing,s FP future,s where: (a) Ps denotes an estimate of the premiums to be earned by the insurance or reinsurance undertaking in the segment s during the following 12 months;(b) P(last,s) denotes the premiums earned by the insurance or reinsurance undertaking in the segment s during the last 12 months;(c) FP(existing,s) denotes the expected present value of premiums to be earned by the insurance or reinsurance undertaking in the segment s after the following 12 months for existing contracts;(d) FP(future,s) denotes the expected present value of premiums to be earned by the insurance and reinsurance undertaking in the segment s for contracts where the initial recognition date falls in the following 12 months but excluding the premiums to be earned during the 12 months after the initial recognition date. 4.For all segments set out in Annex II, insurance and reinsurance undertakings may, as an alternative to the calculation set out in paragraph 3 of this Article, choose to calculate the volume measure for premium risk of a particular segment s in accordance with the following formula: V prem,s P s FP existing,s FP future,s provided that the all of following conditions are met: (a) the administrative, management or supervisory body of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking has decided that its earned premiums in the segment s during the following 12 months will not exceed Ps ;(b) the insurance or reinsurance undertaking has established effective control mechanisms to ensure that the limits on earned premiums referred to in point (a) will be met;(c) the insurance or reinsurance undertaking has informed its supervisory authority about the decision referred to in point (a) and the reasons for it. For the purposes of this calculation, the terms Ps , FP(existing,s) and FP(future,s) shall be denoted in accordance with points (a), (c) and (d) of paragraph 3. 5.For the purposes of the calculations set out in paragraphs 3 and 4, premiums shall be net, after deduction of premiums for reinsurance contracts. The following premiums for reinsurance contracts shall not be deducted: (a) premiums in relation to non-insurance events or settled insurance claims that are not accounted for in the cash-flows referred to in Article 41(3);(b) premiums for reinsurance contracts that do not comply with Articles 209, 210, 211 and 213. 6.For all segments set out in Annex II, the volume measure for reserve risk of a particular segment shall be equal to the best estimate of the provisions for claims outstanding for the segment, after deduction of the amounts recoverable from reinsurance contracts and special purpose vehicles, provided that the reinsurance contracts or special purpose vehicles comply with Articles 209, 210, 211 and 213. The volume measure shall not be a negative amount. 7.For all segments set out in Annex II, the default factor for geographical diversification of a particular segment shall be either 1 or calculated in accordance with Annex III.

Article 117 Article 117 Standard deviation for non-life premium and reserve risk 1.The standard deviation for non-life premium and reserve risk shall be equal to the following: σ nl 1V nl s,t CorrS s,t σ s V s σ t V t where: (a) Vnl denotes the volume measure for non-life premium and reserve risk;(b) the sum covers all possible combinations (s ,t ) of the segments set out in Annex II;(c) CorrS(s,t) denotes the correlation parameter for non-life premium and reserve risk for segment s and segment t set out in Annex IV;(d) σs and σt denote standard deviations for non-life premium and reserve risk of segments s and t respectively;(e) Vs and Vt denote volume measures for premium and reserve risk of segments s and t , referred to in Article 116, respectively. 2.For all segments set out in Annex II, the standard deviation for non-life premium and reserve risk of a particular segment s shall be equal to the following: σ s σ 2prem,s V 2prem,s σ prem,s V prem,s σ res,s V res,s σ 2res,s V 2res,s V prem,s V res,s where: (a) σ(prem,s) denotes the standard deviation for non-life premium risk of segment s determined in accordance with paragraph 3;(b) σ(res,s) denotes the standard deviation for non-life reserve risk of segment s as set out in Annex II;(c) V(prem,s) denotes the volume measure for premium risk of segment s referred to in Article 116;(d) V(res,s) denotes the volume measure for reserve risk of segment s referred to in Article 116. 3.For all segments set out in Annex II, the standard deviation for non-life premium risk of a particular segment shall be equal to the product of the standard deviation for non-life gross premium risk of the segment set out in Annex II and the adjustment factor for non-proportional reinsurance. For segments 1, 4 and 5 set out in Annex II the adjustment factor for non-proportional reinsurance shall be equal to 80 %. For all other segments set out in Annex the adjustment factor for non-proportional reinsurance shall be equal to 100 %.

Article 118 Article 118 Non-life lapse risk sub-module 1.The capital requirement for the non-life lapse risk sub-module referred to in 114(1)(c) shall be equal to the loss in basic own funds of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking resulting from a combination of the following instantaneous events: (a) the discontinuance of 40 % of the insurance policies for which discontinuance would result in an increase of technical provisions without the risk margin;(b) where reinsurance contracts cover insurance or reinsurance contracts that will be written in the future, the decrease of 40 % of the number of those future insurance or reinsurance contracts used in the calculation of technical provisions. 2.The events referred to in paragraph 1 shall apply uniformly to all insurance and reinsurance contracts concerned. In relation to reinsurance contracts the event referred to in point (a) of paragraph 1 shall apply to the underlying insurance contracts. 3.For the purposes of determining the loss in basic own funds of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking under the event referred to in point (a) of paragraph 1, the undertaking shall base the calculation on the type of discontinuance which most negatively affects the basic own funds of the undertaking on a per policy basis.

Article 119 Article 119 Non-life catastrophe risk sub-module 1.The non-life catastrophe risk sub-module shall consist of all of the following sub-modules: (a) the natural catastrophe risk sub-module;(b) the sub-module for catastrophe risk of non-proportional property reinsurance;(c) the man-made catastrophe risk sub-module;(d) the sub-module for other non-life catastrophe risk. 2.The capital requirement for the non-life catastrophe underwriting risk module shall be equal to the following: SCR nlCAT SCR natCAT SCR npproperty 2SCR 2mmCAT SCR 2CATother where: (a) SCRnatCAT denotes the capital requirement for natural catastrophe risk;(b) SCRnpproperty denotes the capital requirement for the catastrophe risk of non-proportional property reinsurance;(c) SCRmmCAT denotes the capital requirement for man-made catastrophe risk;(d) SCRCATother denotes the capital requirement for other non-life catastrophe risk.

22. sponsor means sponsor within the meaning of Article 4(1)(14) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013;

Article 120 Article 120 Natural catastrophe risk sub-module 1.The natural catastrophe risk sub-module shall consist of all of the following sub-modules: (a) the windstorm risk sub-module;(b) the earthquake risk sub-module;(c) the flood risk sub-module;(d) the hail risk sub-module;(e) the subsidence risk sub-module. 2.The capital requirement for natural catastrophe risk shall be equal to the following: SCR natCAT i SCR 2i where: (a) the sum includes all possible combinations of the sub-modules i set out in paragraph 1;(b) SCRi denotes the capital requirement for sub-module i .

Article 121 Article 121 Windstorm risk sub-module 1.The capital requirement for windstorm risk shall be equal to the following: SCR windstorm r,s CorrWS r,s SCR windstorm,r SCR windstorm,s SCR 2windstorm,other where: (a) the sum includes all possible combinations (r ,s ) of the regions set out in Annex V;(b) CorrWS(r,s) denotes the correlation coefficient for windstorm risk for region r and region s as set out in Annex V;(c) SCR(windstorm,r) and SCR(windstorm,s) denote the capital requirements for windstorm risk in region r and s respectively;(d) SCR(windstorm,other) denotes the capital requirement for windstorm risk in regions other than those set out in Annex XIII. 2.For all regions set out in Annex V the capital requirement for windstorm risk in a particular region r shall be the larger of the following two capital requirements: (a) the capital requirement for windstorm risk in region r according to scenario A as set out in paragraph 3;(b) the capital requirement for windstorm risk in region r according to scenario B as set out in paragraph 4. 3.For all regions set out in Annex V the capital requirement for windstorm risk in a particular region r according to scenario A shall be equal to the loss in basic own funds of insurance and reinsurance undertakings that would result from the following sequence of events: (a) an instantaneous loss of an amount that, without deduction of the amounts recoverable from reinsurance contracts and special purpose vehicles, is equal to 80 % of the specified windstorm loss in region r ;(b) a loss of an amount that, without deduction of the amounts recoverable from reinsurance contracts and special purpose vehicles, is equal to 40 % of the specified windstorm loss in region r . 4.For all regions set out in Annex V the capital requirement for windstorm risk in a particular region r according to scenario B shall be equal to the loss in basic own funds of insurance and reinsurance undertakings that would result from the following sequence of events: (a) an instantaneous loss of an amount that, without deduction of the amounts recoverable from reinsurance contracts and special purpose vehicles, is equal to 100 % of the specified windstorm loss in region r ;(b) a loss of an amount that, without deduction of the amounts recoverable from reinsurance contracts and special purpose vehicles, is equal to 20 % of the specified windstorm loss in region r . 5.For all regions set out in Annex V, the specified windstorm loss in a particular region r shall be equal to the following amount: L windstorm,r Q windstorm,r i,j Corr windstorm,r,i,j WSI windstorm,r,i WSI windstorm,r,j where: (a) Q(windstorm,r) denotes the windstorm risk factor for region r as set out in Annex V;(b) the sum includes all possible combinations of risk zones (i ,j ) of region r set out in Annex IX;(c) Corr(windstorm,r,i,j) denotes the correlation coefficient for windstorm risk in risk zones i and j of region r set out in Annex XXII;(d) WSI(windstorm,r,i) and WSI(windstorm,r,j) denote the weighted sums insured for windstorm risk in risk zones i and j of region r set out in Annex IX. 6.For all regions set out in Annex V and all risk zones of those regions set out in Annex IX the weighted sum insured for windstorm risk in a particular windstorm zone i of a particular region r shall be equal to the following: WSI windstorm,r,i W windstorm,r,i SI windstorm,r,i where: (a) W(windstorm,r,i) denotes the risk weight for windstorm risk in risk zone i of region r set out in Annex X;(b) SI(windstorm,r,i) denotes the sum insured for windstorm risk in windstorm zone i of region r . 7.For all regions set out in Annex V and all risk zones of those regions set out in Annex IX, the sum insured for windstorm risk in a particular windstorm zone i of a particular region r shall be equal to the following: SI windstorm,r,i SI property,r,i SI onshore-property,r,i where: (a) SI(property,r,i) denotes the sum insured by the insurance or reinsurance undertaking for lines of business 7 and 19 set out in Annex I in relation to contracts that cover windstorm risk and where the risk is situated in risk zone i of region r ;(b) SI(onshore-property,r,i) denotes the sum insured by the insurance or reinsurance undertaking for lines of business 6 and 18 set out in Annex I in relation to contracts that cover onshore property damage by windstorm and where the risk is situated in risk zone i of region r . 8.The capital requirement for windstorm risk in regions other than those set out in Annex XIII shall be equal to the loss in basic own funds of insurance and reinsurance undertakings that would result from an instantaneous loss in relation to each insurance and reinsurance contract that covers any of the following insurance or reinsurance obligations: (a) obligations of lines of business 7 or 19 set out in Annex I that cover windstorm risk and where the risk is not situated in one of the regions set out in Annex XIII;(b) obligations of lines of business 6 or 18 set out in Annex I in relation to onshore property damage by windstorm and where the risk is not situated in one of the regions set out in Annex XIII. 9.The amount of the instantaneous loss, without deduction of the amounts recoverable from reinsurance contracts and special purpose vehicles, referred to in paragraph 8 shall be equal to the following amount: L windstorm,other 1,750,5DIV windstorm 0,5P windstorm where: (a) DIVwindstorm is calculated in accordance with Annex III, but based on the premiums in relation to the obligations referred to in paragraph 8 and restricted to the regions 5 to 18 set out in point (8) of Annex III;(b) Pwindstorm is an estimate of the premiums to be earned by insurance and reinsurance undertakings for each contract that covers the obligations referred to in paragraph 8 during the following 12 months: for this purpose premiums shall be gross, without deduction of premiums for reinsurance contracts.

Article 122 Article 122 Earthquake risk sub-module 1.The capital requirement for earthquake risk shall be equal to the following: SCR earthquake r,s CorrEQ r,s SCR earthquake,r SCR earthquake,s SCR 2earthquake,other where: (a) the sum includes all possible combinations (r ,s ) of the regions set out in Annex VI;(b) CorrEQ(r,s) denotes the correlation coefficient for earthquake risk for region r and region s as set out in Annex VI;(c) SCR(earthquake,r) and SCR(earthquake,s) denote the capital requirements for earthquake risk in region r and s respectively;(d) SCR(earthquake,other) denotes the capital requirement for earthquake risk in regions other than those set out in Annex XIII. 2.For all regions set out in Annex VII, the capital requirement for earthquake risk in a particular region r shall be equal to the loss in basic own funds of insurance and reinsurance undertakings that would result from an instantaneous loss of an amount that, without deduction of the amounts recoverable from reinsurance contracts and special purpose vehicles, is equal to the following amount: L earthquake,r Q earthquake,r i,j Corr earthquake,r,i,j WSI earthquake,r,i WSI earthquake,r,j where: (a) Q(earthquake,r) denotes the earthquake risk factor for region r as set out in Annex VI;(b) the sum includes all possible combinations of risk zones (i ,j ) of region r set out in Annex IX;(c) Corr(earthquake,r,i,j) denotes the correlation coefficient for earthquake risk in risk zones i and j of region r set out in Annex XXIII;(d) WSI(earthquake,r,i) and WSI(earthquake,r,j) denote the weighted sums insured for earthquake risk in risk zones i and j of region r set out in Annex IX. 3.For all regions set out in Annex VI and all risk zones of those regions set out in Annex IX, the weighted sum insured for earthquake risk in a particular earthquake zone i of a particular region r shall be equal to the following: WSI earthquake,r,i W earthquake,r,i SI earthquake,r,i where: (a) W(earthquake,r,i) denotes the risk weight for earthquake risk in risk zone i of region r set out in Annex X;(b) SI(earthquake,r,i) denotes the sum insured for earthquake risk in earthquake zone i of region r . 4.For all regions set out in Annex VI and all risk zones of those regions set out in Annex IX, the sum insured for earthquake risk in a particular earthquake zone i of a particular region r shall be equal to the following: SI earthquake,r,i SI property,r,i SI onshore-property,r,i where: (a) SI(property,r,i) denotes the sum insured of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking for lines of business 7 and 19 as set out in Annex I in relation to contracts that cover earthquake risk and where the risk is situated in risk zone i of region r ;(b) SI(onshore-property,r,i) denotes the sum insured of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking for lines of business 6 and 18 as set out in Annex I in relation to contracts that cover onshore property damage by earthquake and where the risk is situated in risk zone i of region r . 5.The capital requirement for earthquake risk in regions other than those set out in Annex XIII shall be equal to the loss in basic own funds of insurance and reinsurance undertakings that would result from an instantaneous loss in relation to each insurance and reinsurance contract that covers one or both of the following insurance or reinsurance obligations: (a) obligations of lines of business 7 or 19 as set out in Annex I that cover earthquake risk, where the risk is not situated in one of the regions set out in Annex XIII;(b) obligations of lines of business 6 or 18 as set out in Annex I in relation to onshore property damage by earthquake, where the risk is not situated in one of the regions set out in Annex XIII. 6.The amount of the instantaneous loss, without deduction of the amounts recoverable from reinsurance contracts and special purpose vehicles, referred to in paragraph 5 shall be equal to the following amount: L earthquake,other 1,20,5DIV earthquake 0,5P earthquake where: (a) DIVearthquake is calculated in accordance with Annex III, but based on the premiums in relation to the obligations referred to in points (a) and (b) of paragraph 5 and restricted to the regions 5 to 18 set out in Annex III;(b) Pearthquake is an estimate of the premiums to be earned by insurance and reinsurance undertakings for each contract that covers the obligations referred to in points (a) and (b) of paragraph 5 during the following 12 months: for this purpose premiums shall be gross, without deduction of premiums for reinsurance contracts.

Article 123 Article 123 Flood risk sub-module 1.The capital requirement for flood risk shall be equal to the following: SCR flood r,s CorrFL r,s SCR flood,r SCR flood,s SCR 2flood,other where: (a) the sum includes all possible combinations (r ,s ) of the regions set out in Annex VII;(b) CorrFL(r,s) denotes the correlation coefficient for flood risk for region r and region s as set out in Annex VII;(c) SCR(flood,r) and SCR(flood,s) denote the capital requirements for flood risk in region r and s respectively;(d) SCR(flood,other) denotes the capital requirement for flood risk in regions other than those set out in Annex XIII. 2.For all regions set out in Annex VII, the capital requirement for flood risk in a particular region r shall be the larger of the following capital requirements: (a) the capital requirement for flood risk in region r according to scenario A as set out in paragraph 3;(b) the capital requirement for flood risk in region r according to scenario B as set out in paragraph 4. 3.For all regions set out in Annex VII, the capital requirement for flood risk in a particular region r according to scenario A shall be equal to the loss in basic own funds of insurance and reinsurance undertakings that would result from the following sequence of events: (a) an instantaneous loss of an amount that, without deduction of the amounts recoverable from reinsurance contracts and special purpose vehicles, is equal to 65 % of the specified flood loss in region r ;(b) a loss of an amount that, without deduction of the amounts recoverable from reinsurance contracts and special purpose vehicles, is equal to 45 % of the specified flood loss in region r . 4.For all regions set out in Annex VII, the capital requirement for flood risk in a particular region r according to scenario B shall be equal to the loss in basic own funds of insurance and reinsurance undertakings that would result from the following sequence of events: (a) an instantaneous loss of an amount that, without deduction of the amounts recoverable from reinsurance contracts and special purpose vehicles, is equal to 100 % of the specified flood loss in region r ;(b) a loss of an amount that, without deduction of the amounts recoverable from reinsurance contracts and special purpose vehicles, is equal to 10 % of the specified flood loss in region r . 5.For all regions set out in Annex VII, the specified flood loss in a particular region r shall be equal to the following amount: L flood,r Q flood,r i,j Corr flood,r,i,j WSI flood,r,i WSI flood,r,j where: (a) Q(flood,r) denotes the flood risk factor for region r as set out in Annex VII;(b) the sum includes all possible combinations of risk zones (i ,j ) of region r set out in Annex IX;(c) Corr(flood,r,i,j) denotes the correlation coefficient for flood risk in flood zones i and j of region r set out in Annex XXIV;(d) WSI(flood,r,i) and WSI(flood,r,j) denote the weighted sums insured for flood risk in risk zones i and j of region r set out in Annex IX. 6.For all regions set out in Annex VII and all risk zones of those regions set out in Annex IX, the weighted sum insured for flood risk in a particular flood zone i of a particular region r shall be equal to the following: WSI flood,r,i W flood,r,i SI flood,r,i where: (a) W(flood,r,i) denotes the risk weight for flood risk in risk zone i of region r set out in Annex X;(b) SI(flood,r,i) denotes the sum insured for flood risk in flood zone i of region r . 7.For all regions set out in Annex VII and all risk zones of those regions set out in Annex IX, the sum insured for a particular flood zone i of a particular region r shall be equal to the following: SI flood,r,i SI property,r,i SI onshore-property,r,i 1,5SI motor,r,t where: (a) SI(property,r,i) denotes the sum insured by the insurance or reinsurance undertaking for lines of business 7 and 19 as set out in Annex I in relation to contracts that cover flood risk, where the risk is situated in risk zone i of region r ;(b) SI(onshore-property,r,i) denotes the sum insured by the insurance or reinsurance undertaking for lines of business 6 and 18 as set out in Annex I in relation to contracts that cover onshore property damage by flood and where the risk is situated in risk zone i of region r ;(c) SI(motor,r,i) denotes the sum insured by the insurance or reinsurance undertaking for lines of business 5 and 17 as set out in Annex I in relation to contracts that cover flood risk, where the risk is situated in risk zone i of region r . 8.The capital requirement for flood risk in regions other than those set out in Annex XIII, shall be equal to the loss in basic own funds of insurance and reinsurance undertakings that would result from an instantaneous loss in relation to each insurance and reinsurance contract that covers any of the following insurance or reinsurance obligations: (a) obligations of lines of business 7 or 19 as set out in Annex I that cover flood risk, where the risk is not situated in one of the regions set out in Annex XIII;(b) obligations of lines of business 6 or 18 as set out in Annex I in relation to onshore property damage by flood, where the risk is not situated in one of the regions set out in Annex XIII;(c) obligations of lines of business 5 or 17 as set out in Annex I that cover flood risk, where the risk is not situated in one of the regions set out in Annex XIII. 9.The amount of the instantaneous loss, without deduction of the amounts recoverable from reinsurance contracts and special purpose vehicles, referred to in paragraph 8 shall be equal to the following amount: L flood,other 1,10,5DIV flood 0,5P flood where: (a) DIVflood is calculated in accordance with Annex III, but based on the premiums in relation to the obligations referred to in points (a), (b) and (c) of paragraph 8 and restricted to the regions 5 to 18 set out in point (8) of Annex III;(b) Pflood is an estimate of the premiums to be earned by the insurance or reinsurance undertaking for each contract that covers the obligations referred to in points (a), (b) and (c) of paragraph 8 during the following 12 months: for this purpose, premiums shall be gross, without deduction of premiums for reinsurance contracts.

Article 124 Article 124 Hail risk sub-module 1.The capital requirement for hail risk shall be equal to the following: SCR hail r,s CorrHL r,s SCR hail,r SCR hail,s SCR 2hail,other where: (a) the sum includes all possible combinations (r ,s ) of the regions set out in Annex VIII;(b) CorrHL(r,s) denotes the correlation coefficient for hail risk for region r and region s as set out in Annex VIII;(c) SCR(hail,r) and SCR(hail,s) denote the capital requirements for hail risk in regions r and s respectively;(d) SCR(hail,other) denotes the capital requirement for hail risk in regions other than those set out in Annex XIII. 2.For all regions set out in Annex VIII, the capital requirement for hail risk in a particular region r shall be the larger of the following capital requirements: (a) the capital requirement for hail risk in region r according to scenario A;(b) the capital requirement for hail risk in region r according to scenario B. 3.For all regions set out in Annex VIII, the capital requirement for hail risk in a particular region r according to scenario A shall be equal to the loss in basic own funds of insurance and reinsurance undertakings that would result from the following sequence of events: (a) an instantaneous loss of an amount that, without deduction of the amounts recoverable from reinsurance contracts and special purpose vehicles, is equal to 70 % of the specified hail loss in region r ;(b) a loss of an amount that, without deduction of the amounts recoverable from reinsurance contracts and special purpose vehicles, is equal to 50 % of the specified hail loss in region r . 4.For all regions set out in Annex VIII, the capital requirement for hail risk in a particular region r according to scenario B shall be equal to the loss in basic own funds of insurance and reinsurance undertakings that would result from the following sequence of events: (a) an instantaneous loss of an amount that, without deduction of the amounts recoverable from reinsurance contracts and special purpose vehicles, is equal to 100 % of the specified hail loss in region r ;(b) a loss of an amount that, without deduction of the amounts recoverable from reinsurance contracts and special purpose vehicles, is equal to 20 % of the specified hail loss in region r . 5.For all regions set out in Annex VIII, the specified hail loss in a particular region r shall be equal to the following amount: L hail,r Q hail,r i,j Corr hail,r,i,j WSI hail,r,i WSI hail,r,j where: (a) Q(hail,r) denotes the hail risk factor for region r as set out in Annex VIII;(b) the sum includes all possible combinations of risk zones (i ,j ) of region r set out in Annex IX;(c) Corr(hail,r,i,j) denotes the correlation coefficient for hail risk in risk zones i and j of region r set out in Annex XXV;(d) WSI(hail,r,i) and WSI(hail,r,j) denote the weighted sums insured for hail risk in risk zones i and j of region r set out in Annex IX. 6.For all regions set out in Annex VIII and all risk zones of those regions set out in Annex IX, the weighted sum insured for hail risk in a particular hail zone i of a particular region r shall be equal to the following: WSI hail,r,i W hail,r,i SI hail,r,i where: (a) W(hail,r,i) denotes the risk weight for hail risk in risk zone i of region r set out in Annex X;(b) SI(hail,r,i) denotes the sum insured for hail risk in hail zone i of region r . 7.For all regions set out in Annex VIII and all hail zones, the sum insured for hail risk in a particular hail zone i of a particular region r shall be equal to the following: SI hail,r,i SI property,r,i SI onshore-property,r,i 5SI motor,r,t where: (a) SI(property,r,i) denotes the sum insured by the insurance or reinsurance undertaking for lines of business 7 and 19 as set out in Annex I in relation to contracts that cover hail risk, where the risk is situated in risk zone i of region r ;(b) SI(onshore-property,r,i) denotes the sum insured by the insurance or reinsurance undertaking for lines of business 6 and 18 as set out in Annex I in relation to contracts that cover onshore property damage by hail, where the risk is situated in risk zone i of region r ;(c) SI(motor,r,i) denotes the sum insured by the insurance or reinsurance undertaking for insurance or reinsurance obligations for lines of business 5 and 17 as set out in Annex I in relation to contracts that cover hail risk, where the risk is situated in risk zone i of region r . 8.The capital requirement for hail risk in regions other than those set out in Annex XIII, shall be equal to the loss in basic own funds of insurance and reinsurance undertakings that would result from an instantaneous loss in relation to each insurance and reinsurance contract that covers one or more of the following insurance or reinsurance obligations: (a) obligations of lines of business 7 or 19 as set out in Annex I that cover hail risk, where the risk is not situated in one of the regions set out in Annex XIII;(b) obligations of lines of business 6 or 18 as set out in Annex I in relation to onshore property damage by hail, where the risk is not situated in one of the regions set out in Annex XIII;(c) obligations of lines of business 5 or 17 as set out in Annex I that cover hail risk, where the risk is not situated in one of the regions set out in Annex XIII. 9.The amount of the instantaneous loss, without deduction of the amounts recoverable from reinsurance contracts and special purpose vehicles, referred to in paragraph 8 shall be equal to the following amount: L hail,other 0,30,5DIV hail 0,5P hail where: (a) DIVhail is calculated in accordance with Annex III, but based on the premiums in relation to the obligations referred to in points (a), (b) and (c) of paragraph 8 and restricted to the regions 5 to 18 set out in Annex III;(b) Phail is an estimate of the premiums to be earned by the insurance or reinsurance undertaking for each contract that covers the obligations referred to in points (a), (b) and (c) of paragraph 8 during the following 12 months: for this purpose premiums shall be gross, without deduction of premiums for reinsurance contracts.

Article 125 Article 125 Subsidence risk sub-module 1.The capital requirement for subsidence risk shall be equal to the loss in basic own funds of insurance and reinsurance undertakings that would result from an instantaneous loss of an amount that, without deduction of the amounts recoverable from reinsurance contracts and special purpose vehicles, is equal to the following: L subsidence 0,0005i,j Corr subsidence,i,j WSI subsidence,i WSI subsidence,j where: (a) the sum includes all possible combinations of risk zones (i ,j ) of France set out in Annex IX;(b) Corr(subsidence,i,j) denotes the correlation coefficient for subsidence risk in risk zones i and j set out in Annex XXVI;(c) WSI(subsidence,i) and WSI(subsidence,j) denote the weighted sums insured for subsidence risk in risk zones i and j of France set out in Annex IX. 2.For all subsidence zones the weighted sum insured for subsidence risk in a particular risk zone i of France set out in the Annex IX shall be equal to the following: WSI subsidence,i W subsidence,i SI subsidence,i where: (a) W(subsidence,i) denotes the risk weight for subsidence risk in risk zone i set out in Annex X;(b) SI(subsidence,i) denotes the sum insured of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking for lines of business 7 and 19 as set out in Annex I in relation to contracts that cover subsidence risk of residential buildings in subsidence zone i .

Article 126 Article 126 Interpretation of catastrophe scenarios 1.For the purposes of Article 121(3) and (4), Article 123(3) and (4) and Article 124(3) and (4), insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall base the calculation of the capital requirement on the following assumptions: (a) the two consecutive events referred to in those Articles are independent;(b) insurance and reinsurance undertakings do not enter into new insurance risk mitigation techniques between the two events. 2.Notwithstanding point (d) of Article 83(1), where current reinsurance contracts allow for reinstatements, insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall take into account future management actions in relation to the reinstatements between the first and the second event. The assumptions about future management actions shall be realistic, objective and verifiable.

Article 127 Article 127 Sub-module for catastrophe risk of non-proportional property reinsurance 1.The capital requirement for catastrophe risk of non-proportional property reinsurance shall be equal to the loss in basic own funds of insurance and reinsurance undertakings that would result from an instantaneous loss in relation to each reinsurance contract that covers reinsurance obligations of line of business 28 as set out in Annex I other than non-proportional reinsurance obligations relating to insurance obligations included in lines of business 9 and 21 set out in Annex I. 2.The amount of the instantaneous loss, without deduction of the amounts recoverable from reinsurance contracts and special purpose vehicles, referred to in paragraph 1 shall be equal to the following: L npproperty 2,50,5DIV npproperty 0,5P npproperty where: (a) DIVnpproperty is calculated in accordance with Annex III, but based on the premiums earned by the insurance and reinsurance undertaking in line of business 28 as set out in Annex I, other than non-proportional reinsurance obligations relating to insurance obligations included in lines of business 9 and 21 as set out in Annex I;(b) Pproperty is an estimate of the premiums to be earned by the insurance or reinsurance undertaking during the following 12 months for each contract that covers the reinsurance obligations of line of business 28 as set out in Annex I other than non-proportional reinsurance obligations relating to insurance obligations included in lines of business 9 and 21 as set out in Annex I: for this purpose premiums shall be gross, without deduction of premiums for reinsurance contracts.

Article 128 Article 128 Man-made catastrophe risk sub-module 1.The man-made catastrophe risk sub-module shall consist of all of the following sub-modules: (a) the motor vehicle liability risk sub-module;(b) the marine risk sub-module;(c) the aviation risk sub-module;(d) the fire risk sub-module;(e) the liability risk sub-module;(f) the credit and suretyship risk sub-module. 2.The capital requirement for the man-made catastrophe risk shall be equal to the following: SCR mmCAT i SCR 2i where: (a) the sum includes all sub-modules set out in paragraph 1;(b) SCRi denotes the capital requirements for sub-module i .

Article 129 Article 129 Motor vehicle liability risk sub-module 1.The capital requirement for motor vehicle liability risk shall be equal to the loss in basic own funds of insurance and reinsurance undertakings that would result from an instantaneous loss that, without deduction of the amounts recoverable from reinsurance contracts and special purpose vehicles, is equal to the following amount in euro: L motor max6000000; 50000N a 0,05N b 0,95minN b ; 20000where: (a) Na is the number of vehicles insured by the insurance or reinsurance undertaking in lines of business 4 and 16 as set out in Annex I with a deemed policy limit above EUR 24000000;(b) Nb is the number of vehicles insured by the insurance or reinsurance undertaking in lines of business 4 and 16 as set out in Annex I with a deemed policy limit below or equal to EUR 24000000. The number of motor vehicles covered by the proportional reinsurance obligations of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking shall be weighted by the relative share of the undertaking's obligations in respect of the sum insured of the motor vehicles. 2.The deemed policy limit referred to in paragraph 1 shall be the overall limit of the motor vehicle liability insurance policy or, where no such overall limit is specified in the terms and conditions of the policy, the sum of the limits for damage to property and for personal injury. Where the policy limit is specified as a maximum per victim, the deemed policy limit shall be based on the assumption of ten victims.

23. tranche means tranche within the meaning of Article 4(1)(67) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013;

Article 130 Article 130 Marine risk sub-module 1.The capital requirement for marine risk shall be equal to the following: SCR marine SCR 2tanker SCR 2platform where: (a) SCRtanker is the capital requirement for the risk of a tanker collision;(b) SCRplatform is the capital requirement for the risk of a platform explosion. 2.The capital requirement for the risk of a tanker collision shall be equal to the loss in basic own funds of insurance and reinsurance undertakings that would result from an instantaneous loss of an amount that, without deduction of the amounts recoverable from reinsurance contracts and special purpose vehicles, is equal to the following: where: (a) the maximum relates to all oil and gas tankers insured by the insurance or reinsurance undertaking in respect of tanker collision in lines of business 6, 18 and 27 set out in Annex I;(b) SI(hull,t) is the sum insured by the insurance or reinsurance undertaking for marine hull insurance and reinsurance in relation to tanker t ;(c) SI(liab,t) is the sum insured by the insurance or reinsurance undertaking for marine liability insurance and reinsurance in relation to tanker t ;(d) SI(pollution,t) is the sum insured by the insurance or reinsurance undertaking for oil pollution insurance and reinsurance in relation to tanker t . 3.The capital requirement for the risk of a platform explosion shall be equal to the loss in basic own funds of insurance and reinsurance undertakings that would result from an instantaneous loss of an amount that, without deduction of the amounts recoverable from reinsurance contracts and special purpose vehicles, is equal to the following: where: (a) the maximum relates to all oil and gas offshore platforms insured by the insurance or reinsurance undertaking in respect of platform explosion in lines of business 6, 18 and 27 set out in Annex I;(b) SIp is the accumulated sum insured by the insurance or reinsurance undertaking for the following insurance and reinsurance obligations in relation to platform p :(i) obligations to compensate for property damage;(ii) obligations to compensate for the expenses for the removal of wreckage;(iii) obligations to compensate for loss of production income;(iv) obligations to compensate for the expenses for capping of the well or making the well secure;(v) liability insurance and reinsurance obligations.

Article 131 Article 131 Aviation risk sub-module

Article 132 Article 132 Fire risk sub-module 1.The capital requirement for fire risk shall be equal to the loss in basic own funds of insurance and reinsurance undertakings that would result from an instantaneous loss of an amount that, without deduction of the amounts recoverable from reinsurance contracts and special purpose vehicles, is equal to the sum insured by the insurance or reinsurance undertaking with respect to the largest fire risk concentration. 2.The largest fire risk concentration of an insurance or reinsurance undertaking is the set of buildings with the largest sum insured that meets all of the following conditions: (a) the insurance or reinsurance undertaking has insurance or reinsurance obligations in lines of business 7 and 19 set out in Annex I, in relation to each building which cover damage due to fire or explosion, including as a result of terrorist attacks;(b) all buildings are partly or fully located within a radius of 200 meters. 3.For the purposes of paragraph 2, the set of buildings may be covered by one or several insurance or reinsurance contracts.

Article 133 Article 133 Liability risk sub-module 1.The capital requirement for liability risk shall be equal to the following: SCR liability i,j Corr liability,i,j SCR liability,i SCR liability,j where: (a) the sum includes all possible combinations of liability risk groups (i ,j ) as set out in Annex XI;(b) Corr(liability,i,j) denotes the correlation coefficient for liability risk of liability risk groups i and j as set out in Annex XI;(c) SCR(liability,i) denotes the capital requirement for liability risk of liability risk group i . 2.For all liability risk groups set out in Annex XI the capital requirement for liability risk of a particular liability risk group i shall be equal to the loss in basic own funds of insurance and reinsurance undertakings that would result from an instantaneous loss of an amount that, without deduction of the amounts recoverable from reinsurance contracts and special purpose vehicles, is equal to the following: L liability,i f liability,i P liability,i where: (a) f(liability,i) denotes the risk factor for liability risk group i as set out in Annex XI;(b) P(liability,i) denotes the premiums earned by the insurance or reinsurance undertaking during the following 12 months in relation to insurance and reinsurance obligations in liability risk group i ; for this purpose premiums shall be gross, without deduction of premiums for reinsurance contracts. 3.The calculation of the loss in basic own funds referred to in paragraph 2 shall be based on the following assumptions: (a) the loss of liability risk group i is caused by ni claims and the losses caused by these claims are representative for the business of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking in liability risk group i and sum up to the loss of liability risk group i ;(b) the number of claims ni is equal to the lowest integer that exceeds the following amount:f liability,i P liability,i 1,15Lim i, 1 where: (i) f(liability,i) and P(liability,i) are defined as in paragraph 2;(ii) Lim(i,1) denotes the largest liability limit of indemnity provided by the insurance or reinsurance undertaking in liability risk group i ; (c) where the insurance or reinsurance undertaking provides unlimited cover in liability risk group i , the number of claims ni is equal to one.

Article 134 Article 134 Credit and suretyship risk sub-module 1.The capital requirement for credit and suretyship risk shall be equal to the following: SCR credit SCR 2default SCR 2recession where: (a) SCRdefault is the capital requirement for the risk of a large credit default;(b) SCRrecession is the capital requirement for recession risk. 2.The capital requirement for the risk of a large credit default shall be equal to the loss in basic own funds of insurance and reinsurance undertakings that would result from an instantaneous default of the two largest exposures relating to obligations included in the lines of business 9 and 21of an insurance or reinsurance undertaking. The calculation of the capital requirement shall be based on the assumption that the loss-given-default, without deduction of the amounts recoverable from reinsurance contracts and special purpose vehicles, of each exposure is 10 % of the sum insured in relation to the exposure. 3.The two largest credit insurance exposures referred to in paragraph 2 shall be determined based on a comparison of the net loss-given-default of the credit insurance exposures, being the loss-given-default after deduction of the amounts recoverable from reinsurance contracts and special purpose vehicles. 4.The capital requirement for recession risk shall be equal to the loss in basic own funds of insurance and reinsurance undertakings that would result from an instantaneous loss of an amount that, without deduction of the amounts recoverable from reinsurance contracts and special purpose vehicles, is equal to 100 % of the premiums earned by the insurance or reinsurance undertaking during the following 12 months in lines of business 9 and 21.

Article 135 Article 135 Sub-module for other non-life catastrophe risk

Article 136 Article 136 Correlation coefficients 1.The life underwriting risk module shall consist of all of the following sub-modules: (a) the mortality risk sub-module referred to in point (a) of subparagraph 2 of Article 105(3) of Directive 2009/138/EC;(b) the longevity risk sub-module referred to in point (b) of subparagraph 2 of Article 105(3) of Directive 2009/138/EC;(c) the disability-morbidity risk sub-module referred to in point (c) of subparagraph 2 of Article 105(3) of Directive 2009/138/EC;(d) the life-expense risk sub-module referred to in point (d) of subparagraph 2 of Article 105(3) of Directive 2009/138/EC;(e) the revision risk sub-module referred to in point (e) of subparagraph 2 of Article 105(3) of Directive 2009/138/EC;(f) the lapse risk sub-module referred to in point (f) of subparagraph 2 of Article 105(3) of Directive 2009/138/EC;(g) the life-catastrophe risk sub-module referred to in point (g) of subparagraph 2 of Article 105(3) of Directive 2009/138/EC. 2.The capital requirement for life underwriting risk shall be equal to the following: SCR life i,j CorrNL i,j SCR i SCR j where: (a) the sum covers all possible combinations (i ,j ) of the sub-modules set out in paragraph 1;(b) CorrNL(i,j) denotes the correlation parameter for life underwriting risk for sub-modules i and j ;(c) SCRi and SCRj denote the capital requirements for risk sub-module i and j respectively. 3.The correlation coefficient Corri,j referred to in point 3 of Annex IV of Directive 2009/138/EC shall be equal to the item set out in row i and in column j of the following correlation matrix: j i MortalityLongevityDisabilityLife expenseRevisionLapseLife catastropheMortality1– 0,250,250,25000,25Longevity– 0,25100,250,250,250Disability0,25010,5000,25Life expense0,250,250,510,50,50,25Revision00,2500,5100Lapse00,2500,5010,25Life catastrophe0,2500,250,2500,251

Article 137 Article 137 Mortality risk sub-module 1.The capital requirement for mortality risk referred to in Article 105(3)(a) of Directive 2009/138/EC shall be equal to the loss in basic own funds of insurance and reinsurance undertakings that would result from an instantaneous permanent increase of 15 % in the mortality rates used for the calculation of technical provisions 2.The increase in mortality rates referred to in paragraph 1 shall only apply to those insurance policies for which an increase in mortality rates leads to an increase in technical provisions without the risk margin. The identification of insurance policies for which an increase in mortality rates leads to an increase in technical provisions without the risk margin may be based on the following assumptions: (a) multiple insurance policies in respect of the same insured person may be treated as if they were one insurance policy;(b) where the calculation of technical provisions is based on groups of policies as referred to in Article 35, the identification of the policies for which technical provisions increase under an increase of mortality rates may also be based on those groups of policies instead of single policies, provided that it yields a result which is not materially different. 3.With regard to reinsurance obligations, the identification of the policies for which technical provisions increase under an increase of mortality rates shall apply to the underlying insurance policies only and shall be carried out in accordance with paragraph 2.

Article 138 Article 138 Longevity risk sub-module 1.The capital requirement for longevity risk referred to in Article 105(3)(b) of Directive 2009/138/EC shall be equal to the loss in basic own funds of insurance and reinsurance undertakings that would result from an instantaneous permanent decrease of 20 % in the mortality rates used for the calculation of technical provisions. 2.The decrease in mortality rates referred to in paragraph 1 shall only apply to those insurance policies for which a decrease in mortality rates leads to an increase in technical provisions without the risk margin. The identification of insurance policies for which a decrease in mortality rates leads to an increase in technical provisions without the risk margin may be based on the following assumptions: (a) multiple insurance policies in respect of the same insured person may be treated as if they were one insurance policy;(b) where the calculation of technical provisions is based on groups of policies as referred to in Article 35, the identification of the policies for which technical provisions increase under a decrease of mortality rates may also be based on those groups of policies instead of single policies, provided that it yields a result which is not materially different. 3.With regard to reinsurance obligations, the identification of the policies for which technical provisions increase under a decrease of mortality rates shall apply to the underlying insurance policies only and shall be carried out in accordance with paragraph 2.

Article 139 Article 139 Disability-morbidity risk sub-module

24. central bank means central bank within the meaning ofArticle 4(1)(46) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013.

Article 140 Article 140 Life-expense risk sub-module

Article 141 Article 141 Revision risk sub-module

Article 142 Article 142 Lapse risk sub-module 1.The capital requirement for lapse risk referred to in Article 105(3)(f) of Directive 2009/138/EC shall be equal to the largest of the following capital requirements: (a) the capital requirement for the risk of a permanent increase in lapse rates;(b) the capital requirement for the risk of a permanent decrease in lapse rates;(c) the capital requirement for mass lapse risk. 2.The capital requirement for the risk of a permanent increase in lapse rates shall be equal to the loss in basic own funds of insurance and reinsurance undertakings that would result from an instantaneous permanent increase of 50 % in the option exercise rates of the relevant options set out in paragraphs 4 and 5. Nevertheless, the increased option exercise rates shall not exceed 100 % and the increase in option exercise rates shall only apply to those relevant options for which the exercise of the option would result in an increase of technical provisions without the risk margin. 3.The capital requirement for the risk of a permanent decrease in lapse rates shall be equal to the loss in basic own funds of insurance and reinsurance undertakings that would result from an instantaneous permanent decrease of 50 % in the option exercise rates of the relevant options set out in paragraph 4 and 5. Nevertheless, the decrease in option exercise rates shall not exceed 20 percentage points and the decrease in option exercise rates shall only apply to those relevant options for which the exercise of the option would result in a decrease of technical provisions without the risk margin. 4.The relevant options for the purposes of paragraphs 2 and 3 shall be the following: (a) all legal or contractual policyholder rights to fully or partly terminate, surrender, decrease, restrict or suspend insurance cover or permit the insurance policy to lapse;(b) all legal or contractual policyholder rights to fully or partially establish, renew, increase, extend or resume the insurance or reinsurance cover. For the purposes of point (b), the change in the option exercise rate referred to in paragraphs 2 and 3 shall be applied to the rate reflecting that the relevant option is not exercised. 5.In relation to reinsurance contracts the relevant options for the purposes of paragraph 2 and 3 shall be the following: (a) the rights referred to in paragraph 4 of the policy holders of the reinsurance contracts;(b) the rights referred to in paragraph 4 of the policy holders of the insurance contracts underlying the reinsurance contracts;(c) where the reinsurance contracts covers insurance or reinsurance contracts that will be written in the future, the right of the potential policy holders not to conclude those insurance or reinsurance contracts. 6.The capital requirement for mass lapse risk shall be equal to the loss in basic own funds of insurance and reinsurance undertakings that would result from a combination of the following instantaneous events: (a) the discontinuance of 70 % of the insurance policies falling within the scope of operations referred to with Article 2(3)(b)(iii) and (iv) of Directive 2009/138/EC, for which discontinuance would result in an increase of technical provisions without the risk margin and where one of the following conditions are met:(i) the policyholder is not a natural person and discontinuance of the policy is not subject to approval by the beneficiaries of the pension fund;(ii) the policyholder is a natural person acting for the benefit of the beneficiaries of the policy, except where there is a family relationship between that natural person and the beneficiaries, or where the policy is effected for private estate planning or inheritance purposes and the number of beneficiaries under the policy does not exceed 20; (b) the discontinuance of 40 % of the insurance policies other than those falling within point (a) for which discontinuance would result in an increase of technical provisions without the risk margin;(c) where reinsurance contracts cover insurance or reinsurance contracts that will be written in the future, the decrease of 40 % of the number of those future insurance or reinsurance contracts used in the calculation of technical provisions. The events referred to in the first subparagraph shall apply uniformly to all insurance and reinsurance contracts concerned. In relation to reinsurance contracts, the event referred to in point (a) shall apply to the underlying insurance contracts. For the purposes of determining the loss in basic own funds of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking under the events referred to in points (a) and (b) the undertaking shall base the calculation on the type of discontinuance which most negatively affects the basic own funds of the undertaking on a per policy basis. 7.Where the largest of the capital requirements referred to in points (a), (b) and (c) of paragraph 1 of this Article and the largest of the corresponding capital requirements calculated in accordance with Article 206(2) of this Regulation are not based on the same scenario, the capital requirement for lapse risk referred to in Article 105(3)(f) of Directive 2009/138/EC shall be the capital requirement referred to in points (a), (b) and (c) of paragraph 1 of this Article for which the underlying scenario results in the largest corresponding capital requirement calculated in accordance with Article 206(2) of this Regulations.

Article 143 Article 143 Life-catastrophe risk sub-module 1.The capital requirement for life-catastrophe risk referred to in Article 105(3)(g) of Directive 2009/138/EC shall be equal to the loss in basic own funds of insurance and reinsurance undertakings that would result from an instantaneous increase of 0.15 percentage points to the mortality rates (expressed as percentages) which are used in the calculation of technical provisions to reflect the mortality experience in the following 12 months. 2.The increase in mortality rates referred to in paragraph 1 shall only apply to those insurance policies for which an increase in mortality rates which are used to reflect the mortality experience in the following 12 months leads to an increase in technical provisions. The identification of insurance policies for which an increase in mortality rates leads to an increase in technical provisions without the risk margin may be based on the following assumptions: (a) multiple insurance policies in respect of the same insured person may be treated as if they were one insurance policy;(b) where the calculation of technical provisions is based on groups of policies as referred to in Article 35, the identification of the policies for which technical provisions increase under an increase of mortality rates may also be based on those groups of policies instead of single policies, provided that it yields a result which is not materially different. 3.With regard to reinsurance policies, the identification of the policies for which technical provisions increase under an increase of mortality rates shall apply to the underlying insurance policies only and shall be carried out in accordance with paragraph 2.

Article 144 Article 144 Health underwriting risk module 1.The health underwriting risk module shall consist of all of the following sub-modules: (a) the NSLT health insurance underwriting risk sub-module;(b) the SLT health insurance underwriting risk sub-module;(c) the health catastrophe risk sub-module. 2.The capital requirement for health underwriting risk shall be equal to the following: SCR health i,j CorrH i,j SCR i SCR j where: (a) the sum covers all possible combinations (i ,j ) of the sub-modules set out in paragraph 1;(b) CorrH(i,j) denotes the correlation parameter for health underwriting risk for sub-modules i and j ;(c) SCRi and SCRj denote the capital requirements for risk sub-module i and j respectively. 3.The correlation coefficient CorrH(i,j) referred to in paragraph 2 denotes the item set out in row i and in column j of the following correlation matrix: j i NSLT health underwritingSLT health underwritingHealth catastropheNSLT health underwriting10,50,25SLT health underwriting0,510,25Health catastrophe0,250,251 4.Insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall apply: (a) the NSLT health underwriting risk sub-module to health insurance and reinsurance obligations included in lines of business 1, 2, 3, 13, 14, 15 and 25 as set out in Annex I;(b) the SLT health underwriting risk sub-module to health insurance and reinsurance obligations included in lines of business 29, 33 and 35 as set out in Annex I;(c) the health catastrophe risk sub-module to health insurance and reinsurance obligations.

Article 145 Article 145 NSLT health underwriting risk sub-module 1.The NSLT health underwriting risk sub-module shall consist of the following sub- modules: (a) the NSLT health premium and reserve risk sub-module;(b) the NSLT health lapse risk sub-module. 2.The capital requirement for NSLT health underwriting risk shall be equal to the following: SCR NSLTh SCR 2NSLTh,pr SCR 2NSLTh,lapse where: (a) SCR(NSLTh,pr) denotes the capital requirement for NSLT health premium and reserve risk;(b) SCR(NSLTh,lapse) denotes the capital requirement for NSLT health lapse risk.

Article 146 Article 146 NSLT health premium and reserve risk sub-module

Article 147 Article 147 Volume measure for NSLT health premium and reserve risk 1.The volume measure for NSLT health premium and reserve risk shall be equal to the sum of the volume measures for premium and reserve risk of the segments set out in Annex XIV. 2.For all segments set out in Annex XIV, the volume measure of a particular segment s shall be equal to the following: V s V prem,s V res,s 0,750,25DIV s where: (a) V(prem,s) denotes the volume measure for premium risk of segment s ;(b) V(res,s) denotes the volume measure for reserve risk of segment s ;(c) DIVs denotes the factor for geographical diversification of segment s . 3.For all segments set out in Annex XIV, the volume measure for premium risk of a particular segment s shall be equal to the following: V prem,s maxP s ;P last,s FP existing,s FP future,s where: (a) Ps denotes an estimate of the premiums to be earned by the insurance or reinsurance undertaking in the segment s during the following 12 months;(b) P(last,s) denotes the premiums earned by the insurance and reinsurance undertaking in the segment s during the last 12 months;(c) FP(existing,s) denotes the expected present value of premiums to be earned by the insurance and reinsurance undertaking in the segment s after the following 12 months for existing contracts;(d) FP(future,s) denotes the expected present value of premiums to be earned by the insurance and reinsurance undertaking in the segment s for contracts where the initial recognition date falls in the following 12 months but excluding the premiums to be earned during the 12 months after the initial recognition date. 4.For all segments set out in Annex XIV, insurance and reinsurance undertakings may, as an alternative to the calculation set out in paragraph 3, choose to calculate the volume measure for premium risk of a particular segment s in accordance with the following formula: V prem,s P s FP existing,s FP future,s provided that all of the following conditions are met: (a) the administrative, management or supervisory body of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking has decided that its earned premiums in the segment s during the following 12 months will not exceed Ps ;(b) the insurance or reinsurance undertaking has established effective control mechanisms to ensure that the limits on earned premiums referred to in point (a) will be met;(c) the insurance or reinsurance undertaking has informed its supervisory authority about the decision referred to in point (a) and the reasons for it. For the purposes of this paragraph, the terms Ps , FP(existing,s) and FP(future,s) shall be denoted in accordance with points (a), (c) and (d) of paragraph 3. 5.For the purposes of the calculations set out in paragraphs 3 and 4, premiums shall be net, after deduction of premiums for reinsurance contracts. The following premiums for reinsurance contracts shall not be deducted: (a) premiums in relation to non-insurance events or settled insurance claims that are not accounted for in the cash-flows referred to in Article 41(3);(b) premiums for reinsurance contracts that do not comply with Articles 209, 210, 211 and 213. 6.For all segments set out in Annex XIV, the volume measure for reserve risk of a particular segment shall be equal to the best estimate for the provision for claims outstanding for the segment, after deduction of the amounts recoverable from reinsurance contracts and special purpose vehicles, provided that the reinsurance contracts or special purpose vehicles comply with Articles 209, 210, 211 and 213. The volume measure shall not be a negative amount. 7.For all segments set out in Annex XIV, the default factor for geographical diversification shall be either equal to 1 or calculated in accordance with Annex III.

Article 148 Article 148 Standard deviation for NSLT health premium and reserve risk 1.The standard deviation for NSLT health premium and reserve risk shall be equal to the following: σ NSLTh 1V NSLTh s,t CorrHS s,t σ s V s σ t V t where: (a) VNSLTh denotes the volume measure for NSLT health premium and reserve risk;(b) the sum covers all possible combinations (s ,t ) of the segments set out in Annex XIV;(c) CorrHS(s,t) denotes the correlation coefficient for NSLT health premium and reserve risk for segment s and segment t set out in Annex XV;(d) σs and σt denote standard deviations for NSLT health premium and reserve risk of segments s and t respectively;(e) Vs and Vt denote volume measures for premium and reserve risk of segments s and t , referred to in Annex XIV, respectively. 2.For all segments set out in Annex XIV, the standard deviation for NSLT health premium and reserve risk of a particular segment s shall be equal to the following: σ s σ 2prem,s V 2prem,s σ prem,s V prem,s σ res,s V res,s σ 2res,s V 2res,s V prem,s V res,s where: (a) σ(prem,s) denotes the standard deviation for NSLT health premium risk of segment s determined in accordance with paragraph 3;(b) σ(res,s) denotes the standard deviation for NSLT health reserve risk of segment s as set out in Annex XIV;(c) V(prem,s) denotes the volume measure for premium risk of segment s referred to in Article 147;(d) V(res,s) denotes the volume measure for reserve risk of segment s referred to in Article 147. 3.For all segments set out in Annex XIV, the standard deviation for NSLT health premium risk of a particular segment shall be equal to the product of the standard deviation for NSLT health gross premium risk of the segment set out in Annex XIV and the adjustment factor for non-proportional reinsurance. For all segments set out in Annex XIV the adjustment factor for non-proportional reinsurance shall be equal to 100 %.

Article 149 Article 149 Health risk equalisation systems 1.For the purposes of Article 109a(4) of Directive 2009/138/EC, health insurance obligations subject to the health risk equalisation systems (HRES) shall be identified, managed and organised separately from the other activities of the insurance undertakings, without any possibility of transfer to health insurance obligations that are not subject to HRES. 2.The standard deviations for NSLT health premium and reserve risk of segments 1, 2 and 3 in Annex XIV for business that is subject to a HRES shall meet all of the following requirements: (a) the standard deviations are determined separately for each of the segments 1, 2 and 3, as set out in Annex XIV, and separately for premium and reserve risk;(b) for each of the segments set out in Annex XIV, the standard deviation for premium risk is the lower of the following amounts:(i) the standard deviation for NSLT health premium risk of that segment set out in Annex XIV;(ii) the higher of the following amounts:A. a third of the standard deviation for NSLT health premium risk of that segment set out in Annex XIV;B. an estimate of the representative standard deviation of an insurance undertaking's combined ratio, being the ratio of the following annual amounts:the sum of the payments, including the relating expenses, and technical provisions set up for claims incurred during the year for the business subject to the HRES, including any changes due to the HRES; the earned premium of the year for the business subject to the HRES; (c) for each of the segments set out in Annex XIV, the standard deviation for reserve risk is the lower of the following amounts:(i) the standard deviation for NSLT health reserve risk of that segment set out in Annex XIV;(ii) the higher of the following amounts;A. a third of the standard deviation for NSLT health reserve risk of that segment set out in Annex XIV:B. an estimate of the representative standard deviation of an insurance undertaking's run-off ratio, being the ratio of the following annual amounts:the sum of the best estimate provision at the end of the year for claims that were outstanding at the beginning of the year and any claims and expense payments made during the year for claims that were outstanding at the beginning of the year: both amounts include any amendments due to the HRES; the best estimate provision at the beginning of the year for claims outstanding of the business subject to the HRES, including any amendments due to the HRES; (d) the determination of the standard deviation is based on adequate, applicable and relevant actuarial and statistical techniques;(e) the determination of the standard deviation is based on complete, accurate and appropriate data that is directly relevant for the business subject to the HRES and reflects the average degree of diversification at the level of insurance undertakings;(f) the determination of the standard deviation is based on current and credible information and realistic assumptions;(g) the determination of the standard deviation also takes into account any risks which are not mitigated by the HRES, in particular the risk referred to in Article 105(4)(a) of Directive 2009/138/EC and risks which are not reflected in the health catastrophe risk sub-module and that could affect a larger number of insurance undertakings subject to the HRES at the same time;(h) the methodology for the calculation of the standard deviation and the calculation of the standard deviation is publicly available. 3.Where the implementing act adopted pursuant to Article 109a(4) of Directive 2009/138/EC determine a standard deviation for NSLT health insurance premium risk for business subject to a HRES that meet the requirements set out in paragraph 2 of this Article, insurance undertakings shall use this standard deviation instead of the standard deviation for NSLT health premium risk of the segment set out in Annex XIV of this Regulation for the calculation of the standard deviation for NSLT health premium and reserve risk referred to in Article 148(1) of this Regulation. Where only a part of an insurance undertaking's business in a segment s is subject to the HRES, the undertaking shall use a standard deviation for NSLT health premium risk of the segment in the calculation of the standard deviation for NSLT health premium and reserve risk referred to in Article 148(1) that is equal to the following: σ′ prem,s σ prem,s V prem,s,nHRES σ prem,s,HRES V prem,s,HRES V prem,s,nHRES V prem,s,HRES where: (a) σ(prem,s) denotes the standard deviation for NSLT health premium risk segment s set out in Annex XIV;(b) V(prem,s,nHRES) denotes the volume measure for NSLT health premium risk of the business in segment s that is not subject to the HRES;(c) σ(prem,s,HRES) denotes the standard deviation for NSLT health premium risk of segment s for business subject to the HRES calculated in accordance with paragraph 2;(d) V(prem,s,HRES) denotes the volume measure for NSLT health premium risk of business in segment s that is subject to the HRES. V(prem,s,HRES) and V(prem,s,nHRES) shall be calculated in the same way as the volume measure for NSLT health premium risk of segment s referred to in Article 147, but V(prem,s,HRES) shall only take into account the insurance and reinsurance obligations subject to HRES and V(prem,s,nHRES) shall only take into account the insurance and reinsurance obligations not subject to the HRES. 4.Where the implementing act adopted pursuant to Article 109a(4) of Directive 2009/138/EC determine a standard deviation for NSLT health insurance reserve risk for business subject to a HRES that fulfill the requirements set out in paragraph 2 of this Article, insurance undertakings shall use this standard deviation instead of the standard deviation for NSLT health reserve risk of the segment set out in Annex XIV of this Regulation for the calculation of the standard deviation for NSLT health premium and reserve risk referred to in Article 148(1) of this Regulation. Where only a part of an insurance undertaking's business in a segment s is subject to the HRES, the undertaking shall use a standard deviation for NSLT health premium risk of the segment in the calculation of the standard deviation for NSLT health premium and reserve risk referred to in Article 148(1) that is equal to the following: σ′ res,s σ res,s V res,s,nHRES σ res,s,HRES V res,s,HRES V res,s,nHRES V res,s,HRES where: (a) σ(res,s) denotes the standard deviation for NSLT health reserve risk segment s as set out in Annex XIV;(b) V(res,s,nHRES) denotes the volume measure for NSLT health reserve risk of the business in segment s that is not subject to the HRES;(c) σ(res,s,HRES) denotes the standard deviation for NSLT health reserve risk of segment s for business subject to the HRES calculated in accordance with paragraph 2;(d) V(res,s,HRES) denotes the volume measure for NSLT health reserve risk of business in segment s that is subject to the HRES. V(res,s,nHRES) and V(res,s,HRES) shall be calculated in the same way as the volume measure for NSLT health reserve risk of segment s referred to in Article 147, but V(res,s,HRES) shall only take into account the insurance and reinsurance obligations subject to the HRES and V(res,s,nHRES) shall only take into account the insurance and reinsurance obligations not subject to the HRES. 5.Insurance and reinsurance undertakings may replace the standard deviations for NSLT health premium and reserve risk for business subject to a HRES with parameters specific to the insurance and reinsurance undertaking in accordance with Article 104(7) of Directive 2009/138/EC. Supervisory authorities may require insurance and reinsurance undertakings to replace those standard deviations with parameters specific to the undertaking in accordance with Article 110 of that Directive 2009/138/EC.

25. basis risk means the risk resulting from the situation in which the exposure covered by the risk-mitigation technique does not correspond to the risk exposure of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking;

Article 150 Article 150 NSLT health lapse risk sub-module 1.The capital requirement for NSLT health lapse risk referred to in Article 145(1)(b) shall be equal to the loss in basic own funds of insurance and reinsurance undertakings that would result from the combination of the following instantaneous events: (a) the discontinuance of 40 % of the insurance policies for which discontinuance would result in an increase of technical provisions without the risk margin;(b) where reinsurance contracts cover insurance or reinsurance contracts that will be written in the future, the decrease of 40 % of the number of those future insurance or reinsurance contracts used in the calculation of technical provisions. 2.The events referred to in paragraph 1 shall apply uniformly to all insurance and reinsurance contracts concerned. In relation to reinsurance contracts the event referred to in point (a) of paragraph 1 shall apply to the underlying insurance contracts. 3.For the purposes of determining the loss in basic own funds of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking under the event referred to in point (a) of paragraph 1, the undertaking shall base the calculation on the type of discontinuance which most negatively affects the basic own funds of the undertaking on a per policy basis.

Article 151 Article 151 SLT health underwriting risk sub-module 1.The SLT health underwriting risk module shall consist of all of the following sub-modules: (a) the health mortality risk sub-module;(b) the health longevity risk sub-module;(c) the health disability-morbidity risk sub-module;(d) the health expense risk sub-module;(e) the health revision risk sub-module;(f) the SLT health lapse risk sub-module. 2.The capital requirement for SLT health underwriting risk shall be equal to the following: SCR SLTh i,j CorrSLTH i,j SCR i SCR j where: (a) the sum denotes all possible combinations (i ,j ) of the sub-modules set out in paragraph 1;(b) CorrSLTH(i,j) denotes the correlation parameter for SLT health underwriting risk for sub-modules i and j ;(c) SCRi and SCRj denote the capital requirements for risk sub-module i and j respectively. 3.The correlation coefficient CorrSLTH(i,j) referred to in paragraph 2 shall be equal to the item set out in row i and in column j of the following correlation matrix: j i Health mortalityHealth longevityHealth disability-morbidityHealth expenseHealth revisionSLT health lapseHealth mortality1– 0,250,250,2500Health longevity– 0,25100,250,250,25Health disability-morbidity0,25010,500Health expense0,250,250,510,50,5Health revision00,2500,510SLT health lapse00,2500,501

Article 152 Article 152 Health mortality risk sub-module 1.The capital requirement for health mortality risk shall be equal to the loss in basic own funds of insurance and reinsurance undertakings that would result from an instantaneous permanent increase of 15 % in the mortality rates used for the calculation of technical provisions. 2.The increase in mortality rates referred to in paragraph 1 shall only apply to those insurance policies for which an increase in mortality rates leads to an increase in technical provisions without the risk margin. The identification of insurance policies for which an increase in mortality rates leads to an increase in technical provisions without the risk margin may be based on the following: (a) multiple insurance policies in respect of the same insured person may be treated as if they were one insurance policy;(b) where the calculation of technical provisions is based on groups of policies as referred to in Article 35, the identification of the policies for which technical provisions increase under an increase of mortality rates may also be based on those groups of policies instead of single policies, provided that it yields a result which is not materially different. 3.With regard to reinsurance obligations, the identification of the policies for which technical provisions increase under an increase of mortality rates shall apply to the underlying insurance policies only and shall be carried out in accordance with paragraph 2.

Article 153 Article 153 Health longevity risk sub-module 1.The capital requirement for health longevity risk shall be equal to the loss in basic own funds of insurance and reinsurance undertakings that would result from an instantaneous permanent decrease of 20 % in the mortality rates used for the calculation of technical provisions. 2.The decrease in mortality rates referred to in paragraph 1 shall only apply to those insurance policies for which a decrease in mortality rates leads to an increase in technical provisions without the risk margin. The identification of insurance policies for which a decrease in mortality rates leads to an increase in technical provisions without the risk margin may be based on the following assumptions: (a) multiple insurance policies in respect of the same insured person may be treated as if they were one insurance policy;(b) where the calculation of technical provisions is based on groups of policies as referred to in Article 35, the identification of the policies for which technical provisions increase under an decrease of mortality rates may also be based on those groups of policies instead of single policies, provided that it yields a result which is not materially different. 3.With regard to reinsurance obligations, the identification of the policies for which technical provisions increase under an decrease of mortality rates shall apply only to the underlying insurance policies and shall be carried out in accordance with paragraph 2.

Article 154 Article 154 Health disability-morbidity risk sub-module 1.The capital requirement for health disability-morbidity risk shall be equal to the sum of the following: (a) the capital requirement for medical expense disability-morbidity risk;(b) the capital requirement for income protection disability-morbidity risk. 2.Insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall apply: (a) the scenarios underlying the calculation of the capital requirement for medical expense disability-morbidity risk only to medical expense insurance and reinsurance obligations where the underlying business is pursued on a similar technical basis to that of life insurance;(b) the scenarios underlying the calculation of the capital requirement for income protection disability-morbidity risk only to income protection insurance and reinsurance obligations where the underlying business is pursued on a similar technical basis to that of life insurance.

Article 155 Article 155 Capital requirement for medical expense disability-morbidity risk 1.The capital requirement for medical expense disability-morbidity risk shall be equal to the larger of the following capital requirements: (a) the capital requirement for the increase of medical payments;(b) the capital requirement for the decrease of medical payments. 2.The capital requirement for the increase of medical payments shall be equal to the loss in basic own funds of insurance and reinsurance undertakings that would result from the following combination of instantaneous permanent changes: (a) an increase of 5 % in the amount of medical payments taken into account in the calculation of technical provisions;(b) an increase by 1 percentage point to the inflation rate of medical payments (expressed as a percentage) used for the calculation of technical provisions. 3.The capital requirement for the decrease of medical payments shall be equal to the loss in basic own funds of insurance and reinsurance undertakings that would result from the following combination of instantaneous permanent changes: (a) a decrease of 5 % in the amount of medical payments taken into account in the calculation of technical provisions;(b) a decrease by 1 percentage point from the inflation rate of medical payments (expressed as a percentage) used for the calculation of technical provisions.

Article 156 Article 156 Capital requirement for income protection disability-morbidity risk

Article 157 Article 157 Health expense risk sub-module

Article 158 Article 158 Health revision risk sub-module

Article 159 Article 159 SLT health lapse risk sub-module 1.The capital requirement for SLT health lapse risk referred to in Article 151(1)(f) shall be equal to the largest of the following capital requirements: (a) capital requirement for the risk of a permanent increase in SLT health lapse rates;(b) capital requirement for the risk of a permanent decrease in SLT health lapse rates;(c) capital requirement for SLT health mass lapse risk. 2.The capital requirement for the risk of a permanent increase in SLT health lapse rates shall be equal to the loss in basic own funds of insurance and reinsurance undertakings that would result from an instantaneous permanent increase of 50 % in the exercise rates of the relevant options set out in paragraph 4 and 5. Nevertheless, the increased option exercise rates shall not exceed 100 % and the increase in option exercise rates shall only apply to those relevant options for which the exercise would result in an increase of technical provisions without the risk margin. 3.The capital requirement for the risk of a permanent decrease in SLT health lapse rates shall be equal to the loss in basic own funds of insurance and reinsurance undertakings that would result from an instantaneous permanent decrease of 50 % in the option exercise rates of the relevant options set out in paragraph 4 and 5. Nevertheless, the decrease in option exercise rates shall not exceed 20 percentage points and the decrease in option exercise rates shall only apply to those relevant options for which the exercise would result in a decrease of technical provisions without the risk margin. 4.The relevant options for the purposes of paragraphs 2 and 3 shall be the following: (a) all legal or contractual policyholder rights to fully or partly terminate, surrender, decrease, restrict or suspend the insurance or reinsurance cover or permit the insurance policy to lapse;(b) all legal or contractual policyholder rights to fully or partially establish, renew, increase, extend or resume the insurance or reinsurance cover. For the purposes of point (b), the change in the option exercise rate referred to in paragraphs 2 and 3 should be applied to the rate reflecting that the relevant option is not exercised. 5.In relation to reinsurance contracts, the relevant options for the purposes of paragraphs 2 and 3 shall be the following: (a) the rights referred to in paragraph 4 of the policy holders of the reinsurance contracts;(b) the rights set out in paragraph 4 of the policy holders of the insurance contracts underlying the reinsurance contracts;(c) where reinsurance contracts cover insurance or reinsurance contracts that will be written in the future, the right of the potential policy holders not to conclude those insurance or reinsurance contracts. 6.The capital requirement for SLT health mass lapse risk shall be equal to the loss in basic own funds of insurance and reinsurance undertakings that would result from a combination of the following instantaneous events: (a) the discontinuance of 40 % of the insurance policies for which discontinuance would result in an increase of technical provisions without the risk margin;(b) where reinsurance contract covers insurance or reinsurance contracts that will be written in the future, the decrease of 40 % of the number of those future insurance or reinsurance contracts used in the calculation of the technical provisions. The events referred to in the first subparagraph shall apply uniformly to all insurance and reinsurance contracts concerned. In relation to reinsurance contracts the event referred to in point (a) shall apply to the underlying insurance contracts. For the purposes of determining the loss in basic own funds of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking under the event referred to in point (a), the undertaking shall base the calculation on the type of discontinuance which most negatively affects the basic own funds of the undertaking on a per policy basis. 7.Where the largest of the capital requirements referred to in points (a) (b), and (c) of paragraph 1 of this Article and the largest of the corresponding capital requirements calculated in accordance with Article 206(2) of this Regulation are not based on the same scenario, the capital requirement for lapse risk referred to in Article 105(3)(f) of Directive 2009/138/EC shall be the capital requirement referred to in points (a), (b) or (c) of paragraph 1 of this Article for which the underlying scenario results in the largest corresponding capital requirement calculated in accordance with Article 206(2) of this Regulation.

26. collateral arrangements means arrangements under which collateral providers do one of the following:(a) transfer full ownership of the collateral to the collateral taker for the purposes of securing or otherwise covering the performance of a relevant obligation;(b) provide collateral by way of security in favour of, or to, a collateral taker, and the legal ownership of the collateral remains with the collateral provider or a custodian when the security right is established;

(a) transfer full ownership of the collateral to the collateral taker for the purposes of securing or otherwise covering the performance of a relevant obligation;

(b) provide collateral by way of security in favour of, or to, a collateral taker, and the legal ownership of the collateral remains with the collateral provider or a custodian when the security right is established;

Article 160 Article 160 Health catastrophe risk sub-module 1.The capital requirement for the health catastrophe risk sub-module shall be equal to the following: SCR healthCAT SCR 2ma SCR 2ac SCR 2p where: (a) SCRma denotes the capital requirement of the mass accident risk sub-module;(b) SCRac denotes the capital requirement of the accident concentration risk sub-module;(c) SCRp denotes the capital requirement of the pandemic risk sub-module. 2.Insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall apply: (a) the mass accident risk sub-module to health insurance and reinsurance obligations other than workers' compensation insurance and reinsurance obligations;(b) the accident concentration risk sub-module to workers' compensation insurance and reinsurance obligations and to group income protection insurance and reinsurance obligations;(c) the pandemic risk sub-module to health insurance and reinsurance obligations other than workers' compensation insurance and reinsurance obligations.

Article 161 Article 161 Mass accident risk sub-module 1.The capital requirement for the mass accident risk sub-module shall be equal to the following: SCR ma s SCR 2ma,s where: (a) the sum includes all countries set out in Annex XVI;(b) SCR(ma,s) denotes the capital requirement for mass accident risk of country s . 2.For all countries set out in Annex XVI, the capital requirement for mass accident risk of a particular country s shall be equal to the loss in basic own funds of insurance and reinsurance undertakings that would result from an instantaneous loss of an amount that, without deduction of the amounts recoverable from reinsurance contracts and special purpose vehicles is calculated as follows: L ma,s r s e x e E e,s where: (a) rs denotes the ratio of persons affected by the mass accident in country s as set out in Annex XVI;(b) the sum includes the event types e set out in Annex XVI;(c) xe denotes the ratio of persons who will receive benefits of event type e as a result of the accident as set out in Annex XVI;(d) E(e,s) denotes the total value of benefits payable by insurance and reinsurance undertakings for event type e in country s . 3.For all event types set out in Annex XVI and all countries set out in Annex XVI, the sum insured of an insurance or reinsurance undertaking for a particular event type e in a particular country s shall be equal to the following: E e,s i SI e,i where: (a) the sum includes all insured persons i of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking who are insured against event type e and are inhabitants of country s ;(b) SI(e,i) denotes the value of the benefits payable by the insurance or reinsurance undertaking for the insured person i in case of event type e . The value of the benefits shall be the sum insured or where the insurance contract provides for recurring benefit payments the best estimate of the benefit payments in case of event type e . Where the benefits of an insurance contract depend on the nature or extent of any injury resulting from event e , the calculation of the value of the benefits shall be based on the maximum benefits obtainable under the contract which are consistent with the event. For medical expense insurance and reinsurance obligations the value of the benefits shall be based on an estimate of the average amounts paid in case of event e , assuming the insured person is disabled for the duration specified and taking into account the specific guarantees the obligations include. 4.Where Article 88 is complied with, insurance or reinsurance undertakings may calculate the value of benefits payable to insured person referred to in paragraph 3 based on homogenous risk groups, provided that the grouping of policies complies with Article 35.

Article 162 Article 162 Accident concentration risk sub-module 1.The capital requirement for the accident concentration risk sub-module shall be equal to the following: SCR ac c SCR 2ac,c where: (a) the sum includes all countries c ;(b) SCR(ac,c) denotes the capital requirement for accident concentration risk of country c . 2.For all countries the capital requirement for accident concentration risk of country c shall be equal to the loss in basic own funds of insurance and reinsurance undertakings that would result from an instantaneous loss of an amount that, without deduction of the amounts recoverable from reinsurance contracts and special purpose vehicles, is calculated as follows: L ac,c C c e x e CE e,c where: (a) Cc denotes the largest accident risk concentration of insurance and reinsurance undertakings in country c ;(b) the sum includes the event types e set out in Annex XVI;(c) xe denotes the ratio of persons which will receive benefits of event type e as a result of the accident as set out in Annex XVI;(d) CE(e,c) denotes the average value of benefits payable by insurance and reinsurance undertakings for event type e for the largest accident risk concentration in country c . 3.For all countries, the largest accident risk concentration of an insurance or reinsurance undertaking in a country c shall be equal to the largest number of persons for which all of the following conditions are met: (a) the insurance or reinsurance undertaking has a workers' compensation insurance or reinsurance obligation or an group income protection insurance or reinsurance obligation in relation to each of the persons;(b) the obligations in relation to each of the persons cover at least one of the events set out in Annex XVI;(c) the persons are working in the same building which is situated in country c . 4.For all event types and countries, the average sum insured of an insurance or reinsurance undertaking for event type e for the largest accident risk concentration in country c shall be equal to the following: CE e,c 1N e N e i 1SI e,i where: (a) Ne denotes the number of insured persons of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking which are insured against event type e and which belong to the largest accident risk concentration of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking in country c ;(b) the sum includes all the insured persons referred to in point (a);(c) SI(e,i) denotes the value of the benefits payable by the insurance or reinsurance undertaking for the insured person i in case of event type e. The value of the benefits referred to in point (c) shall be the sum insured or where the contract provides for recurring benefit payments the best estimate of the benefit payments in case of event type e . Where the benefits of an insurance policy depend on the nature or extent of the injury resulting from event e , the calculation of the value of the benefits shall be based on the maximum benefits obtainable under the policy, which are consistent with the event. For medical expense insurance and reinsurance obligations the value of the benefits shall be based on an estimate of the average amounts paid in case of event e , assuming the insured person is disabled for the duration specified and taking into account the specific guarantees the obligations include. 5.Where Article 88 is complied with, insurance or reinsurance undertakings may calculate the value of the benefits payable by the insurance or reinsurance undertaking for the insured person referred to in paragraph 4 based on homogenous risk groups, provided that the grouping of policies complies with the requirements set out in Article 35.

Article 163 Article 163 Pandemic risk sub-module 1.The capital requirement for the pandemic risk sub-module shall be equal to the loss in basic own funds of insurance and reinsurance undertakings that would result from an instantaneous loss of an amount that, without deduction of the amounts recoverable from reinsurance contracts and special purpose vehicles, is calculated as follows: L p 0,000075E 0,4c N c M c where: (a) E denotes the income protection pandemic exposure of insurance and reinsurance undertakings;(b) the sum includes all countries c ;(c) Nc denotes the number of insured persons of insurance and reinsurance undertakings which meet all of the following conditions:(i) the insured persons are inhabitants of country c ,(ii) the insured persons are covered by medical expense insurance or reinsurance obligations, other than workers' compensation insurance or reinsurance obligations, that cover medical expenses resulting from an infectious disease; (d) Mc denotes the expected average amount payable by insurance or reinsurance undertakings per insured person of country c in case of a pandemic. 2.The income protection pandemic exposure of an insurance or reinsurance undertaking shall be equal to the following: E i E i where: (a) the sum includes all insured persons i covered by the income protection insurance or reinsurance obligations other than workers' compensation insurance or reinsurance obligations;(b) Ei denotes the value of the benefits payable by the insurance or reinsurance undertaking, for the insured person i in case of a permanent work disability caused by an infectious disease. The value of the benefits shall be the sum insured or where the contract provides for recurring benefit payments the best estimate of the benefit payments assuming that the insured person is permanently disabled and will not recover. 3.For all countries, the expected average amount payable by insurance or reinsurance undertakings per insured person of a particular country c in case of a pandemic shall be equal to the following: M c h H h CH h,c where: (a) the sum includes the types of healthcare utilisation h set out in Annex XVI;(b) Hh denotes the ratio of insured persons with clinical symptoms utilising healthcare h as set out in Annex XVI;(c) CH(h,c) denotes the best estimate of the amounts payable by insurance and reinsurance undertakings for an insured person in country c in relation to medical expense insurance or reinsurance obligations, other than workers' compensation insurance or reinsurance obligations, for healthcare utilisation h in the event of a pandemic.

Article 164 Article 164 1.The market risk module shall consist of all of the following sub-modules: (a) the interest rate risk sub-module referred to in point (a) of subparagraph 2 of Article 105(5) of Directive 2009/138/EC;(b) the equity risk sub-module referred to in point (b) of subparagraph 2 of Article 105(5) of Directive 2009/138/EC;(c) the property risk sub-module referred to in point (c) of subparagraph 2 of Article 105(5) of Directive 2009/138/EC;(d) the spread risk sub-module referred to in point (d) of subparagraph 2 of Article 105(5) of Directive 2009/138/EC;(e) the currency risk sub-module referred to in point (e) of subparagraph 2 of Article 105(5) of Directive 2009/138/EC;(f) the market risk concentrations sub-module referred to in point (f) of subparagraph 2 of Article 105(5) of Directive 2009/138/EC. 2.The capital requirement for market risk referred to in Article 105(5) of Directive 2009/138/EC shall be equal to the following: SCR market i,j Corr i,j SCR i SCR j where: (a) the sum covers all possible combinations i ,j of sub-modules of the market risk module;(b) Corr(i,j) denotes the correlation parameter for market risk for sub-modules i and j;(c) SCRi and SCRj denote the capital requirements for sub-modules i and j respectively. 3.The correlation parameter Corr(i,j) referred to in paragraph 2 shall be equal to the item set out in row i and in column j of the following correlation matrix: j i Interest rateEquityPropertySpreadConcentrationCurrencyInterest rate1AAA00,25EquityA10,750,7500,25PropertyA0,7510,500,25SpreadA0,750,5100,25Concentration000010Currency0,250,250,250,2501The parameter A shall be equal to 0 where the capital requirement for interest rate risk set out in Article 165 is the capital requirement referred to in point (a) of that Article. In all other cases, the parameter A shall be equal to 0,5.

Article 165 Article 165 General provisions 1.The capital requirement for interest rate risk referred to in point (a) of the second subparagraph Article 105(5) of Directive 2009/138/EC shall be equal to the larger of the following: (a) the sum, over all currencies, of the capital requirements for the risk of an increase in the term structure of interest rates as set out in Article 166 of this Regulation;(b) the sum, over all currencies, of the capital requirements for the risk of a decrease in the term structure of interest rates as set out in Article 167 of this Regulation. 2.Where the larger of the capital requirements referred to in points (a) and (b) of paragraph 1 and the larger of the corresponding capital requirements calculated in accordance with Article 206(2) are not based on the same scenario, the capital requirement for interest rate risk shall be the capital requirement referred to in points (a) or (b) of paragraph 1 for which the underlying scenario results in the largest corresponding capital requirement calculated in accordance with Article 206(2).

Article 166 Article 166 Increase in the term structure of interest rates 1.The capital requirement for the risk of an increase in the term structure of interest rates for a given currency shall be equal to the loss in the basic own funds that would result from an instantaneous increase in basic risk-free interest rates for that currency at different maturities in accordance with the following table: Maturity (in years) Increase170 %270 %364 %459 %555 %652 %749 %847 %944 %1042 %1139 %1237 %1335 %1434 %1533 %1631 %1730 %1829 %1927 %2026 %9020 % For maturities not specified in the table above, the value of the increase shall be linearly interpolated. For maturities shorter than 1 year, the increase shall be 70 %. For maturities longer than 90 years, the increase shall be 20 %. 2.In any case, the increase of basic-risk-free interest rates at any maturity shall be at least one percentage point. 3.The impact of the increase in the term structure of basic risk-free interest rates on the value of participations as referred to in Article 92(2) of Directive 2009/138/EC in financial and credit institutions shall be considered only on the value of the participations that are not deducted from own funds pursuant to Article 68 of this Regulation. The part deducted from own funds shall be considered only to the extent that such impact increases the basic own funds.

Article 167 Article 167 Decrease in the term structure of interest rates 1.The capital requirement for the risk of a decrease in the term structure of interest rates for a given currency shall be equal to the loss in the basic own funds that would result from an instantaneous decrease in basic risk-free interest rates for that currency at different maturities in accordance with the following table: Maturity (in years) Decrease175 %265 %356 %450 %546 %642 %739 %836 %933 %1031 %1130 %1229 %1328 %1428 %1527 %1628 %1728 %1828 %1929 %2029 %9020 % For maturities not specified in the table above, the value of the decrease shall be linearly interpolated. For maturities shorter than 1 year, the decrease shall be 75 %. For maturities longer than 90 years, the decrease shall be 20 %. 2.Notwithstanding paragraph 1, for negative basic risk-free interest rates the decrease shall be nil. 3.The impact on the value of participations as referred to in Article 92(2) of Directive 2009/138/EC in financial and credit institutions of the decrease in the term structure of basic risk-free interest rates shall be considered only on the value of the participations that are not deducted from own funds pursuant to Article 68 of this Regulation. The part deducted from own funds shall be considered only to the extent that such impact increases the basic own funds.

Article 168 Article 168 General provisions 1.The equity risk sub-module referred to in point (b) of the second subparagraph of Article 105(5) of Directive 2009/138/EC shall include a risk sub-module for type 1 equities and a risk sub-module for type 2 equities. 2.Type 1 equities shall comprise equities listed in regulated markets in the countries which are members of the European Economic Area (EEA) or the Organisation for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD). 3.Type 2 equities shall comprise equities listed in stock exchanges in countries which are not members of the EEA or the OECD, equities which are not listed, commodities and other alternative investments. They shall also comprise all assets other than those covered in the interest rate risk sub-module, the property risk sub-module or the spread risk sub-module, including the assets and indirect exposures referred to in Article 84(1) and (2) where a look-through approach is not possible and the insurance or reinsurance undertaking does not make use of the provisions in Article 84(3). 4.The capital requirement for equity risk shall be equal to the following: SCR equity SCR 2type1equities 20,75SCR type1equities SCR type2equities SCR 2type2equities where: (a) SCRtype 1 equities denotes the capital requirement for type 1 equities;(b) SCRtype 2 equities denotes the capital requirement for type 2 equities. 5.The impact of the instantaneous decreases set out in Articles 169 and 170 on the value of participations as referred to in Article 92(2) of Directive 2009/138/EC in financial and credit institutions shall be considered only on the value of the participations that are not deducted from own funds pursuant to Article 68 of this Regulation. 6.The following equities shall in any case be considered as type 1: (a) equities held within collective investment undertakings which are qualifying social entrepreneurship funds as referred to in Article 3(b) of Regulation (EU) No 346/2013 of the European Parliament and of the CouncilRegulation (EU) No 346/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 17 April 2013 on European social entrepreneurship funds (OJ L 115, 25.4.2013, p. 18 ). where the look-through approach set out in Article 84 of this Regulation is possible for all exposures within the collective investment undertaking, or units or shares of those funds where the look through approach is not possible for all exposures within the collective investment undertaking;(b) equities held within collective investment undertakings which are qualifying venture capital funds as referred to in Article 3(b) of Regulation (EU) No 345/2013 where the look-through approach set out in Article 84 of this Regulation is possible for all exposures within the collective investment undertaking, or units or shares of those funds where the look through approach is not possible for all exposures within the collective investment undertaking;(c) as regards closed-ended and unleveraged alternative investment funds which are established in the Union or, if they are not established in the Union, which are marketed in the Union in accordance with Articles 35 or 40 of Directive 2011/61/EU:(i) equities held within such funds where the look-through approach set out in Article 84 of this Regulation is possible for all exposures within the alternative investment fund;(ii) units or shares of such funds where the look-through approach is not possible for all exposures within the alternative investment fund.

Article 169 Article 169 Standard equity risk sub-module 1.The capital requirement for type 1 equities referred to in Article 168 of this Regulation shall be equal to the loss in the basic own funds that would result from the following instantaneous decreases: (a) an instantaneous decrease equal to 22 % in the value of type 1 equity investments in related undertakings within the meaning of Article 212(1)(b) and 212(2) of Directive 2009/138/EC where these investments are of a strategic nature;(b) an instantaneous decrease equal to the sum of 39 % and the symmetric adjustment as referred to in Article 172 of this Regulation, in the value of type 1 equities other than those referred to in point (a). 2.The capital requirement for type 2 equities referred to in Article 168 of this Regulation shall be equal to the loss in the basic own funds that would result from the following instantaneous decreases: (a) an instantaneous decrease equal to 22 % in the value of type 2 equity investments in related undertakings with the meaning of Article 212(1)(b) and 212(2) of Directive 2009/138/EC where these investments are of a strategic nature;(b) an instantaneous decrease equal to the sum of 49 % and the symmetric adjustment as referred to in Article 172, in the value of type 2 equities, other than those referred to in point (a).

27. in relation to a set of items, all possible combinations of two such items means all ordered pairs of items from that set;

Article 170 Article 170 Duration-based equity risk sub-module 1.Where an insurance or reinsurance undertaking has received supervisory approval to apply the provisions set out in Article 304 of Directive 2009/138/EC, the capital requirement for type 1 equities shall be equal to the loss in the basic own funds that would result from the following instantaneous decreases: (a) an instantaneous decrease equal to 22 % in the value of the type 1 equities corresponding to the business referred to in point (i) of Article 304(1)(b) of Directive 2009/138/EC;(b) an instantaneous decrease equal to 22 % in the value of type 1 equity investments in related undertakings within the meaning of Article 212(1)(b) and 212(2) of Directive 2009/138/EC where these investments are of a strategic nature;(c) an instantaneous decrease equal to the sum of 39 % and the symmetric adjustment as referred to in Article 172 of this Regulation, in the value of type 1 equities, other than those referred to in points (a) or (b). 2.Where an insurance or reinsurance undertaking has received supervisory approval to apply the provisions set out in Article 304 of Directive 2009/138/EC, the capital requirement for type 2 equities shall be equal to the loss in the basic own funds that would result from an instantaneous decrease: (a) equal to 22 % in the value of the type 2 equities corresponding to the business referred to in point (i) of Article 304(1)(b) of Directive 2009/138/EC;(b) equal to 22 % in the value of type 2 equity investments in related undertakings within the meaning of Article 212(1)(b) and (2) of Directive 2009/138/EC, where these investments are of a strategic nature;(c) equal to the sum of 49 % and the symmetric adjustment as referred to in Article 172 of this Regulation, in the value of type 2 equities, other than those referred to in points (a) or (b).

Article 171 Article 171 Strategic equity investments

Article 172 Article 172 Symmetric adjustment of the equity capital charge 1.The equity index referred to in Article 106(2) of Directive 2009/138/EC shall comply with all of the following requirements: (a) the equity index measures the market price of a diversified portfolio of equities which is representative of the nature of equities typically held by insurance and reinsurance undertakings;(b) the level of the equity index is publicly available;(c) the frequency of published levels of the equity index is sufficient to enable the current level of the index and its average value over the last 36 months to be determined. 2.Subject to paragraph 4, the symmetric adjustment shall be equal to the following: SA 12CI AI AI 8%where: (a) CI denotes the current level of the equity index;(b) AI denotes the weighted average of the daily levels of the equity index over the last 36 months. 3.For the purposes of calculating the weighted average of the daily levels of the equity index, the weights for all daily levels shall be equal. The days during the last 36 months in respect of which the index was not determined shall not be included in the average. 4.The symmetric adjustment shall not be lower than – 10 % or higher than 10 %.

Article 173 Article 173 Criteria for the use of transitional measure for standard equity risk

Article 174 Article 174

Article 175 Article 175 Scope of the spread risk sub-module

Article 176 Article 176 Spread risk on bonds and loans 1.The capital requirement for spread risk on bonds and loans SCRbonds shall be equal to the loss in the basic own funds that would result from an instantaneous relative decrease of stressi in the value of each bond or loan i other than mortgage loans that meet the requirements in Article 191, including bank deposits other than cash at bank referred to in Article 189(2)(b). 2.The risk factor stressi shall depend on the modified duration of the bond or loan i denominated in years (duri ). duri shall never be lower than 1. For variable interest rate bonds or loans, duri shall be equivalent to the modified duration of a fixed interest rate bond or loan of the same maturity and with coupon payments equal to the forward interest rate. 3.Bonds or loans for which a credit assessment by a nominated ECAI is available shall be assigned a risk factor stressi depending on the credit quality step and the modified duration duri of the bond or loan i according to the following table. Credit quality step012345 and 6Duration (duri ) stressi ai bi ai bi ai bi ai bi ai bi ai bi up to 5b i dur i —0,9 %—1,1 %—1,4 %—2,5 %—4,5 %—7,5 %More than 5 and up to 10a i b i dur i 54,5 %0,5 %5,5 %0,6 %7,0 %0,7 %12,5 %1,5 %22,5 %2,5 %37,5 %4,2 %More than 10 and up to 15a i b i dur i 107,0 %0,5 %8,4 %0,5 %10,5 %0,5 %20,0 %1,0 %35,0 %1,8 %58,5 %0,5 %More than 15 and up to 20a i b i dur i 159,5 %0,5 %10,9 %0,5 %13,0 %0,5 %25,0 %1,0 %44,0 %0,5 %61,0 %0,5 %More than 20mina i b i dur i 20;112,0 %0,5 %13,4 %0,5 %15,5 %0,5 %30,0 %0,5 %46,5 %0,5 %63,5 %0,5 % 4.Bonds and loans for which a credit assessment by a nominated ECAI is not available and for which debtors have not posted collateral that meets the criteria set out in Article 214 shall be assigned a risk factor stressi depending on the duration duri of the bond or loan i according to the following table: Duration (duri )stressi up to 53%dur i More than 5 and up to 10151,7%dur i 5More than 10 and up to 2023,5%1,2%dur i 10More than 20min35,5%0,5%dur i 20 ; 1 5.Bonds and loans for which a credit assessment by a nominated ECAI is not available and for which debtors have posted collateral, where the collateral of those bonds and loans meet the criteria set out in Article 214, shall be assigned a risk factor stressi according to the following: (a) where the risk-adjusted value of collateral is higher than or equal to the value of the bond or loan i , stressi shall be equal to half of the risk factor that would be determined in accordance with paragraph 4;(b) where the risk-adjusted value of collateral is lower than the value of the bond or loan i , and where the risk factor determined in accordance with paragraph 4 would result in a value of the bond or loan i that is lower than the risk-adjusted value of the collateral, stressi shall be equal to the average of the following:(i) the risk factor determined in accordance with paragraph 4;(ii) the difference between the value of the bond or loan i and the risk-adjusted value of the collateral, divided by the value of the bond or loan i ; (c) where the risk-adjusted value of collateral is lower than the value of the bond or loan i , and where the risk factor determined in accordance with paragraph 4 would result in a value of the bond or loan i that is higher than or equal to the risk-adjusted value of the collateral, stressi shall be determined in accordance with paragraph 4. The risk-adjusted value of the collateral shall be calculated in accordance with Articles 112, 197, 198. 6.The impact of the instantaneous decrease in the value of participations, as referred to in Article 92(2) of Directive 2009/138/EC, in financial and credit institutions shall be considered only on the value of the participations that are not deducted from own funds pursuant to Article 68 of this Regulation.

Article 177 Article 177 Spread risk on securitisation positions: general provisions 1.The capital requirement SCRsecuritisation for spread risk on securitisation positions shall be the sum of a capital requirement for type 1 securitisation positions, a capital requirement for type 2 securitisation positions and a capital requirement for resecuritisation positions. 2.Type 1 securitisation positions shall include securitisation positions that meet all of the following criteria: (a) the position has been assigned to credit quality step 3 or better;(b) the securitisation is listed in a regulated market of a country which is a member of the EEA or the OECD, or is admitted to trading in an organised trading venue providing for an active and sizable market for outright sales which has the following features:(i) historical evidence of market breadth and depth as proven by low bid-ask spreads, high trading volume and a large number of market participants;(ii) the presence of a robust market infrastructure; (c) the position is in the most senior tranche or tranches of the securitisation and possess the highest level of seniority at all times during the ongoing life of the transaction; for these purposes, a tranche shall be deemed the most senior where after the delivery of an enforcement notice and where applicable an acceleration notice, the tranche is not subordinated to other tranches of the same securitisation transaction or scheme in respect of receiving principal and interest payments, without taking into account amounts due under interest rate or currency derivative contracts, fees or other similar payments;(d) the underlying exposures have been acquired by the securitisation special purpose entity (SSPE) within the meaning of Article 4(1)(66) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 in a manner that is enforceable against any third party and are beyond the reach of the seller (originator, sponsor or original lender) and its creditors including in the event of the seller's insolvency;(e) the transfer of the underlying exposures to the SSPE may not be subject to any severe clawback provisions in the jurisdiction where the seller (originator, sponsor or original lender) is incorporated; this includes but is not limited to provisions under which the sale of the underlying exposures can be invalidated by the liquidator of the seller (originator, sponsor or original lender) solely on the basis that it was concluded within a certain period before the declaration of the seller's insolvency or provisions where the SSPE can prevent such invalidation only if it can prove that it was not aware of the insolvency of the seller at the time of sale;(f) the underlying exposures have their administration governed by a servicing agreement which includes servicing continuity provisions to ensure, at a minimum, that a default or insolvency of the servicer does not result in a termination of servicing;(g) the documentation governing the securitisation includes continuity provisions to ensure, at a minimum, the replacement of derivative counterparties and of liquidity providers upon their default or insolvency, where applicable;(h) the securitisation position is backed by a pool of homogeneous underlying exposures, which all belong to only one of the following categories, or by a pool of homogeneous underlying exposures which combines residential loans referred to in points (i) and (ii):(i) residential loans secured with a first-ranking mortgage granted to individuals for the acquisition of their main residence, provided that one of the two following conditions is met:the loans in the pool meet on average the loan-to-value requirement laid down in point (i) of Article 129(1)(d) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013; the national law of the Member State where the loans were originated provides for a loan-to-income limit on the amount that an obligor may borrow in a residential loan, and that Member State has notified this law to the Commission and EIOPA. The loan-to-income limit shall be calculated on the gross annual income of the obligor, taking into account the tax obligations and other commitments of the obligor and the risk of changes in the interest rates over the term of the loan. For each residential loan in the pool, the percentage of the obligor's gross income that may be spent to service the loan, including interest, principal and fee payments, does not exceed 45 %. (ii) fully guaranteed residential loans referred to in Article 129(1)(e) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013, provided that the loans meet the collateralisation requirements laid down in that paragraph and meet on average the loan-to-value requirement laid down in point (i) of Article 129(1)(d) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013;(iii) commercial loans, leases and credit facilities to undertakings to finance capital expenditures or business operations other than the acquisition or development of commercial real estate, provided that at least 80 % of the borrowers in the pool in terms of portfolio balance are small and medium-sized enterprises at the time of issuance of the securitisation, and none of the borrowers is an institution as defined in Article 4(1)(3) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013;(iv) auto loans and leases for the financing of motor vehicles or trailers as defined in points (11) and (12) of Article 3 of Directive 2007/46/EC of the European Parliament and of the CouncilDirective 2007/46/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 5 September 2007 establishing a framework for the approval of motor vehicles and their trailers, and of systems, components and separate technical units intended for such vehicles (Framework Directive) (OJ L 263, 9.10.2007, p. 1 ). , agricultural or forestry tractors as referred to in Directive 2003/37/EC of the European Parliament and of the CouncilDirective 2003/37/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 May 2003 on type-approval of agricultural or forestry tractors, their trailers and interchangeable towed machinery, together with their systems, components and separate technical units and repealing Directive 74/150/EEC (OJ L 171, 9.7.2003, p. 1–80 ). , motorcycles or motor tricycles as defined in points (b) and (c) of Article 1(2) of Directive 2002/24/EC of the European Parliament and of the CouncilDirective 2002/24/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 18 March 2002 relating to the Type-approval of two or three-wheel motor vehicles and repealing Council Directive 92/61/EEC (OJ L 124, 9.5.2002, p. 1–44 ). or tracked vehicles as referred to in point (c) of Article 2(2) of Directive 2007/46/EC. Such loans or leases may include ancillary insurance and service products or additional vehicle parts, and in the case of leases, the residual value of leased vehicles. All loans and leases in the pool shall be secured with a first-ranking charge or security over the vehicle or an appropriate guarantee in favour of the SSPE, such as a retention of title provision;(v) loans and credit facilities to individuals for personal, family or household consumption purposes. (i) the position is not in a resecuritisation or a synthetic securitisation as referred to in Article 242(11) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013;(j) the underlying exposures do not include transferable financial instruments or derivatives, except financial instruments issued by the SSPE itself or other parties within the securitisation structure and derivatives used to hedge currency risk and interest rate risk;(k) at the time of issuance of the securitisation or when incorporated in the pool of underlying exposures at any time after issuance, the underlying exposures do not include exposures to credit-impaired obligors (or where applicable, credit-impaired guarantors), where a credit-impaired obligor (or credit-impaired guarantor) is a borrower (or guarantor) who:(i) has declared bankruptcy, agreed with his creditors to a debt dismissal or reschedule or had a court grant his creditors a right of enforcement or material damages as a result of a missed payment within three years prior to the date of origination;(ii) is on an official registry of persons with adverse credit history;(iii) has a credit assessment by an ECAI or has a credit score indicating a significant risk that contractually agreed payments will not be made compared to the average obligor for this type of loans in the relevant jurisdiction. (l) at the time of issuance of the securitisation or when incorporated in the pool of underlying exposures at any time after issuance, the underlying exposures do not include exposures in default within the meaning of Article 178(1) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013;(m) the repayment of the securitisation position is not structured to depend predominantly on the sale of assets securing the underlying exposures; however, this shall not prevent such exposures from being subsequently rolled-over or refinanced;(n) where the securitisation has been set up without a revolving period or the revolving period has terminated and where an enforcement or an acceleration notice has been delivered, principal receipts from the underlying exposures are passed to the holders of the securitisation positions via sequential amortisation of the securitisation positions and no substantial amount of cash is trapped in the SSPE on each payment date;(o) where the securitisation has been set up with a revolving period, the transaction documentation provides for appropriate early amortisation events, which shall include at a minimum all of the following:(i) a deterioration in the credit quality of the underlying exposures;(ii) a failure to generate sufficient new underlying exposures of at least similar credit quality;(iii) the occurrence of an insolvency-related event with regard to the originator or the servicer; (p) at the time of issuance of the securitisation, the borrowers (or, where applicable, the guarantors) have made at least one payment, except where the securitisation is backed by credit facilities referred to in point (h)(v) of this paragraph;(q) in the case of securitisations where the underlying exposures are residential loans referred to in point (h)(i) or (ii), the pool of loans does not include any loan that was marketed and underwritten on the premise that the loan applicant or, where applicable intermediaries, were made aware that the information provided might not be verified by the lender;(r) in the case of securitisations where the underlying exposures are residential loans referred to in point (h)(i) or (ii), the assessment of the borrower's creditworthiness meets the requirements set out in paragraphs 1 to 4, 5(a), and 6 of Article 18 of Directive 2014/17/EU of the European Parliament and of the CouncilDirective 2014/17/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 4 February 2014 on credit agreements for consumers relating to residential immovable property and amending Directives 2008/48/EC and 2013/36/EU and Regulation (EU) No 1093/2014, OJ L 60, 28.2.2014, p. 34 . or equivalent requirements in countries that are not members of the Union;(s) in the case of securitisations where the underlying exposures are auto loans and leases and consumer loans and credit facilities referred to in point (h)(v) of this paragraph, the assessment of the borrower's creditworthiness meets the requirements set out in Article 8 of Directive 2008/48/EC of the European Parliament and of the CouncilDirective 2008/48/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 April 2008 on credit agreements for consumers and repealing Council Directive 87/102/EEC, OJ L 133, 22.5.2008, p. 66 . or equivalent requirements in countries that are not members of the Union;(t) where the issuer, originator or sponsor of the securitisation is established in the Union, it complies with the requirements laid down in Part Five of Regulation (EU) No. 575/2013 and discloses information, in accordance with Article 8b of Regulation (EU) No 1060/2009, on the credit quality and performance of the underlying exposures, the structure of the transaction, the cash flows and any collateral supporting the exposures as well as any information that is necessary for investors to conduct comprehensive and well-informed stress tests; where the issuer, originator and sponsors are established outside the Union, comprehensive loan-level data in compliance with standards generally accepted by market participants is made available to existing and potential investors and regulators at issuance and on a regular basis. 3.Type 2 securitisation positions shall include all securitisation positions that do not qualify as type 1 securitisation positions. 4.Notwithstanding paragraph 2, securitisations that were issued before the entry into force of this Regulation shall qualify as type 1 if they meet only the requirements set out in points (a), (c), (d), (h), (i) and (j) of paragraph 2. Where the underlying exposures are residential loans referred to in point (h)(i) of paragraph 2, none of the two conditions on the loan-to-value or loan-to-income ratios set out in that point shall apply to those securitisations. 5.Notwithstanding paragraph 2, a securitisation position where the underlying exposures are residential loans referred to in point (h)(i) of paragraph 2 that do not meet the average loan-to-value requirement nor the loan-to-income requirement set out in that point, shall qualify as a type 1 securitisation position until 31 December 2025 , provided that all of the following requirements are met: (a) the securitisation was issued after the date of entry into force of this Regulation;(b) the underlying exposures comprise residential loans that were granted to obligors before the application of the national law providing for a loan-to-income limit.(c) the underlying exposures do not comprise residential loans that were granted to obligors after the date of entry into force of this Regulation and which do not comply with the loan-to-income requirement as referred to in point (h)(i) of paragraph 2.

Article 178 Article 178 Spread risk on securitisation positions: calculation of the capital requirement 1.The capital requirement for spread risk on type 1 securitisation positions shall be equal to the loss in the basic own funds that would result from an instantaneous relative decrease of stressi in the value of each type 1 securitisation position i . The risk factor stressi shall be equal to the following: stress i minb i dur i ;1where: (a) duri denotes the modified duration of securitisation position i denominated in years;(b) bi shall be assigned depending on the credit quality step of securitisation position i according to the following table:Credit quality step0123bi 2,1 %3 %3 %3 % 2.The capital requirement for spread risk on type 2 securitisation position shall be equal to the loss in the basic own funds that would result from an instantaneous relative decrease of stressi in the value of each type 2 securitisation position i . The risk factor stressi shall be equal to the following stress i minb i dur i ;1where: (a) duri denotes the modified duration of securitisation position i denominated in years;(b) bi shall be assigned depending on the credit quality step of securitisation position i according to the following table:Credit quality step0123456bi 12,5 %13,4 %16,6 %19,7 %82 %100 %100 % 3.The capital requirement for spread risk on resecuritisation positions shall be equal to the loss in the basic own funds that would result from an instantaneous relative decrease of stressi in the value of each resecuritisation position i . The risk factor stressi shall be equal to the following stress i minb i dur i ;1where: (a) duri denotes the modified duration of resecuritisation position i denominated in years;(b) bi shall be assigned depending on the credit quality step of resecuritisation position i according to the following table:Credit quality step0123456bi 33 %40 %51 %91 %100 %100 %100 % 4.The modified duration duri referred to in paragraphs 1 and 2 shall not be lower than 1 year. 5.Securitisation positions for which a credit assessment from a nominated ECAI is not available shall be assigned a risk factor stressi of 100 %.

Article 179 Article 179 Spread risk on credit derivatives 1.The capital requirement SCRcd for spread risk on credit derivatives other than those referred to in paragraph 4 shall be equal to the higher of the following capital requirements: (a) the loss in the basic own funds that would result from an instantaneous increase in absolute terms of the credit spread of the instruments underlying the credit derivatives, as set out in paragraphs 2 and 3;(b) the loss in the basic own funds that would result from an instantaneous relative decrease of the credit spread of the instruments underlying the credit derivatives by 75 %. For the purposes of point (a), the instantaneous increase of the credit spread of the instruments underlying the credit derivatives for which a credit assessment by a nominated ECAI is available shall be calculated according to the following table. Credit quality step0123456Instantaneous increase in spread (in percentage points)1,31,52,64,58,416,2016,20 2.For the purposes of point (a) of paragraph 1, the instantaneous increase of the credit spread of the instruments underlying the credit derivatives for which a credit assessment by a nominated ECAI is not available shall be 5 percentage points. 3.Credit derivatives which are part of the undertaking's risk mitigation policy shall not be subject to a capital requirement for spread risk, as long as the undertaking holds either the instruments underlying the credit derivative or another exposure with respect to which the basis risk between that exposure and the instruments underlying the credit derivative is not material in any circumstances. 4.Where the larger of the capital requirements referred to in points (a) and (b) of paragraph 1 and the larger of the corresponding capital requirements calculated in accordance with Article 206(2) are not based on the same scenario, the capital requirement for spread risk on credit derivatives shall be the capital requirement referred to in paragraph 1 for which the underlying scenario results in the largest corresponding capital requirement calculated in accordance with Article 206(2).

28. pooling arrangement means an arrangement whereby several insurance or reinsurance undertakings agree to share identified insurance risks in defined proportions. The parties insured by the members of the pooling arrangement are not themselves members of the pooling arrangement.

Article 180 Article 180 Specific exposures 1.Exposures in the form of bonds referred to Article 52(4) of Directive 2009/65/EC (covered bonds) which have been assigned to credit quality step 0 or 1 shall be assigned a risk factor stressi according to the following table. Credit quality step Duration (dur i ) 01up to 50,7 %. duri 0,9 %. duri More than 5 yearsmin3,5%0,5%dur i 5; 1min4,5%0,5%dur i 5; 1 2.Exposures in the form of bonds and loans to the following shall be assigned a risk factor stressi of 0 %: (a) the European Central Bank;(b) Member States' central government and central banks denominated and funded in the domestic currency of that central government and the central bank;(c) multilateral development banks referred to in paragraph 2 of Article 117 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013;(d) international organisations referred to in Article 118 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013; Exposures in the form of bonds and loans that are fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by one of the counterparties mentioned in points (a) to (d), where the guarantee meets the requirements set out in Article 215, shall also be assigned a risk factor stressi of 0 %. 3.Exposures in the form of bonds and loans to central governments and central banks other than those referred to in point (b) of paragraph 2, denominated and funded in the domestic currency of that central government and central bank, and for which a credit assessment by a nominated ECAI is available shall be assigned a risk factor stressi depending on the credit quality step and the duration of the exposure according to the following table: Credit quality step0 and 12345 and 6Duration (duri ) stressi ai bi ai bi ai bi ai bi ai bi up to 5b i dur i —0,0 %—1,1 %—1,4 %—2,5 %—4,5 %More than 5 and up to 10a i b i dur i 50,0 %0,0 %5,5 %0,6 %7,0 %0,7 %12,5 %1,5 %22,5 %2,5 %More than 10 and up to 15a i b i dur i 100,0 %0,0 %8,4 %0,5 %10,5 %0,5 %20,0 %1,0 %35,0 %1,8 %More than 15 and up to 20a i b i dur i 150,0 %0,0 %10,9 %0,5 %13,0 %0,5 %25,0 %1,0 %44,0 %0,5 %More than 20mina i b i dur i 20;10,0 %0,0 %13,4 %0,5 %15,5 %0,5 %30,0 %0,5 %46,5 %0,5 % 4.Exposures in the form of bonds and loans to an insurance or reinsurance undertaking for which a credit assessment by a nominated ECAI is not available and where this undertaking meets its Minimum Capital Requirement, shall be assigned a risk factor stressi from the table in Article 176(3) depending on the undertaking's solvency ratio, using the following mapping between solvency ratios and credit quality steps: Solvency ratio196 %175 %122 %95 %75 %75 %Credit quality step123456 Where the solvency ratio falls in between the solvency ratios set out in the table above, the value of stressi shall be linearly interpolated from the closest values of stressi corresponding to the closest solvency ratios set out in the table above. Where the solvency ratio is lower than 75 %, stressi shall be equal to the factor corresponding to the credit quality steps 5 and 6. Where the solvency ratio is higher than 196 %, stressi shall be the same as the factor corresponding to the credit quality step 1. For the purposes of this paragraph, solvency ratio denotes the ratio of the eligible amount of own funds to cover the Solvency Capital Requirement and the Solvency Capital Requirement, using the latest available values. 5.Exposures in the form of bonds and loans to an insurance or reinsurance undertaking which does not meet its Minimum Capital Requirement shall be assigned a risk factor stressi according to the following table: Duration (duri )risk factor stressi up to 57,5 %. duri More than 5 and up to 1037,50 % + 4,20 %.(duri – 5)More than 10 and up to 1558,50 % + 0,50 %.(duri – 10)More than 15 and up to 2061 % + 0,50 %.(duri – 15)More than 20min63,5%0,5%dur i 20; 1 6.Paragraphs 4 and 5 of this Article shall only apply as of the first date of public disclosure, by the undertaking corresponding to the exposure, of the report on its solvency and financial condition referred to in Article 51 of Directive 2009/138/EC. Before that date, if a credit assessment by a nominated ECAI is available for the exposures, Article 176 of this Regulation shall apply, otherwise, the exposures shall be assigned the same risk factor as the ones that would result from the application of paragraph 4 of this Article to exposures to an insurance or reinsurance undertaking whose solvency ratio is 100 %. 7.Exposures in the form of bonds and loans to a third country insurance or reinsurance undertaking for which a credit assessment by a nominated ECAI is not available, situated in a country whose solvency regime is deemed equivalent to that laid down in Directive 2009/138/EC in accordance with Article 227 of Directive 2009/138/EC, and which complies with the solvency requirements of that third-country, shall be assigned the same risk factor as the ones that would result from the application of paragraph 4 of this Article to exposures to an insurance or reinsurance undertaking whose solvency ratio is 100 %. 8.Exposures in the form of bonds and loans to credit institutions and financial institutions within the meaning of points (1) and (26) of Article 4(1) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 which comply with the solvency requirements set out in Directive 2013/36/EU and Regulation (EU) No 575/2013, for which a credit assessment by a nominated ECAI is not available, shall be assigned the same risk factor as the ones that would result from the application of paragraph 4 of this Article to exposures to an insurance or reinsurance undertaking whose solvency ratio is 100 %. 9.The capital requirement for spread risk on credit derivatives where the underlying financial instrument is a bond or a loan to any exposure listed in paragraph 2 shall be nil. 10.Type 1 securitisation positions which are fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by the European Investment Fund or the European Investment Bank, where the guarantee meets the requirements set out in Article 215, shall be assigned a risk factor stressi of 0 %.

Article 181 Article 181 Application of the spread risk scenarios to matching adjustment portfolios

Article 182 Article 182 Single name exposure 1.The capital requirement for market risk concentration shall be calculated on the basis of single name exposures. For this purpose exposures to undertakings which belong to the same corporate group shall be treated as a single name exposure. Similarly, immovable properties which are located in the same building shall be considered as a single immovable property. 2.The exposure at default to a counterparty shall be the sum of the exposures to this counterparty. 3.The exposure at default to a single name exposure shall be the sum of the exposures at default to all counterparties that belong to the single name exposure. 4.The weighted average credit quality step on a single name exposure shall be equal to the rounded-up average of the credit quality steps of all exposures to all counterparties that belong to the single name exposure, weighted by the value of each exposure. 5.For the purposes of paragraph 4, exposures for which a credit assessment by a nominated ECAI is available, shall be assigned a credit quality step in accordance with Chapter 1 Section 2 of this Title. Exposures for which a credit assessment by a nominated ECAI is not available shall be assigned to credit quality step 5.

Article 183 Article 183 Calculation of the capital requirement for market risk concentration 1.The capital requirement for market risk concentration shall be equal to the following: SCR conc i Conc 2i where: (a) the sum covers all single name exposures i ;(b) Conci denotes the capital requirement for market risk concentration on a single name exposure i . 2.For each single name exposure i , the capital requirement for market risk concentration Conci shall be equal to the loss in the basic own funds that would result from an instantaneous decrease in the value of the assets corresponding to the single name exposure i equal to the following: XS i g i where: (a) XSi is the excess exposure referred to in Article 184;(b) gi is the risk factor for market risk concentration referred to in Articles 186 and 187;

Article 184 Article 184 Excess exposure 1.The excess exposure on a single name exposure i shall be equal to the following: XS i Max 0;E i CT i Assets where: (a) Ei denotes the exposure at default to single name exposure i that is included in the calculation base of the market risk concentrations sub-module;(b) Assets denotes the calculation base of the market risk concentrations sub-module;(c) CTi denotes the relative excess exposure threshold referred to in Article 185. 2.The calculation base of the market risk concentration sub-module Assets shall be equal to the value of all assets held by an insurance or reinsurance undertaking, excluding the following: (a) assets held in respect of life insurance contracts where the investment risk is fully borne by the policy holders;(b) exposures to a counterparty which belongs to the same group as the insurance or reinsurance undertaking, provided that all of the following conditions are met:(i) the counterparty is an insurance or reinsurance undertaking, an insurance holding company, a mixed financial holding company or an ancillary services undertaking;(ii) the counterparty is fully consolidated in accordance with Article 335(1)(a);(iii) the counterparty is subject to the same risk evaluation, measurement and control procedures as the insurance or reinsurance undertaking;(iv) the counterparty is established in the Union;(v) there is no current or foreseen material practical or legal impediment to the prompt transfer of own funds or repayment of liabilities from the counterparty to the insurance or reinsurance undertaking; (c) the value of the participations as referred to in Article 92(2) of Directive 2009/138/EC in financial and credit institutions that is deducted from own funds pursuant to Article 68 of this Regulation;(d) exposures included in the scope of the counterparty default risk module;(e) deferred tax assets;(f) intangible assets. 3.The exposure at default on a single name exposure i shall be reduced by the amount of the exposure at default to counterparties belonging to that single name exposure and for which the risk factor for market risk concentration referred to in Articles 168 and 187 is 0 %.

Article 185 Article 185 Relative excess exposure thresholds

Article 186 Article 186 Risk factor for market risk concentration 1.Each single name exposure i shall be assigned, in accordance with the following table, a risk factor gi for market risk concentration depending on the weighted average credit quality step of the single name exposure i , calculated in accordance with Article 182(4). Weighted average credit quality step of single name exposure i 0123456Risk factor gi 12 %12 %21 %27 %73 %73 %73 % 2.Single name exposures to an insurance or reinsurance undertaking for which a credit assessment by a nominated ECAI is not available and where the undertaking meets its Minimum Capital Requirement, shall be assigned a risk factor gi for market risk concentration depending on the undertaking's solvency ratio in accordance with the following table: Solvency ratio95 %100 %122 %175 %196 %Risk factor gi 73 %64,5 %27 %21 %12 % Where the solvency ratio falls in between the solvency ratios set out in the table above, the value of gi shall be linearly interpolated from the closest values of gi corresponding to the closest solvency ratios set out in the table above. Where the solvency ratio is lower than 95 %, the risk factor gi shall be equal to 73 %. Where the solvency ratio is higher than 196 %, the risk factor gi shall be equal to 12 %. For the purposes of this paragraph, solvency ratio denotes the ratio of the eligible amount of own funds to cover the Solvency Capital Requirement and the Solvency Capital Requirement, using the latest available values. 3.Single name exposures to insurance or reinsurance undertakings which do not meet their Minimum Capital Requirement, shall be assigned a risk factor gi for market risk concentration equal to 73 %. Paragraphs 2 and 3 of this Article shall only apply as of the first date of public disclosure, by the undertaking corresponding to the exposure, of the report on its solvency and financial condition referred to in Article 51 of Directive 2009/138/EC. Before that date, if a credit assessment by a nominated ECAI is available for the single name exposure, paragraph 1 shall apply, otherwise, the exposures shall be assigned a risk factor gi of 64,5 %. 4.Single name exposures to a third country insurance or reinsurance undertaking, for which a credit assessment by a nominated ECAI is not available, situated in a country whose solvency regime is deemed equivalent pursuant to Article 227 of Directive 2009/138/EC, and which complies with the solvency requirements of those that third-country, shall be assigned a risk factor gi of 64,5 %. 5.Single name exposures to credit institutions and financial institutions within the meaning of points (1) and (26) of Article 4(1) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 and which comply with the solvency requirements set out in of Directive 2013/36/EU and Regulation (EU) No 575/2013, for which a credit assessment by a nominated ECAI is not available, shall be assigned a risk factor gi of 64,5 %. 6.Single name exposures other than those identified in paragraphs 1 to 5 shall be assigned a risk factor gi for market risk concentration of 73 %.

Article 187 Article 187 Specific exposures 1.Exposures in the form of bonds as referred to Article 52(4) of Directive 2009/65/EC (covered bonds) shall be assigned a relative excess exposure threshold CTi of 15 %, provided that the corresponding exposures in the form of covered bonds have been assigned to credit quality step 0 or 1. Exposures in the form of covered bonds shall be considered as single name exposures, regardless of other exposures to the same counterparty as the issuer of the covered bonds, which constitute a distinct single name exposure. 2.Exposures to a single immovable property shall be assigned a relative excess exposure threshold CTi of 10 % and a risk factor gi for market risk concentration of 12 %. 3.Exposures to the following shall be assigned a risk factor gi for market risk concentration of 0 %: (a) the European Central Bank;(b) Member States' central government and central banks denominated and funded in the domestic currency of that central government and central bank;(c) multilateral development banks referred to in Article 117(2) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013;(d) international organisations referred to in Article 118 of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013. Exposures that are fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by one of the counterparties mentioned in points (a) to (d), where the guarantee meets the requirements set out in Article 215, shall also be assigned a risk factor gi for market risk concentration of 0 %. 4.Exposures to central governments and central banks other than those referred to in point (b) of paragraph 3, denominated and funded in the domestic currency of that central government and central bank, shall be assigned a risk factor gi for market risk concentration depending on their weighted average credit quality steps, in accordance with the following table. Weighted average credit quality step of single name exposure i 0123456Risk factor gi 0 %0 %12 %21 %27 %73 %73 % 5.Exposures in the form of bank deposits shall be assigned a risk factor gi for market risk concentration of 0 %, provided they meet all of the following requirements: (a) the full value of the exposure is covered by a government guarantee scheme in the Union;(b) the guarantee covers the insurance or reinsurance undertaking without any restriction;(c) there is no double counting of such guarantee in the calculation of the Solvency Capital Requirement.

Article 188 Article 188 1.The capital requirement for currency risk referred to in point (e) of the second subparagraph of Article 105(5) of Directive 2009/138/EC shall be equal to the sum of the capital requirements for currency risk for each foreign currency. Investments in type 1 equities referred to in Article 168(2) and type 2 equities referred to in Article 168(3) which are listed in stock exchanges operating with different currencies shall be assumed to be sensitive to the currency of its main listing. Type 2 equities referred to in Article 168(3) which are not listed shall be assumed to be sensitive to the currency of the country in which the issuer has its main operations. Immovable property shall be assumed to be sensitive to the currency of the country in which it is located. For the purposes of this Article, foreign currencies shall be currencies other than the currency used for the preparation of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking's financial statements (the local currency). 2.For each foreign currency, the capital requirement for currency risk shall be equal to the larger of the following capital requirements: (a) the capital requirement for the risk of an increase in value of the foreign currency against the local currency;(b) the capital requirement for the risk of a decrease in value of the foreign currency against the local currency. 3.The capital requirement for the risk of an increase in value of a foreign currency against the local currency shall be equal to the loss in the basic own funds that would result from an instantaneous increase of 25 % in the value of the foreign currency against the local currency. 4.The capital requirement for the risk of a decrease in value of a foreign currency against the local currency shall be equal to the loss in the basic own funds that would result from an instantaneous decrease of 25 % in the value of the foreign currency against the local currency. 5.For currencies which are pegged to the euro, the 25 % factor referred to in paragraphs 3 and 4 of this Article may be adjusted in accordance with the implementing act adopted pursuant to point (d) of Article 109a(2) of Directive 2009/138/EC, provided that all of the following conditions are met: (a) the pegging arrangement shall ensure that the relative changes in the exchange rate over a one-year period do not exceed the relative adjustments to the 25 % factor, in the event of extreme market events, that correspond to the confidence level set out in Article 101(3) of Directive 2009/138/EC;(b) one of the following criteria is complied with:(i) participation of the currency in the European Exchange Rate Mechanism (ERM II);(ii) existence of a decision from the Council which recognises pegging arrangements between this currency and the euro;(iii) establishment of the pegging arrangement by the law of country establishing the country's currency. For the purposes of point (a), the financial resources of the parties that guarantee the pegging shall be taken into account. 6.The impact of an increase or a decrease in the value of a foreign currency against the local currency on the value of participations as defined in Article 92(2) of Directive 2009/138/EC in financial and credit institutions, shall be considered only on the value of the participations that are not deducted from own funds pursuant to Article 68 of this Regulation. The part deducted from own funds shall be considered only to the extent such impact increases the basic own funds. 7.Where the larger of the capital requirements referred to in points (a) and (b) of paragraph 2 and the largest of the corresponding capital requirements calculated in accordance with Article 206(2) are not based on the same scenario, the capital requirement for currency risk on a given currency shall be the capital requirement referred to in points (a) or (b) of paragraph 2 for which the underlying scenario results in the largest corresponding capital requirement calculated in accordance with Article 206(2).

Article 189 Article 189 Scope 1.The capital requirement for counterparty default risk shall be equal to the following: SCR def SCR 2def ,11,5SCR def ,1SCR def ,2SCR 2def ,2where: (a) SCRdef,1 denotes the capital requirement for counterparty default risk on type 1 exposures as set out in paragraph 2;(b) SCRdef,2 denotes the capital requirement for counterparty default risk on type 2 exposures as set out in paragraph 3. 2.Type 1 exposures shall consist of exposures in relation to the following: (a) Risk-mitigation contracts including reinsurance arrangements, special purpose vehicles, insurance securitisations and derivatives;(b) Cash at bank as defined in Article 6 item F of Council Directive 91/674/EECCouncil Directive 91/674/EEC of 19 December 1991 on the annual accounts and consolidated accounts of insurance undertakings, OJ L 374, 31.12.1991, p. 7 . ;(c) Deposits with ceding undertakings, where the number of single name exposures does not exceed 15;(d) Commitments received by an insurance or reinsurance undertaking which have been called up but are unpaid, where the number of single name exposures does not exceed 15, including called up but unpaid ordinary share capital and preference shares, called up but unpaid legally binding commitments to subscribe and pay for subordinated liabilities, called up but unpaid initial funds, members' contributions or the equivalent basic own-fund item for mutual and mutual-type undertakings, called up but unpaid guarantees, called up but unpaid letters of credit, called up but unpaid claims which mutual or mutual-type associations may have against their members by way of a call for supplementary contributions;(e) Legally binding commitments which the undertaking has provided or arranged and which may create payment obligations depending on the credit standing or default on a counterparty including guarantees, letters of credit, letters of comfort which the undertaking has provided. 3.Type 2 exposures shall consist of all credit exposures which are not covered in the spread risk sub-module and which are not type 1 exposures, including the following: (a) Receivables from intermediaries;(b) Policyholder debtors;(c) mortgage loans which meet the requirements in Article 191(2) to (13);(d) Deposits with ceding undertakings, where the number of single name exposures exceeds 15;(e) Commitments received by an insurance or reinsurance undertaking which have been called up but are unpaid as referred to in paragraph 2(d), where the number of single name exposures exceeds 15. 4.Insurance and reinsurance undertakings may, at their discretion, consider all exposures referred to in points (d) and (e) of paragraph 3 as type 1 exposures, regardless of the number of single name exposures. 5.Where a letter of credit, a guarantee or an equivalent risk mitigation technique has been provided to fully secure an exposure and this risk mitigation technique complies with the requirements of Articles 209 to 215, then the provider of that letter of credit, guarantee or equivalent risk mitigation technique may be considered as the counterparty on the secured exposure for the purposes of assessing the number of single name exposures. 6.The following credit risks shall not be covered in the counterparty default risk module: (a) the credit risk transferred by a credit derivative;(b) the credit risk on debt issuance by special purpose vehicles, whether as defined in Article 13(26) of Directive 2009/138/EC or not;(c) the underwriting risk of credit and suretyship insurance or reinsurance as referred to in lines of business 9, 21 and 28 of Annex I of this Regulation;(d) the credit risk on mortgage loans which do not meet the requirements in Article 191(2) to (9). 7.Investment guarantees on insurance contracts provided to policy holders by a third party and for which the insurance or reinsurance undertaking would be liable should the third party default shall be treated as derivatives in the counterparty default risk module.

29. pool exposure of type A means the risk ceded by an insurance or reinsurance undertaking to a pooling arrangement where the insurance or reinsurance undertaking is not a party to that pooling arrangement.

Article 190 Article 190 Single name exposures 1.The capital requirement for counterparty default risk shall be calculated on the basis of single name exposures. For that purpose exposures to undertakings which belong to the same corporate group shall be treated as a single name exposure. 2.The insurance or reinsurance undertaking may consider exposures which belong to different members of the same legal or contractual pooling arrangement as different single name exposures where the probability of default of the single name exposure is calculated in accordance with Article 199 and the loss-given-default is calculated in accordance with Article 193 if it is a pool exposure of type A, in accordance with Article 194 if it is a pool exposure of type B and in accordance with Article 195 if it is a pool exposure of type C. Alternatively exposures to the undertakings which belong to the same pooling arrangement shall be treated as a single name exposure.

Article 191 Article 191 Mortgage loans 1.Retail loans secured by mortgages on residential property (mortgage loans) shall be treated as type 2 exposures under the counterparty default risk provided the requirements in paragraphs 2 to 13 are met. 2.The exposure shall be either to a natural person or persons or to a small or medium sized enterprise. 3.The exposure shall be one of a significant number of exposures with similar characteristics such that the risks associated with such lending are substantially reduced. 4.The total amount owed to the insurance or reinsurance undertaking and, where relevant, to all related undertakings within the meaning of Article 212(1)(b) and (2) of Directive 2009/138/EC, including any exposure in default, by the counterparty or other connected third party, shall not, to the knowledge of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking, exceed EUR 1 million. The insurance or reinsurance undertaking shall take reasonable steps to acquire this knowledge. 5.The residential property is or will be occupied or let by the owner. 6.The value of the property does not materially depend upon the credit quality of the borrower. 7.The risk of the borrower does not materially depend upon the performance of the underlying property, but on the underlying capacity of the borrower to repay the debt from other sources, and as a consequence, the repayment of the facility does not materially depend on any cash flow generated by the underlying property serving as collateral. For those other sources, the insurance or reinsurance undertaking shall determine maximum loan-to-income ratio as part of its lending policy and obtain suitable evidence of the relevant income when granting the loan. 8.All of the following requirements on legal certainty shall be met: (a) a mortgage or charge is enforceable in all jurisdictions which are relevant at the time of the conclusion of the credit agreement and shall be properly filed on a timely basis;(b) all legal requirements for establishing the pledge have been fulfilled;(c) the protection agreement and the legal process underpinning it enable the insurance or reinsurance undertaking to realise the value of the protection within a reasonable timeframe. 9.All of the following requirements on the monitoring of property values and on property valuation shall be met: (a) the insurance or reinsurance undertaking monitors the value of the property on a frequent basis and at a minimum once every three years. The insurance or reinsurance undertaking carries out more frequent monitoring where the market is subject to significant changes in conditions;(b) the property valuation is reviewed when information available to the insurance or reinsurance undertaking indicates that the value of the property may have declined materially relative to general market prices and that review is external and independent and carried out by a valuer who possesses the necessary qualifications, ability and experience to execute a valuation and who is independent from the credit decision process. 10.For the purposes of paragraph 9, insurance or reinsurance undertakings may use statistical methods to monitor the value of the property and to identify property that needs revaluation. 11.The insurance or reinsurance undertaking shall clearly document the types of residential property they accept as collateral and their lending policies in this regard. The insurance or reinsurance undertaking shall require the independent valuer of the market value of the property, as referred to in Article 198(2), to document that market value in a transparent and clear manner. 12.The insurance or reinsurance undertaking shall have in place procedures to monitor that the property taken as credit protection is adequately insured against the risk of damage. 13.The insurance or reinsurance undertaking shall report all of the following data on losses stemming from mortgage loans to the supervisory authority: (a) losses stemming from loans that has been classified as type 2 exposures according with Article 189(3) in any given year;(b) overall losses in any given year. 14.The supervisory authorities shall publish annually on an aggregated basis the data specified in points (a) and (b) of paragraph 13, together with historical data, where available. A supervisory authority shall, upon the request of another supervisory authority in a Member State, the EBA or the EIOPA provide to that supervisory authority, the EBA or the EIOPA more detailed information on the condition of the residential immovable property markets in that Member State.

Article 192 Article 192 Loss-given-default 1.The loss-given-default on a single name exposure shall be equal to the sum of the loss-given-default on each of the exposures to counterparties belonging to the single name exposure. The loss-given-default shall be net of the liabilities towards counterparties belonging to the single name exposure provided that those liabilities and exposures are set off in the case of default of the counterparties and provided that Articles 209 and 210 are complied with in relation to that right of set-off. No offsetting shall be allowed for if the liabilities are expected to be met before the credit exposure is cleared. 2.The loss-given-default on a reinsurance arrangement or insurance securitisation shall be equal to the following: LGD max50%RE coverables 50%RM re F Collateral ;0where: (a) Recoverables denotes the best estimate of amounts recoverable from the reinsurance arrangement or insurance securitisation and the corresponding debtors;(b) RMre denotes the risk mitigating effect on underwriting risk of the reinsurance arrangement or securitisation;(c) Collateral denotes the risk-adjusted value of collateral in relation to the reinsurance arrangement or securitisation;(d) F denotes a factor to take into account the economic effect of the collateral arrangement in relation to the reinsurance arrangement or securitisation in case of any credit event related to the counterparty. Where the reinsurance arrangement is with an insurance or reinsurance undertaking or a third country insurance or reinsurance undertaking and 60 % or more of that counterparty's assets are subject to collateral arrangements, the loss-given-default shall be equal to the following: LGD max90%RE coverables 50%RM re F Collateral ;0where: F' denotes a factor to take into account the economic effect of the collateral arrangement in relation to the reinsurance arrangement or securitisation in the case of a credit event related to the counterparty. 3.The loss-given-default on a derivative shall be equal to the following: LGD max90% Derivative RM fin F′ Collateral ;0where (a) Derivative denotes the value of the derivative in accordance with Article 75 of Directive 2009/138/EC;(b) RMfin denotes the risk mitigating effect on market risk of the derivative;(c) Collateral denotes the risk-adjusted value of collateral in relation to the derivative;(d) F' denotes a factor to take into account the economic effect of the collateral arrangement in relation to the derivative in case of a credit event related to the counterparty. 4.The loss-given-default on a mortgage loan shall be equal to the following: LGD maxLoan 80%Mortgage ;0where: (a) Loan denotes the value of the mortgage loan in accordance with Article 75 of Directive 2009/138/EC;(b) Mortgage denotes the risk-adjusted value of the mortgage. 5.The loss-given-default on a legally binding commitment as referred to in Article 189(2)(e) of this Regulation shall be equal to the difference between its nominal value and its value in accordance with Article 75 of Directive 2009/138/EC. 6.The loss-given-default on cash at bank as defined in Article 6 item F of Council Directive 91/674/EEC, of a deposit with a ceding undertaking, of an item listed in Article 189(2)(d) or Article 189(3)(e) of this Regulation, or of a receivable from an intermediary or policyholder debtor, as well as any other exposure not listed elsewhere in this Article shall be equal to its value in accordance with Article 75 of Directive 2009/138/EC.

Article 193 Article 193 Loss-given-default for pool exposures of type A 1.For pool exposures of type A which the undertaking considers as separate single name exposures in accordance with Article 190(2), where members are each only liable up to their respective portion of the obligation covered by the pooling arrangement, the loss-given-default shall be calculated in accordance with Article 192. For pool exposures of type A which the undertaking considers as separate single name exposures in accordance with Article 190(2), where members are each liable up to the full amount of the obligation covered by the pooling arrangement, the loss-given-default calculated in accordance with Article 192 shall be multiplied by the risk-share factor, calculated as follows: risk-share_factor e 0,15minSR ,196%1where: (a) SR 1P i EOF i i EOF i SR i j P j SR j ;(b) i denotes all pool members falling within the scope defined in Article 2 of Directive 2009/138/EC and j denotes all pool members excluded from the scope of Article 2 of that Directive;(c) P j P j ;(d) Pj denotes the share of the total risk of the pooling arrangement undertaken by pool member j ;(e) for pool members for which a credit assessment by a nominated ECAI is available, SRi and SRj shall be assigned in accordance with the following table:Credit quality step0123456SRi 196 %196 %175 %122 %95 %75 %75 % (f) for pool members which fall within the scope of Directive 2009/138/EC and for which a credit assessment by a nominated ECAI is not available, SRi and SRj shall be the latest available solvency ratio;(g) for pool members situated in a third country and for which a credit assessment by a nominated ECAI is not available:(i) SRi and SRj shall be equal to 100 % where the pool member is situated in a country whose solvency regime is deemed equivalent pursuant to Article 172 of Directive 2009/138/EC;(ii) SRi and SRj shall be equal to 75 % where the pool member is situated in a country whose solvency regime is not deemed equivalent pursuant to Article 172 of Directive 2009/138/EC. 2.Where the undertaking is ceding risk to a pooling arrangement by the intermediary of a central undertaking, the central undertaking shall be considered as part of the pooling arrangement and its share of the risk calculated accordingly.

Article 194 Article 194 Loss-given-default for pool exposures of type B 1.For pool exposures of type B which the undertaking considers as separate single name exposures in accordance with Article 190(2), where members are each liable up to the full amount of the obligation covered by the pooling arrangement, the loss-given-default shall be calculated as follows: LGD max 1RR C P U 1P C BE C ΔRM C F Collateral ;0where: (a) PU denotes the undertaking's share of the risk according to the terms of the pooling arrangement;(b) PC denotes the counterparty member's share of the risk according to the terms of the pooling arrangement;(c) RRC is equal to:(i) 10 % if 60 % or more of the assets of the counterparty member are subject to collateral arrangements;(ii) 50 % otherwise; (d) BEC denotes the best estimate of the liability ceded to the counterparty member by the undertaking, net of any amounts reinsured with counterparties external to the pooling arrangement;(e) ΔRMC denotes the counterparty member's contribution to the risk-mitigating effect of the pooling arrangement on the underwriting risk of the undertaking;(f) Collateral denotes the risk-adjusted value of collateral held by the counterparty member of the pooling arrangement;(g) F denotes the factor to take into account the economic effect of the collateral held by the counterparty member, calculated in accordance with Article 197. 2.For pool exposures of type B which the undertaking considers as separate single name exposures in accordance with Article 190(2), where members are each only liable up to their respective portion of the obligation covered by the pooling arrangement, the loss-given-default shall be calculated as follows: LGD max 1RR C P C BE U ΔRM C F Collateral ;0where: (a) PC denotes the counterparty member's share of the risk according to the terms of the pooling arrangement;(b) RRC is equal to:(i) 10 % if 60 % or more of the assets of the counterparty member are subject to collateral arrangements;(ii) 50 % otherwise; (c) BEU denotes the best estimate of the liability ceded to the pooling arrangement by the undertaking, net of any amounts reinsured with counterparties external to the pooling arrangement;(d) ΔRMC denotes the counterparty member's contribution to the risk-mitigating effect of the pooling arrangement on the underwriting risk of the undertaking;(e) Collateral denotes the risk-adjusted value of collateral held by the counterparty member of the pooling arrangement;(f) F denotes the factor to take into account the economic effect of the collateral held by the counterparty member, calculated in accordance with Article 197.

Article 195 Article 195 Loss-given-default for pool exposures of type C

Article 196 Article 196 Risk-mitigating effect

Article 197 Article 197 Risk-adjusted value of collateral 1.The risk-adjusted value of collateral provided by way of security, as referred to in Article 1(26)(b), shall be equal to the difference between the value of the assets held as collateral, valued in accordance with Article 75 of Directive 2009/138/EC, and the adjustment for market risk, as referred to in paragraph 5 of this Article, provided both of the following requirements are fulfilled: (a) the insurance or reinsurance undertaking has (or is a beneficiary under a trust where the trustee has) the right to liquidate or retain, in a timely manner, the collateral in the event of a default, insolvency or bankruptcy or other credit event relating to the counterparty (the counterparty requirement);(b) the insurance or reinsurance undertaking has (or is a beneficiary under a trust where the trustee has) the right to liquidate or retain, in a timely manner, the collateral in the event of a default, insolvency or bankruptcy or other credit event relating to the custodian or other third party holding the collateral on behalf of the counterparty (the third party requirement). 2.Where the counterparty requirement is met and the criteria set out in Article 214 of this Regulation are met and the third party requirement is not met, the risk-adjusted value of a collateral provided by way of security, as referred to in Article 1(26)(b) of this Regulation, shall be equal to 90 % of the difference between the value of the assets held as collateral in accordance with Article 75 of Directive 2009/138/EC and the adjustment for market risk, as referred to in paragraph 5 of this Article. 3.Where either the counterparty requirement is not met or the requirements in Article 214 are not met, the risk-adjusted value of collateral provided by way of security, as referred to in Article 1(26)(b), shall be zero. 4.The risk-adjusted value of a collateral of which full ownership is transferred, as referred to in Article 1(26)(a) of this Regulation, shall be equal to the difference between the value of the assets held as collateral, valued in accordance with Article 75 of Directive 2009/138/EC, and the adjustment for market risk, as referred to in paragraph 5 of this Article, provided the requirements in Article 214 of this Regulation are fulfilled. 5.The adjustment for market risk is the difference between the following capital requirements: (a) the hypothetical capital requirement for market risk of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking that would apply if the assets held as collateral were not included in the calculation;(b) the hypothetical capital requirement for market risk of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking that would apply if the assets held as collateral were included in the calculation. 6.For the purposes of paragraph 5, the currency risk of the assets held as collateral shall be calculated by comparing the currency of the assets held as collateral against the currency of the corresponding exposure. 7.Where in case of insolvency of the counterparty, the determination of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking's proportional share of the counterparty's insolvency estate in excess of the collateral does not take into account that the undertaking receives the collateral, the factors F and F' referred to in Article 192(2) and (3) shall both be 100 %. In all other cases these factors shall be 50 % and 90 % respectively.

Article 198 Article 198 Risk-adjusted value of mortgage 1.The risk-adjusted value of mortgage shall be equal to the difference between the value of the residential property held as mortgage, valued in accordance with paragraph 2, and the adjustment for market risk, as referred to in paragraph 3. 2.The value of the residential property held as mortgage shall be the market value reduced as appropriate to reflect the results of the monitoring required under Article 191(9) and (10) of this Regulation and to take account of any prior claims on the property. The external, independent valuation of the property shall be the same or less than the market value calculated in accordance with Article 75 of Directive 2009/138/EC. 3.The adjustment for market risk referred to in paragraph 1 shall be the difference between the following capital requirements: (a) the hypothetical capital requirement for market risk of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking that would apply if the residential property held as mortgage were not included in the calculation;(b) the hypothetical capital requirement for market risk of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking that would apply if the residential property held as mortgage were included in the calculation. 4.For the purposes of paragraph 2, the currency risk of the residential property held as mortgage shall be calculated by comparing the currency of the residential property against the currency of the corresponding loan.

Article 199 Article 199 Probability of default 1.The probability of default on a single name exposure shall be equal to the average of the probabilities of default on each of the exposures to counterparties that belong to the single name exposure, weighted by the loss-given-default in respect of those exposures. 2.Single name exposure i for which a credit assessment by a nominated ECAI is available shall be assigned a probability of default PDi in accordance with the following table. Credit quality step0123456Probability of default PDi 0,002 %0,01 %0,05 %0,24 %1,20 %4,2 %4,2 % 3.Single name exposures i to an insurance or reinsurance undertaking for which a credit assessment by a nominated ECAI is not available and where this undertaking meets its Minimum Capital Requirement, shall be assigned a probability of default PDi depending on the undertaking's solvency ratio, in accordance with the following table: Solvency ratio196 %175 %150 %125 %122 %100 %95 %75 %Probability of default0,01 %0,05 %0,1 %0,2 %0,24 %0,5 %1,2 %4,2 % Where the solvency ratio falls in between the solvency ratios specified in the table above, the value of the probability of default shall be linearly interpolated from the closest values of probabilities of default corresponding to the closest solvency ratios specified in the table above. Where the solvency ratio is lower than 75 %, the probability of default shall be 4,2 %. Where the solvency ratios is higher than 196 %, the probability of default shall be 0,01 %. For the purposes of this paragraph, solvency ratio denotes the ratio of the eligible amount of own funds to cover the Solvency Capital Requirement and the Solvency Capital Requirement, using the latest available values. 4.Exposures to an insurance or reinsurance undertaking that do not meet its Minimum Capital Requirement shall be assigned a probability of default equal to 4,2 %. 5.Paragraphs 3 and 4 of this Article shall only apply as of the first date of public disclosure, by the undertaking corresponding to the exposure, of the report on its solvency and financial condition referred to in Article 51 of Directive 2009/138/EC. Before that date, if a credit assessment by a nominated ECAI is available for the exposures, paragraph 2 shall apply. Otherwise, the exposures shall be assigned the same risk factor as the ones that would result from the application of paragraph 3 to exposures to an insurance or reinsurance undertaking whose solvency ratio is 100 %. 6.Exposures to a third country insurance or reinsurance undertaking for which a credit assessment by a nominated ECAI is not available, situated in a country whose solvency regime is deemed equivalent to that laid down in Directive 2009/138/EC in accordance with Article 227 of Directive 2009/138/EC, and which complies with the solvency requirements of that third-country, shall be assigned a probability of default equal to 0,5 %. 7.Exposures to credit institutions and financial institutions within the meaning of points (1) and (26) of Article 4(1) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 which comply with the solvency requirements set out in Directive 2013/36/EU and Regulation (EU) No 575/2013, for which a credit assessment by a nominated ECAI is not available, shall be assigned a probability of default equal to 0,5 %. 8.Exposures to counterparties referred to in points (a) to (d) of Article 180(2) shall be assigned a probability of default equal to 0 %. 9.The probability of default on single name exposures other than those identified in paragraphs 2 to 8 shall be equal to 4,2 %. 10.Where a letter of credit, a guarantee or an equivalent arrangement is provided to fully secure an exposure and this arrangement complies with Articles 209 to 215, the provider of that letter of credit, guarantee or equivalent arrangement may be considered as the counterparty on the secured exposure for the purposes of assessing the probability of default of a single name exposure. 11.For the purposes of paragraph 10, exposures fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by counterparties listed in the implementing act adopted pursuant to point (a) of Article 109a(2) of Directive 2009/138/EC shall be treated as exposures to the central government.

30. pool exposure of type B means the risk ceded by an insurance or reinsurance undertaking to another member of a pooling arrangement, where the insurance or reinsurance undertaking is a party to that pooling arrangement;

Insurance or reinsurance undertakings may use an external credit assessment for the calculation of the Solvency Capital Requirement in accordance with the standard formula only where it has been issued by an External Credit Assessment Institution (ECAI) or endorsed by an ECAI in accordance with Regulation (EC) No 1060/2009 of the European Parliament and of the CouncilRegulation (EC) No 1060/2009 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 September 2009 on credit rating agencies (OJ L 302, 17.11.2009, p. 1 ). .

Insurance or reinsurance undertakings shall nominate one or more ECAI to be used for the calculation of the Solvency Capital Requirement according to the standard formula.

The use of credit assessments shall be consistent and such assessments shall not be used selectively

When using credit assessments, insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall comply with all of the following requirements:

(a) where an insurance or reinsurance undertaking decides to use the credit assessments produced by a nominated ECAI for a certain class of items, it shall use those credit assessments consistently for all items belonging to that class;

(b) where an insurance or reinsurance undertaking decides to use the credit assessments produced by a nominated ECAI, it shall use them in a continuous and consistent way over time;

(c) an insurance or reinsurance undertaking shall only use nominated ECAI credit assessments that take into account all amounts of principal and interest owed to it;

(d) where only one credit assessment is available from a nominated ECAI for a rated item, that credit assessment shall be used to determine the capital requirements for that item;

(e) where two credit assessments are available from nominated ECAIs and they correspond to different parameters for a rated item, the assessment generating the higher capital requirement shall be used;

(f) where more than two credit assessments are available from nominated ECAIs for a rated item, the two assessments generating the two lowest capital requirements shall be used. If the two lowest capital requirements are different, the assessment generating the higher capital requirement of those two credit assessments shall be used. If the two lowest capital requirements are the same, the assessment generating that capital requirement shall be used;

(g) where available, insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall use both solicited and unsolicited credit assessments.

Where an item is part of the larger or more complex exposures of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking, the undertaking shall produce its own internal credit assessment of the item and allocate it to one of the seven steps in a credit quality assessment scale. Where the own internal credit assessment generates a lower capital requirement than the one generated by the credit assessments available from nominated ECAIs, then the own internal credit assessment shall not be taken into account for the purposes of this Regulation.

For the purposes of paragraph 5, the larger or more complex exposures of an undertaking shall include type 2 securitisation positions as referred to in Article 177(3) and resecuritisation positions.

Article 200 Article 200 Type 1 exposures 1.Where the standard deviation of the loss distribution of type 1 exposures is lower than or equal to 7 % of the total losses-given-default on all type 1 exposures, the capital requirement for counterparty default risk on type 1 exposures shall be equal to the following: SCR def ,13σ where σ denotes the standard deviation of the loss distribution of type 1 exposures, as defined in paragraph 4. 2.Where the standard deviation of the loss distribution of type 1 exposures is higher than 7 % of the total losses-given-default on all type 1 exposures and lower or equal to 20 % of the total losses-given-default on all type 1 exposures, the capital requirement for counterparty default risk on type 1 exposures shall be equal to the following: SCR def ,15σ where σ denotes the standard deviation of the loss distribution of type 1 exposures. 3.Where the standard deviation of the loss distribution of type 1 exposures is higher than 20 % of the total losses-given-default on all type 1 exposures, the capital requirement for counterparty default risk on type 1 exposures shall be equal to the total losses-given-default on all type 1 exposures. 4.The standard deviation of the loss distribution of type 1 exposures shall be equal to the following: σ V where V denotes the variance of the loss distribution of type 1 exposures.

Directive 2002/87/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 December 2002 on the supplementary supervision of credit institutions, insurance undertakings and investment firms in a financial conglomerate and amending Council Directives 73/239/EEC, 79/267/EEC, 92/49/EEC, 92/96/EEC, 93/6/EEC and 93/22/EEC, and Directives 98/78/EC and 2000/12/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council (OJ L 35, 11.2.2003, p. 1 ).

⟪TABLE:tbl_004⟫

Article 201 Article 201 Variance of the loss distribution of type 1 exposures 1.The variance of the loss distribution of type 1 exposures as referred to in paragraph 4 of Article 200 shall be equal to the sum of Vinter and Vintra . 2.Vinter shall be equal to the following: V int er j,k PD k 1PD k PD j 1PD j 1,25PD k PD j PD k PD j TLGD j TLGD k where: (a) the sum covers all possible combinations (j ,k ) of different probabilities of default on single name exposures in accordance with Article 199;(b) TLGDj and TLGDk denote the sum of losses -given- default on type 1 exposures from counterparties bearing a probability of default PDj and PDk respectively. 3.Vintra shall be equal to the following: V int ra j 1,5PD j 1PD j 2,5PD j PD j LGD 2i where: (a) the first sum covers all different probabilities of default on single name exposures in accordance with Article 199;(b) the second sum covers all single name exposures that have a probability of default equal to PDj ;(c) LGDi denotes the loss-given-default on the single name exposure i .

Article 202 Article 202 Type 2 exposures

Article 203 Article 203

Article 204 Article 204 1.The capital requirement for the operational risk module shall be equal to the following: SCR Operational min0,3BSCR ;Op 0,25Exp ul where: (a) BSCR denotes the Basic Solvency Capital Requirement;(b) Op denotes the basic capital requirement for operational risk charge;(c) Expul denotes the amount of expenses incurred during the previous 12 months in respect of life insurance contracts where the investment risk is borne by policy holders. 2.The basic capital requirement for operational risk shall be calculated as follows: Op maxOp premiums ;Op provisions where: (a) Oppremiums denotes the capital requirement for operational risks based on earned premiums;(b) Opprovisions denotes the capital requirement for operational risks based on technical provisions. 3.The capital requirement for operational risks based on earned premiums shall be calculated as follows: Oppremiums =0,04 · (Earnlife – Earnlife–ul ) + 0,03 · Earnnon–life + max(0;0,04 · (Earnlife – 1,2 · pEarnlife – (Earnlife–ul – 1,2 · pEarnlife–ul ))) + max(0;0,03 · (Earnnon–life – 1,2 · pEarnnon–life ))where: (a) Earnlife denotes the premiums earned during the last 12 months for life insurance and reinsurance obligations, without deducting premiums for reinsurance contracts;(b) Earnlife-ul denotes the premiums earned during the last 12 months for life insurance and reinsurance obligations where the investment risk is borne by the policy holders without deducting premiums for reinsurance contracts;(c) Earnnon-life denotes the premiums earned during the last 12 months for non-life insurance and reinsurance obligations, without deducting premiums for reinsurance contracts;(d) pEarnlife denotes the premiums earned during the 12 months prior to the last 12 months for life insurance and reinsurance obligations, without deducting premiums for reinsurance contracts;(e) pEarnlife-ul denotes the premiums earned during the 12 months prior to the last 12 months for life insurance and reinsurance obligations where the investment risk is borne by the policy holders without deducting premiums for reinsurance contracts;(f) pEarnnon-life denotes the premium earned during the 12 months prior to the last 12 months for non-life insurance and reinsurance obligations, without deducting premiums for reinsurance contracts. For the purposes of this paragraph, earned premiums shall be gross, without deduction of premiums for reinsurance contracts. 4.The capital requirement for operational risk based on technical provisions shall be calculated as follows: Op provisions 0,0045max 0; TP life TP life-ul 0,03max 0; TP non-life where: (a) TPlife denotes the technical provisions for life insurance and reinsurance obligations;(b) TPlife-ul denotes the technical provisions for life insurance obligations where the investment risk is borne by the policy holders;(c) TPnon-life denotes the technical provisions for non-life insurance and reinsurance obligations. For the purposes of this paragraph, technical provisions shall not include the risk margin, and shall be calculated without deduction of recoverables from reinsurance contracts and special purpose vehicles.

Article 205 Article 205 General provisions

Article 206 Article 206 Adjustment for the loss-absorbing capacity of technical provisions 1.The adjustment for the loss-absorbing capacity of technical provisions shall be equal to the following: Adj TP maxmin BSCR nBSCR;FDB ;0where: (a) BSCR denotes the Basic Solvency Capital Requirement referred to in Article 103(a) of Directive 2009/138/EC;(b) nBSCR denotes the net Basic Solvency Capital Requirement as referred to in paragraph 2 of this Article;(c) FDB denotes the technical provisions without risk margin in relation to future discretionary benefits 2.The net Basic Solvency Capital Requirement shall be calculated in accordance with Section 1, Subsection 1 to 7 of Chapter V with all the following modifications: (a) where the calculation of a module or sub-module of the Basic Solvency Capital Requirement is based on the impact of a scenario on the basic own funds of insurance and reinsurance undertakings, the scenario can change the value of the future discretionary benefits included in technical provisions;(b) the scenario based calculations of the life underwriting risk module, the SLT health underwriting risk sub-module, the health catastrophe risk sub-module, the market risk module and the counterparty default risk module as well as the scenario-based calculation set out in points (c) and (d) shall take into account the impact of the scenario on future discretionary benefits included in technical provisions; this shall be done on the basis of assumptions on future management actions that comply with Article 23;(c) instead of the capital requirement for counterparty default risk on type 1 exposures referred to in Article 189(1), the calculation shall be based on the capital requirement that is equal to the loss in basic own funds that would result from an instantaneous loss, due to default events relating to type 1 exposures, of the amount of the capital requirement for counterparty default risk on type 1 exposures referred to in Article 189(1);(d) where insurance and reinsurance undertakings use a simplified calculation for a specific capital requirement as set out in Articles 91, 92, 93, 94, 95(1), 95(2), 96, 101, 103(1)(a), 103(1)(b) or 104 the undertakings shall base the calculation on the capital requirement that is equal to the loss in basic own funds that would result from an instantaneous loss of the amount of the capital requirement referred to in the relevant Article and shall assume that the instantaneous loss is due to the risk that the capital requirement referred to in that Article captures. 3.For the purposes of point (b) of paragraph 2, insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall take into account any legal, regulatory or contractual restrictions in the distribution of future discretionary benefits.

Article 207 Article 207 Adjustment for the loss-absorbing capacity of deferred taxes 1.The adjustment for the loss-absorbing capacity of deferred taxes shall be equal to the change in the value of deferred taxes of insurance and reinsurance undertakings that would result from an instantaneous loss of an amount that is equal to the sum of the following: (a) the Basic Solvency Capital Requirement referred to in Article 103(a) of Directive 2009/138/EC;(b) the adjustment for the loss-absorbing capacity of technical provisions referred to in Article 206 of this Regulation;(c) the capital requirement for operational risk referred to in Article 103(b) of Directive 2009/138/EC. 2.For the purposes of paragraph 1, deferred taxes shall be valued in accordance with Article 15. Where the loss referred to in paragraph 1 would result in the increase in deferred tax assets, insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall not utilise this increase for the purposes of the adjustment unless they are able to demonstrate that future profits will be available in accordance with Article 15(3), taking into account the magnitude of the loss referred to in paragraph 1 and its impact on the undertaking's current and future financial situation. 3.For the purposes of paragraph 1, a decrease in deferred tax liabilities or an increase in deferred tax assets shall result in a negative adjustment for the loss-absorbing capacity of deferred taxes. 4.Where the calculation of the adjustment in accordance with paragraph 1 results in a positive change of deferred taxes, the adjustment shall be nil. 5.Where it is necessary to allocate the loss referred to in paragraph 1 to its causes in order to calculate the adjustment for the loss-absorbing capacity of deferred taxes, insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall allocate the loss to the risks that are captured by the Basic Solvency Capital Requirement and the capital requirement for operational risk. The allocation shall be consistent with the contribution of the modules and sub-modules of the standard formula to the Basic Solvency Capital Requirement. Where an insurance or reinsurance undertaking uses a partial internal model where the adjustment to the loss-absorbing capacity of technical provisions and deferred taxes are not within the scope of the model, the allocation shall be consistent with the contribution of the modules and sub-modules of the standard formula which are outside of the scope of the model to the Basic Solvency Capital Requirement.

Article 208 Article 208 Methods and Assumptions 1.Where insurance or reinsurance undertakings transfer underwriting risks using reinsurance contracts or special purpose vehicles that meet the requirements set out in Articles 209, 211 and 213, and where these arrangement provide for protection in several of the scenario-based calculations set out in Title I, Chapter V, Sections 2, 3 and 4, the risk-mitigating effects of these contractual arrangements shall be allocated to the scenario-based calculations in a manner that, without double-counting, captures the economic effect of the protections provided. In particular, the economic effect of the protections provided shall be captured in determining the loss in basic own funds in the scenario-based calculations. 2.Where insurance or reinsurance undertakings transfer underwriting risks using finite reinsurance, as defined in Article 210(3) of Directive 2009/138/EC, that meet the requirements set out in Articles 209, 211 and 213 of this Regulation, these contracts shall be recognised in the scenario based calculations set out in Title I, Chapter V, Sections 2, 3 and 4 of this Regulation only to the extent underwriting risk is transferred to the counterparty of the contract. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, finite reinsurance, or similar arrangements, where the lack of effective risk transfer is comparable to that of finite reinsurance, shall not be taken into account for the purposes of determining the volume measures for premium and reserve risk in accordance with in Articles 116 and 147 of this Regulation, or for the purposes of calculating undertaking-specific parameters in accordance with Section 13 of this Chapter.

Article 209 Article 209 Qualitative Criteria 1.When calculating the Basic Solvency Capital Requirement, insurance or reinsurance undertakings shall only take into account risk-mitigation techniques as referred to in Article 101(5) of Directive 2009/138/EC where all of the following qualitative criteria are met: (a) the contractual arrangements and transfer of risk are legally effective and enforceable in all relevant jurisdictions;(b) the insurance or reinsurance undertaking has taken all appropriate steps to ensure the effectiveness of the arrangement and to address the risks related to that arrangement;(c) the insurance or reinsurance undertaking is able to monitor the effectiveness of the arrangement and the related risks on an ongoing basis;(d) the insurance or reinsurance undertaking has, in the event of a default, insolvency or bankruptcy of a counterparty or other credit event set out in the transaction documentation for the arrangement, a direct claim on that counterparty;(e) there is no double counting of risk-mitigation effects in own funds and in the calculation of the Solvency Capital Requirement or within the calculation of the Solvency Capital Requirement. 2.Only risk-mitigation techniques that are in force for at least the next 12 months and which meet the qualitative criteria set out in this Section shall be fully taken into account in the Basic Solvency Capital Requirement. In all other cases, the risk-mitigation effect of risk-mitigation techniques that are in force for a period shorter than 12 months and which meet the qualitative criteria set out in this Section shall be taken into account in the Basic Solvency Capital Requirement in proportion to the length of time involved for the shorter of the full term of the risk exposure or the period that the risk-mitigation technique is in force. 3.Where contractual arrangements governing the risk-mitigation techniques will be in force for a period shorter than the next 12 months and the insurance or reinsurance undertaking intends to replace that risk-mitigation technique at the time of its expiry with a similar arrangement, the risk-mitigation technique shall be fully taken into account in the Basic Solvency Capital Requirement provided all of the following qualitative criteria are met: (a) the insurance or reinsurance undertaking has a written policy on the replacement of that risk-mitigation technique;(b) the replacement of the risk-mitigation technique shall not take place more often than every three months;(c) the replacement of the risk-mitigation technique is not conditional on any future event, which is outside of the control of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking. Where the replacement of the risk-mitigation technique is conditional on any future event, that is within the control of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking, then the conditions should be clearly documented in the written policy referred to in point (a);(d) the replacement of the risk-mitigation technique shall be realistic based on replacements undertaken previously by the insurance or reinsurance undertaking and consistent with its current business practice and business strategy;(e) the risk that the risk-mitigation technique cannot be replaced due to an absence of liquidity in the market is not material;(f) the risk that the cost of replacing the risk-mitigation technique increases during the following 12 months is reflected in the Solvency Capital Requirement;(g) the replacement of the risk-mitigation technique would not be contrary to requirements that apply to future management actions set out in Article 23(5).

31. pool exposure of type C means the risk ceded by an insurance or reinsurance undertaking which is a party to a pooling arrangement to another insurance or reinsurance undertaking which is not a member of that pooling arrangement.

Article 210 Article 210 Effective Transfer of Risk 1.The contractual arrangements governing the risk-mitigation technique shall ensure that the extent of the cover provided by the risk-mitigation technique and the transfer of risk is clearly defined and incontrovertible. 2.The contractual arrangement shall not result in material basis risk or in the creation of other risks, unless this is reflected in the calculation of the Solvency Capital requirement. 3.Basis risk is material if it leads to a misstatement of the risk-mitigating effect on the insurance or reinsurance undertaking's Basic Solvency Capital Requirement that could influence the decision-making or judgement of the intended user of that information, including the supervisory authorities. 4.The determination that the contractual arrangements and transfer of risk is legally effective and enforceable in all relevant jurisdictions in accordance with Article 209(1)(a) shall be based on the following: (a) whether the contractual arrangement is subject to any condition which could undermine the effective transfer of risk, the fulfilment of which is outside the direct control of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking;(b) whether there are any connected transactions which could undermine the effective transfer of risk.

Article 211 Article 211 Risk-Mitigation techniques using reinsurance contracts or special purpose vehicles 1.Where insurance or reinsurance undertakings transfer underwriting risks using reinsurance contracts or special purpose vehicles, in order for them to take into account the risk-mitigation technique in the Basic Solvency Capital Requirement, the qualitative criteria set out in Articles 209 and 210 and those set out in paragraphs 2 to 6 shall be met. 2.In the case of reinsurance contracts the counterparty shall be any of the following: (a) an insurance or reinsurance undertaking which complies with the Solvency Capital Requirement;(b) a third-country insurance or reinsurance undertaking, situated in a country whose solvency regime is deemed equivalent or temporarily equivalent to that laid down in Directive 2009/138/EC in accordance with Article 172 of that Directive and which complies with the solvency requirements of that third-country;(c) a third country insurance or reinsurance undertaking, which is not situated in a country whose solvency regime is deemed equivalent or temporarily equivalent to that laid down in Directive 2009/138/EC in accordance with Article 172 of that Directive with a credit quality which has been assigned to credit quality step 3 or better in accordance with Section 1, Chapter II of this Title. 3.Where a counterparty to a reinsurance contract is an insurance or reinsurance undertaking which ceases to comply with the Solvency Capital Requirement after the reinsurance contract has been entered into, the protection offered by the insurance risk-mitigation technique may be partially recognised, provided that the insurance or reinsurance undertaking can demonstrate that the counterparty has submitted a realistic recovery plan to its supervisory authorities and compliance with the Solvency Capital Requirement will be restored within the timeframe defined in the recovery plan referred to in Article 138 of Directive 2009/138/EC. For that purpose, the effect of the risk-mitigation technique shall be reduced by the percentage by which the Solvency Capital Requirement is breached. 4.Where risk is transferred to a special purpose vehicle the requirements referred to in Article 211(2) of Directive 2009/138/EC shall be met for the risk-mitigation technique to be taken into account in the Basic Solvency Capital Requirement; where the requirements for a special purpose vehicle to be fully-funded cease to be fully met after the arrangement has been entered into, the protection offered by the insurance risk-mitigation technique may be partially recognised, provided that the insurance or reinsurance undertaking can demonstrate that compliance with the fully-funded requirement will be restored within three months; for this purpose, the effect of the risk-mitigation technique shall be reduced by the percentage of the aggregated maximum risk exposure of the special purpose vehicle, referred to in Article 326 of this Regulation not covered by the assets of the special purpose vehicle or by an equivalent amount where Article 211(3) of Directive 2009/138/EC is applicable. 5.Where risk is transferred to a special purpose vehicle referred to in Article 211(3) of Directive 2009/138/EC, the risk-mitigation technique shall only be taken into account in the Basic Solvency Capital Requirement where the law of the Member State is equivalent to that set out in Article 211(2) of that Directive and that law is complied with by the special purpose vehicle. 6.Where risk is transferred to a special purpose vehicle that is regulated by a third country supervisory authority, the risk-mitigation technique shall only be taken into account in the Basic Solvency Capital Requirement where requirements equivalent to those set out in Article 211(2) of Directive 2009/138/EC are met by the special purpose vehicle.

Article 212 Article 212 Financial Risk-Mitigation techniques 1.Where insurance or reinsurance undertakings transfer risk, in order for the risk-mitigation technique to be taken into account in the Basic Solvency Capital Requirement, other than in the cases referred to in Article 211, including transfers through the purchase or issuance of financial instruments, the qualitative criteria provided in paragraphs 2 to 5 shall be met, in addition to the qualitative criteria set out in Articles 209 and 210. 2.The risk-mitigation technique shall be consistent with the insurance or reinsurance undertaking's written policy on risk management, as referred to in Article 44(2) of Directive 2009/138/EC. 3.The insurance or reinsurance undertaking shall be able to value the assets, liabilities that are subject to the risk mitigation technique and, where the risk-mitigation technique includes the use of financial instruments, the financial instruments, reliably in accordance with Article 75 of Directive 2009/138/EC. 4.Where the risk-mitigation technique includes the use of financial instruments, the financial instruments shall have a credit quality which has been assigned to credit quality step 3 or better in accordance with Section 2, Chapter I of this Title. 5.Where the risk-mitigation technique is not a financial instrument, the counterparties to the risk-mitigation technique shall have a credit quality which has been assigned to credit quality step 3 or better in accordance with Section 2, Chapter I of this Title.

Article 213 Article 213 Status of the counterparties 1.In the event that the qualitative criteria in Article 211(1) and Article 212(3) and (4) are not met, insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall only take into account the risk-mitigation techniques when calculating the Basic Solvency Capital Requirement where one of the following criteria is met: (a) the risk-mitigation technique meets the qualitative criteria set out in Articles 209, 210 and Article 212(1) and (2) and collateral arrangements exist that meet the criteria provided in Article 214;(b) the risk-mitigation technique is accompanied by another risk-mitigation technique, where the other technique when viewed in combination with the first technique meets the qualitative criteria in Articles 209, 210, and Article 212(1) and (2) and where the counterparties to the other technique meet the criteria provided in Articles 211(1) and Article 212(3) and (4). 2.For the purposes of point (a) of paragraph 1 of this Article, where the value, in accordance with Article 75 of Directive 2009/138/EC of the collateral is less than the total risk exposure, the collateral arrangement shall only be taken into account to the extent that the collateral covers the risk exposure.

Article 214 Article 214 Collateral Arrangements 1.In the calculation of the Basic Solvency Capital Requirement, collateral arrangements shall only be recognised where, in addition to the qualitative criteria in Articles 209 and 210, the following criteria are met: (a) the insurance or reinsurance undertaking transferring the risk shall have the right to liquidate or retain, in a timely manner, the collateral in the event of a default, insolvency or bankruptcy or other credit event of the counterparty;(b) there is sufficient certainty as to the protection achieved by the collateral because of either of the following:(i) it is of sufficient credit quality, is of sufficient liquidity and is sufficiently stable in value;(ii) it is guaranteed by a counterparty, other than a counterparty referred to in Article 187(5) and 184(2) who has been assigned a risk factor for concentration risk of 0 %; (c) there is no material positive correlation between the credit quality of the counterparty and the value of the collateral;(d) the collateral is not securities issued by the counterparty or a related undertaking of that counterparty. 2.Where a collateral arrangement meets the definition in Article 1(26)(b) and involves collateral being held by a custodian or other third party, the insurance or reinsurance undertaking shall ensure that all of the following criteria are met: (a) the relevant custodian or other third party segregates the assets held as collateral from its own assets;(b) the segregated assets are held by a deposit-taking institution that has a credit quality which has been assigned to credit quality step 3 or better in accordance with Section 2, Chapter I of this Title;(c) the segregated assets are individually identifiable and can only be changed or substituted with the consent of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking or a person acting as a trustee in relation to the insurance or reinsurance undertaking's interest in such assets;(d) the insurance or reinsurance undertaking has (or is a beneficiary under a trust where the trustee has) the right to liquidate or retain, in a timely manner, the segregated assets in the event of a default, insolvency or bankruptcy or other credit event relating to the custodian or other third party holding the collateral on behalf of the counterparty;(e) the segregated assets shall not be used to pay, or to provide collateral in favour of, any person other than the insurance or reinsurance undertaking or as directed by the insurance or reinsurance undertaking.

Article 215 Article 215 Guarantees

Article 216 Article 216 Calculation of the Solvency Capital Requirement in the case of ring-fenced funds and matching adjustment portfolios 1.In the case of ring-fenced funds determined in accordance with Article 81(1) of this Regulation or in the case insurance or reinsurance undertakings have received approval to apply a matching adjustment to the risk-free interest term structure in accordance with Article 77b of Directive 2009/138/EC, insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall make an adjustment to the calculation of the Solvency Capital Requirement following the method that is set out in Article 217 of this Regulation. 2.However, where an insurance or reinsurance undertaking has received supervisory approval to apply the provisions set out in Article 304 of Directive 2009/138/EC to a ring-fenced funds, it shall not adjust the calculation in accordance with Article 217 of this Regulation, but base the calculation of the assumption of full diversification between the assets and liabilities of the ring-fenced funds and the rest of the undertaking.

Article 217 Article 217 Solvency Capital Requirement calculation method for ring-fenced funds and matching adjustment portfolios 1.Insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall calculate a notional Solvency Capital Requirement for each ring-fenced fund and each matching adjustment portfolio, as well as for the remaining part of the undertaking, in the same manner as if those ring-fenced funds and matching adjustment portfolio and the remaining part of the undertaking were separate undertakings. 2.Insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall calculate their Solvency Capital Requirement as the sum of the notional Solvency Capital Requirements for each of the ring-fenced funds and each matching adjustment portfolio and for the remaining part of the undertaking. 3.Where the calculation of the capital requirement for a risk module or sub-module of the Basic Solvency Capital Requirement is based on the impact of a scenario on the basic own funds of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking, the impact of the scenario on the basic own funds at the level of the ring-fenced fund and matching adjustment portfolio and the remaining part of the undertaking shall be calculated. 4.The basic own funds at the level of the ring-fenced fund or matching adjustment portfolio shall be those restricted own–fund items that meet the definition of basic own funds set out in Article 88 of Directive 2009/138/EC. 5.Where profit participation arrangements exist in the ring-fenced fund, insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall apply the following approach when adjusting the Solvency Capital Requirement: (a) where the calculation referred to in paragraph 3 would result in an increase in the basic own funds at the level of the ring-fenced fund, the estimated change in those basic own funds shall be adjusted to reflect the existence of profit participation arrangements in the ring-fenced fund; in this case, the adjustment to the change in the basic own funds of the ring-fenced fund shall be the amount by which technical provisions would increase due to the expected future distribution to policy holders or beneficiaries of that ring-fenced fund;(b) where the calculation referred to in paragraph 3 would result in a decrease in the basic own funds at the level of the ring-fenced fund, the estimated change in those basic own funds for the calculation of the net Basic Solvency Capital Requirement, as referred to in Article 206(2), shall be adjusted to reflect the reduction in future discretionary benefits payable to policy holders or beneficiaries of that ring-fenced fund; the adjustment shall not exceed the amount of future discretionary benefits within the ring-fenced fund. 6.Notwithstanding paragraph 1, the notional Solvency Capital Requirement for each ring-fenced fund and each matching adjustment portfolio shall be calculated using the scenario-based calculations under which basic own funds for the undertaking as a whole are most negatively affected. 7.For the purposes of determining the scenario under which basic own funds are most negatively affected for the undertaking as a whole, the undertaking shall first calculate the sum of the results of the impacts of the scenarios on the basic own funds at the level of each ring-fenced fund and each matching adjustment portfolio, in accordance with paragraphs 3 and 5. The sums at the level of each ring-fenced fund and each matching adjustment portfolio shall be added to one another and to the results of the impact of the scenarios on the basic own funds in the remaining part of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking. 8.The notional Solvency Capital Requirement for each ring-fenced fund and each matching adjustment portfolio shall be determined by aggregating the capital requirements for each sub-module and risk module of the Basic Solvency Capital Requirement. 9.Insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall assume that there is no diversification of risks between each of the ring-fenced funds and each matching adjustment portfolio and the remaining part of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking.

Article 218 Article 218 Subset of standard parameters that may be replaced by undertaking-specific parameters 1.The subset of standard parameters that may be replaced by undertaking-specific parameters as set out in Article 104(7) of Directive 2009/138/EC shall comprise the following parameters: (a) in the non-life premium and reserve risk sub-module, for each segment set out in Annex II of this Regulation:(i) the standard deviation for non-life premium risk referred to in Article 117(2)(a) of this Regulation;(ii) the standard deviation for non-life gross premium risk referred to in Article 117(3) of this Regulation;(iii) the adjustment factor for non-proportional reinsurance referred to in Article 117(3) of this Regulation, provided that there is a recognisable excess of loss reinsurance contract for that segment as set out in paragraph 2 of this Article;(iv) the standard deviation for non-life reserve risk referred to in Article 117(2)(b) of this Regulation; (b) in the life revision risk sub-module, the increase in the amount of annuity benefits referred to in Article 141 of this Regulation, provided that the annuities falling under that sub-module are not subject to material inflation risk;(c) in the NSLT health premium and reserve risk sub-module, for each segment set out in Annex XIV of this Regulation:(i) the standard deviation for NSLT health premium risk referred to in Article 148(2)(a) of this Regulation;(ii) the standard deviation for NSLT health gross premium risk referred to in Article 148(3) of this Regulation;(iii) the adjustment factor for non-proportional reinsurance referred to in Article 148(3) of this Regulation, provided that there is a recognisable excess of loss reinsurance contract for that segment as set out in paragraph 2;(iv) the standard deviation for NSLT health reserve risk referred to in Article 148(2)(b) of this Regulation; (d) in the health revision risk sub-module, the increase in the amount of annuity benefits referred to in Article 158 of this Regulation, provided that the annuities falling under that sub-module are not subject to material inflation risk. Insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall not replace both the standard parameters referred to in point (a)(ii) and (iii) of the same segment or both the standard parameters referred to in point (c)(ii) and (iii) of the same segment. 2.An excess of loss reinsurance contract for a segment shall be considered recognisable provided it meets the following conditions: (a) it provides, to the extent that losses of the ceding undertaking that relate either to single insurance claims or all insurance claims under the same policy during a specified time period are larger than a specified retention, complete compensation for such losses up to a specified limit or without limit;(b) it covers all insurance claims that the insurance or reinsurance undertaking may incur in the segment or homogeneous risk groups within the segment during the following 12 months;(c) it allows for a sufficient number of reinstatements so as to ensure that all claims of multiple events incurred during the following 12 months are covered;(d) it complies with Articles 209, 210, 211 and 213. For the purposes of this Article excess of loss reinsurance contract shall also denote arrangements with special purpose vehicles that provide risk transfer which is equivalent to that of an excess of loss reinsurance contract. 3.Where insurance or reinsurance undertakings have concluded several excess of loss reinsurance contracts that each meet the requirements set out in point (d) of paragraph 2, and that in combination meet the requirements set out in points (a), (b) and (c) of paragraph 2, their combination shall be considered as one recognisable excess of loss insurance contract. 4.For the purposes of points (b) and (d) of paragraph 1, inflation risk shall be considered to be material where ignoring it in the calculation of the capital requirement for revision risk could influence the decision-making or the judgement of the users of that information, including the supervisory authorities.

Article 219 Article 219 Data criteria 1.Data used to calculate undertaking-specific parameters shall only be considered to be complete, accurate and appropriate where they satisfy the following criteria: (a) the data meet the conditions set out in Article 19(1), (2) and (3), and the insurance or reinsurance undertaking complies in relation to that data with the requirements set out in Article 19(4), where any reference to the calculation of technical provisions shall be understood as referring to the calculation of the undertaking-specific parameter;(b) the data are capable of being incorporated into the standardised methods;(c) the data do not prevent the insurance or reinsurance undertaking from complying with the requirements of Article 101(3) of Directive 2009/13/EC;(d) the data meet any additional data requirement necessary to use each standardised method.(e) the data and its production process are thoroughly documented, including:(i) the collection of data and analysis of its quality, where the documentation required includes a directory of the data, specifying their source, characteristics and usage and the specification for the collection, processing and application of the data;(ii) the choice of assumptions used in the production and adjustment of the data, including adjustments with regard to reinsurance and catastrophe claims and about the allocation of expenses, where the documentation required includes a directory of all relevant assumptions that the calculation of technical provisions is based upon and a justification for the choice of the assumptions;(iii) the selection and application of actuarial and statistical methods for the production and the adjustment of the data;(iv) the validation of the data. 2.Where external data are used, they shall satisfy the following additional criteria: (a) the process for collecting data is transparent, auditable and known by the insurance or reinsurance undertaking that uses the data to calculate undertaking-specific parameters on its basis;(b) where the data stem from different sources, the assumptions made in the collection, processing and application of data ensure that the data are comparable;(c) the data stem from insurance and reinsurance undertakings whose business and risk profile is similar to that of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking whose undertaking-specific parameter is calculated in the basis of those data;(d) undertakings using the external data are able to verify that there is sufficient statistical evidence that the probability distributions underlying their own data and that of the underlying external data have a high degree of similarity, in particular with respect to the level of volatility they reflect;(e) external data only comprises data from undertakings with a similar risk profile and this risk profile is similar to the risk profile of the undertaking using the data, in particular that the external data comprise data from undertakings whose business nature and risk profile with respect to the external data is similar and for which there is sufficient statistical evidence that the probability distributions underlying the external data will exhibit a high degree of homogeneity.

32. deep market means a market where transactions involving a large quantity of financial instruments can take place without significantly affecting the price of the instruments.

Article 220 Article 220 Standardised methods to calculate the undertaking-specific parameters 1.Where insurance and reinsurance undertakings calculate undertaking-specific parameters they shall use, for each parameter, the standardised methods set out in Annex XVII as follows: (a) the premium risk method for undertaking-specific parameters replacing the standard parameters referred to in Article 218(1)(a)(i), (a)(ii), (c)(i) and (c)(ii);(b) the reserve risk method 1 or the reserve risk method 2 for undertaking-specific parameters replacing the standard parameters referred to in Article 218(1)(a)(iv), and (c)(iv);(c) the non-proportional reinsurance method for undertaking-specific parameters replacing the standard parameters referred to in Article 218(1)(a)(iii) and (c)(iii);(d) the revision risk method for undertaking-specific parameters replacing the standard parameters referred to in Article 218(1)(b) and (d). 2.Where the undertaking is able to use more than one standardised method, the method that provides the most accurate result for the purposes of fulfilling the calibration requirements included in Article 101(3) of Directive 2009/138/EC shall be used. However, where an undertaking is not able to demonstrate the greater accuracy of the results of one standardised method over the other standardised methods to calculate an undertaking-specific parameter, the method providing the most conservative result shall be used.

Article 221 Article 221 1.Supervisory authorities shall collect the quantitative undertaking-specific data necessary for determining dependencies between risks referred to in Article 309(8) and shall provide them on an annual basis to EIOPA for the purposes of updating correlation parameters. 2.EIOPA may analyse the data referred to in paragraph 1 for the purposes of providing an opinion on the update of correlation parameters.

Article 222 Article 222 Materiality

Article 223 Article 223 Use of the internal model

Article 224 Article 224 Fit to the business

Article 225 Article 225 Understanding of the internal model 1.The administrative, management or supervisory body of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking and the other persons who effectively run the undertaking shall be able to demonstrate upon request of the supervisory authorities an overall understanding of the internal model which comprises knowledge about all of the following: (a) the structure of the internal model and the way the model fits to the business and is integrated in the risk-management system of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking;(b) the scope and purposes of the internal model and the risks that are or are not covered by the internal model;(c) the general methodology applied in the internal model calculations;(d) the limitations of the internal model;(e) the diversification effects taken into account in the internal model. 2.The persons who effectively run the undertaking shall be able to demonstrate a sufficiently detailed understanding of the parts of the internal model used in the area for which they are responsible.

Article 226 Article 226 Support of decision-making and integration with risk management

Article 227 Article 227 Simplified calculation 1.Insurance and reinsurance undertakings may use a simplified calculation of the Solvency Capital Requirement as set out in paragraph 2 of this Article to satisfy the requirement to calculate the Solvency Capital Requirement in accordance with the second paragraph of Article 120 of Directive 2009/138/EC. 2.In order to produce a simplified calculation of the Solvency Capital Requirement referred to in paragraph 1, insurance and reinsurance undertakings may carry out only a part of the calculations which are usually necessary to determine the Solvency Capital Requirement. For the remaining part of the calculation, the results from the previous calculation of the Solvency Capital Requirement shall be used. 3.Insurance and reinsurance undertakings may use the approach set out in paragraph 2 provided that they are able to demonstrate upon request of the supervisory authorities that the results taken from the previous calculation of the Solvency Capital Requirement would not be materially different from the results of a new calculation. 4.Insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall not use a simplified calculation of the Solvency Capital Requirement when calculating the Solvency Capital Requirement in accordance with Article 102 of Directive 2009/138/EC.

Article 228 Article 228 Probability distribution forecast 1.The probability distribution forecast underlying the internal model shall assign probabilities to changes in either the amount of basic own funds of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking or to other monetary amounts, such as profit and loss, provided that those monetary amounts can be used to determine the changes in basic own funds. The exhaustive set of mutually exclusive future events, referred to in Article 13(38) of Directive 2009/138/EC, shall contain a sufficient number of events to reflect the risk profile of the undertaking. 2.Insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall calculate the probability distribution forecast of a partial internal model at the highest level of aggregation of the components of the partial internal model. If a partial internal model consists of different components which are separately calculated and not aggregated within the partial internal model, the probability distribution forecast shall be calculated for each component.

Article 229 Article 229 Adequate, applicable and relevant actuarial techniques

33. liquid market means a market where financial instruments can readily be converted through an act of buying or selling without causing a significant movement in the price.

Article 230 Article 230 Information and assumptions used for the calculation of the probability distribution forecast 1.Information shall only be considered credible for the purposes of Article 121(2) of Directive 2009/138/EC where insurance and reinsurance undertakings provide evidence of the consistency and objectivity of that information, the reliability of the source of information and the transparency of the method by which that information is generated and processed. 2.Assumptions shall only be considered realistic for the purposes of Article 121(2) of Directive 2009/138/EC where they meet all of the following conditions: (a) insurance and reinsurance undertakings are able to explain and justify each of the assumptions, taking into account the significance of the assumption, the uncertainty involved in the assumption and why the relevant alternative assumptions are not used;(b) the circumstances under which the assumptions would be considered false can be clearly identified;(c) insurance and reinsurance undertakings establish and maintain a written explanation of the methodology used to set those assumptions.

Article 231 Article 231 Data used in the internal model 1.Data used in the internal model shall only be considered accurate for the purposes of Article 121(3) of Directive 2009/138/EC where all of the following conditions are met: (a) the data are free from material errors;(b) data from different time periods used for the same estimation are consistent;(c) the data are recorded in a timely manner and consistently over time. 2.Data used in the internal model shall only be considered complete for the purposes of Article 121(3) of Directive 2009/138/EC where all of the following conditions are met: (a) data include sufficient historical information to assess the characteristics of the underlying risk, in particular to identify trends in the risks;(b) data that comply with point (a) of this paragraph are available for all relevant model parameters and no such relevant data are excluded from the use in the internal model without justification. 3.Data used in the internal model shall only be considered appropriate for the purposes of Article 121(3) of Directive 2009/138/EC where all of the following conditions are met: (a) the data are consistent with the purposes for which it is to be used;(b) the amount and nature of the data ensure that the estimations made in the internal model on the basis of the data do not include a material estimation error;(c) the data are consistent with the assumptions underlying the actuarial and statistical techniques that are applied to them in the internal model;(d) the data reflect the relevant risks to which the insurance or reinsurance undertaking is exposed;(e) the data are collected, processed and applied in a transparent and structured manner, based on a specification of the following areas:(i) the definition and assessment of the quality of data, including specific qualitative and quantitative standards for different data sets;(ii) the use and setting of assumptions made in the collection, processing and application of data;(iii) the process for carrying out data updates, including the frequency of regular updates and the circumstances that trigger additional updates.

Article 232 Article 232 Ability to rank risk 1.For the purposes of the second subparagraph of Article 121(4) of Directive 2009/138/EC, the internal model shall be able to rank all material risks covered by the internal model. 2.The ability to rank risks shall be consistent with the classification of risks used in the internal model and the classification of risks used in the risk management system. 3.Similar risks shall be ranked consistently throughout the insurance or reinsurance undertaking and ranked consistently over time. 4.The ranking of risks shall be consistent with the capital allocation referred to in point (b) of the first paragraph of Article 120 of Directive 2009/138/EC.

Article 233 Article 233 Coverage of all material risks 1.For the purposes of the third subparagraph of Article 121(4) of Directive 2009/138/EC, insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall assess, at least on a quarterly basis, whether the internal model covers all material quantifiable risks within its scope. The assessment shall take into account an appropriate set of qualitative and quantitative indicators. 2.The qualitative indicators referred to in paragraph 1 shall include the following: (a) the identification in the own risk and solvency assessment of risks other than those that are covered by the internal model;(b) the existence of a dedicated risk management process for risks other than those that are covered by the internal model;(c) the existence of dedicated risk mitigation techniques for risks other than those that are covered by the internal model. 3.The quantitative indicators referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article shall include the following: (a) the capital allocation in accordance with Article 120 of Directive 2009/138/EC;(b) the amount of profits and losses which cannot be explained by the risks covered by the internal model;(c) the results of stress testing and scenario analysis and any tool used in the model validation process.

Article 234 Article 234 Diversification effects

Article 235 Article 235 Risk-mitigation techniques 1.Risks that are properly reflected in the internal model, as referred to in Article 121(6) of Directive 2009/138/EC, shall not include risks arising from any of the following situations: (a) the contractual arrangements relating to the risk-mitigation technique are, in any relevant jurisdiction, not legally effective and enforceable or does not ensure that the transfer of risk is clearly defined and incontrovertible;(b) insurance and reinsurance undertakings do not have a direct claim on the counterparty in the event of the default, insolvency or bankruptcy of the counterparty or other credit event set out in the transaction documentation to the arrangements relating to the risk-mitigation technique;(c) the legal arrangements underlying the risk-mitigation technique do not contain an explicit reference to a specific risk exposure clearly defining the extent of the cover provided by the risk-mitigation technique. 2.Where the risk-mitigation technique referred to in paragraph 1(c) does not cover the risk exposure of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking in all cases, the internal model shall not be considered to properly reflect the risk arising from the risk-mitigation technique in accordance with Article 121(6) of Directive 2009/138/EC unless it takes into account the reduced effectiveness of the risk-mitigation technique resulting from this deviation of risk exposures. 3.Where the risk-mitigation technique is subject to a condition, the fulfilment of which is outside the direct control of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking and which could undermine the effective transfer of risk, the internal model shall not be considered to properly reflect the risk arising from the risk-mitigation technique in accordance with Article 121(6) of Directive 2009/138/EC unless it takes into account the effects of those conditions and any reduced effectiveness of that risk-mitigation technique.

Article 236 Article 236 Future management actions 1.Future management actions shall only be considered to be reasonably expected to be carried out for the purposes of Article 121(8) of Directive 2009/138/EC where all of the following conditions are met: (a) the assumptions on future management actions used in the calculations for the internal model are determined in an objective manner;(b) assumed future management actions are realistic and consistent with the insurance or reinsurance undertaking's current business practice and business strategy, including the use of risk-mitigation techniques and, where there is sufficient evidence that the undertaking will change its practices or strategy, the assumed management actions are consistent with the changed practices or strategy;(c) assumed future management actions are consistent with each other;(d) assumed future management actions are not contrary to any obligations towards policy holders and beneficiaries or to legal provisions;(e) assumed future management actions take account of any public information or communication by the insurance or reinsurance undertaking as to the actions that it would expect to take or not take. 2.Assumptions on future management actions shall be realistic and include all of the following: (a) a comparison of assumed future management actions with management actions taken previously by the insurance or reinsurance undertaking;(b) a comparison of future management actions taken into account in the current and past calculations of the internal model. Insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall be able to explain any relevant deviations in relation to points (a) and (b). 3.For the purpose of paragraph 1, insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall establish a comprehensive future management actions plan, approved by the administrative, management or supervisory body of the insurance and reinsurance undertaking provides for all of the following: (a) the identification of future management actions implemented in the internal model;(b) the identification of the specific circumstances in which the insurance or reinsurance undertaking would reasonably expect to carry out the future management actions identified pursuant to point (a);(c) the identification of the specific circumstances in which the insurance or reinsurance undertaking may not be able to carry out the future management actions identified pursuant to point (a), and a description of how those circumstances are reflected in the internal model;(d) the order in which future management actions would be carried out and the governance requirements applicable to those future management actions;(e) a description of any ongoing work required to ensure that the insurance or reinsurance undertaking is in a position to carry out the future management actions identified pursuant to point (a);(f) a description of how future management actions have been reflected in the calculation of the probability distribution forecast;(g) a description of the applicable internal reporting procedures, which shall include at least an annual communication to the administrative, supervisory or management body, that cover future management actions implemented in the internal model. 4.Assumptions on future management actions shall take account of the time needed to implement the management actions and any expenses caused by them.

Article 237 Article 237 Understanding of external models and data

Article 238 Article 238 1.The option referred to in Article 122 of Directive 2009/138/EC to use a different time period or risk measure than that set out in Article 101(3) of that Directive shall apply both to the internal model as a whole and to different risk categories or major business units within that internal model. 2.The requirement to demonstrate the protection provision for policy holders referred to in Article 122(3) of Directive 2009/138/EC shall include evidence that the approximations referred to in that Article do not introduce a material error in the Solvency Capital Requirement or do not lead to a lower Solvency Capital Requirement than that which is calculated in accordance with the requirements set out in Article 101(1) of that Directive. Where the approximations are based on the rescaling of modelled risks, the undertakings referred to in Article 122(3) of Directive 2009/138/EC shall demonstrate that the rescaling does not impair the outcome of the approximations. Where the time period of the risk measure used is different from the one provided in Article 101(3) of Directive 2009/138/EC, the undertakings referred to in Article 122(3) of that Directive shall take into account all of the following: (a) whether events are equally distributed over time and if not, how it is reflected in the approximations;(b) whether all significant risks over a one year period are properly managed;(c) where the time period used is longer than that provided in Article 101(3) of Directive 2009/138/EC, whether due consideration to the solvency position during that time period has been given by the undertaking;(d) whether the time period used is appropriate taking into account the average duration of the liabilities of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking, the business of the undertaking and, where relevant, the uncertainties associated with long time periods;(e) any assumptions made in the approximations about the dependencies between risks over consecutive periods of time. 3.Insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall demonstrate the level of protection required by Article 122(3) of Directive 2009/138/EC once a year and each time the risk profile of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking changes significantly. 4.The approximations referred to in Article 122(3) of Directive 2009/138/EC shall be considered to be part of the internal model.

Article 239 Article 239 1.In order to fully integrate a partial internal model into the Solvency Capital Requirement standard formula, insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall use as a default integration technique the correlation matrices and formulas of the standard formula set out in Annex IV of Directive 2009/138/EC and Title I, Chapter V of this Regulation. 2.Where the insurance or reinsurance undertaking demonstrates to the supervisory authorities that it would not be appropriate to use the default integration technique referred to in paragraph 1 for any of the reasons referred to in paragraph 5, insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall use the most appropriate integration technique set out in Annex XVIII. The insurance or reinsurance undertakings shall demonstrate the appropriateness of the integration technique proposed. 3.Where the insurance or reinsurance undertaking further demonstrates to the supervisory authorities that it would not be appropriate to use any of the integration techniques set out in Annex XVIII for any of the reasons referred to in paragraph 5, the insurance and reinsurance undertaking may use an alternative integration technique. The insurance or reinsurance undertaking shall demonstrate the appropriateness of the integration technique proposed. 4.The alternative integration technique used shall result in a Solvency Capital Requirement that complies with the principles set out in Title I, Chapter VI, Section 4, subsections 1 and 3 of Directive 2009/138/EC and which more appropriately reflects the risk profile of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking. 5.An integration technique shall not be appropriate where any of the following conditions is met: (a) the resulting Solvency Capital Requirement would not comply with Article 101 of Directive 2009/138/EC;(b) the resulting Solvency Capital Requirement would not appropriately reflect the risk profile of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking;(c) the design of the partial internal model is consistent with the principles set out in Articles 101 and 102 of Directive 2009/138/EC but would not allow its integration into the solvency capital requirement standard formula.

34. transparent market means a market where current trade and price information is readily available to the public, in particular to the insurance or reinsurance undertakings.

Article 240 Article 240 1.For the purpose of profit and loss attribution in accordance with Article 123 of Directive 2009/138/EC, insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall specify all of the following: (a) the profit and loss;(b) the major business units of the undertaking;(c) the categorisation of risks chosen in the internal model;(d) the attribution of the overall profit or loss to the risk categories and major business units. 2.The specification of profit and loss shall be consistent with the increase and decrease of the monetary amount underlying the probability distribution forecast referred to in Article 228(1). 3.The categorisation of risks chosen in the internal model shall be adequate, and sufficiently granular, for the purpose of risk-management and decision-making in accordance with Article 120 of Directive 2009/138/EC. The categorisation of risk shall distinguish between risks covered by the internal model and risks not covered by the internal model. 4.The attribution of profit and loss shall be made in an objective and transparent manner and be consistent over time.

Article 241 Article 241 Model validation process 1.The model validation process shall apply to all parts of the internal model and shall cover all requirements set out in Articles 101, Article 112(5), Articles 120 to 123 and Article 125 of Directive 2009/138/EC. In the case of a partial internal model the validation process shall in addition cover the requirements set out in Article 113 of that Directive. 2.In order to ensure independence of the model validation process from the development and operation of the internal model, the persons or organisational unit shall, when carrying out the model validation process, be free from influence from those responsible for the development and operation of the internal model. This assessment shall be in accordance with paragraph 4. 3.For the purpose of the model validation process insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall specify all of the following: (a) the processes and methods used to validate the internal model and their purposes;(b) for each part of the internal model, the frequency of regular validations and the circumstances which trigger additional validation;(c) the persons who are responsible for each validation task;(d) the procedure to be followed in the event that the model validation process identifies problems with the reliability of the internal model and the decision-making process to address those problems. 4.As part of the model validation process insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall assess the quality and independence of the validation. In the assessment of independence, undertakings shall take all of the following into account: (a) in case of an internal validation process, the responsibilities and reporting structure of the persons involved in the process,(b) in case of an external validation process, the remuneration structure of the persons, including where applicable their employees or other persons acting on their behalf, who are involved in the process and any other mandates of these persons relating to the insurance or reinsurance undertaking.

Article 242 Article 242 Validation tools 1.Insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall test the results and the key assumptions of the internal model at least annually against experience and other appropriate data to the extent that data are reasonably available. These tests shall be applied at the level of single outputs as well as at the level of aggregated results. Insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall identify the reason for any significant divergence between assumptions and data and between results and data. 2.As part of the testing of the internal model results against experience insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall compare the results of the profit and loss attribution referred to in Article 123 of Directive 2009/138/EC with the risks modelled in the internal model. 3.The statistical process for validating the internal model, referred to in the second paragraph of Article 124 of Directive 2009/138/EC, shall be based on all of the following: (a) current information, taking into account, where it is relevant and appropriate, developments in actuarial techniques and the generally accepted market practice;(b) a detailed understanding of the economic and actuarial theory and the assumptions underlying the methods to calculate the probability distribution forecast of the internal model. 4.Where insurance or reinsurance undertakings observe in accordance with the fourth paragraph of Article 124 of Directive 2009/138/EC that changes in a key underlying assumption have a significant impact on the Solvency Capital Requirement, they shall be able to explain the reasons for this sensitivity and how the sensitivity is taken into account in their decision-making process. For the purposes of the fourth subparagraph of Article 124 of Directive 2009/138/EC the key assumptions shall include assumptions on future management actions. 5.The model validation process shall include an analysis of the stability of the outputs of the internal model for different calculations of the internal model using the same input data. 6.As part of the demonstration that the capital requirements resulting from the internal model are appropriate, insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall compare the coverage and the scope of the internal model. For this purpose, the statistical process for validating the internal model shall include a reverse stress test, identifying the most probable stresses that would threaten the viability of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking.

Article 243 Article 243 General provisions 1.The documentation of the design and operational details of the internal model as required by Article 125 of Directive 2009/138/EC shall be sufficient to ensure that any independent knowledgeable third party would be able to understand the design and operational details of the internal model and form a sound judgement as to its compliance with Article 101 and Articles 120 to 124 of Directive. 2.In the case of a partial internal model, the documentation referred to in paragraph 1 of this Article shall additionally cover compliance with Article 113 of Directive 2009/138/EC, in particular in relation to the justification of the limited scope of the model and the integration technique used to integrate the partial internal model into the standard formula. 3.The documentation referred to in paragraphs 1 and 2 shall be appropriately structured, detailed and complete and shall be kept up to date. Outputs of the internal model shall be capable of being reproduced using the internal model documentation and all of the inputs into the internal model.

Article 244 Article 244 Minimum content of the documentation

Article 245 Article 245 Circumstances under which the internal model does not work effectively

Article 246 Article 246 Changes to the internal model

Article 247 Article 247

Article 248 Article 248 Minimum Capital Requirement 1.The Minimum Capital Requirement shall be equal to the following: MCR maxMCR combined ;AMCR where: (a) MCRcombined denotes the combined Minimum Capital Requirement;(b) AMCR denotes the absolute floor referred to in Article 129(1)(d) of Directive 2009/138/EC and in Article 253 of this Regulation. 2.The combined Minimum Capital Requirement shall be equal to the following: MCR combined minmaxMCR linear ; 0,25SCR ; 0,45SCR where: (a) MCRlinear denotes the linear Minimum Capital Requirement, calculated in accordance with Articles 249 to 251;(b) SCR denotes the Solvency Capital Requirement, calculated in accordance with Chapter V or in accordance with Chapter VI where approval for the use of full or partial internal model has been granted.

Article 249 Article 249 Linear Minimum Capital Requirement

35. future discretionary bonuses and future discretionary benefits mean future benefits other than index-linked or unit-linked benefits of insurance or reinsurance contracts which have one of the following characteristics:(a) they are legally or contractually based on one or more of the following results:(i) the performance of a specified group of contracts or a specified type of contract or a single contract;(ii) the realised or unrealised investment return on a specified pool of assets held by the insurance or reinsurance undertaking;(iii) the profit or loss of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking or fund corresponding to the contract; (b) they are based on a declaration of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking and the timing or the amount of the benefits is at its full or partial discretion;

(a) they are legally or contractually based on one or more of the following results:(i) the performance of a specified group of contracts or a specified type of contract or a single contract;(ii) the realised or unrealised investment return on a specified pool of assets held by the insurance or reinsurance undertaking;(iii) the profit or loss of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking or fund corresponding to the contract;

(b) they are based on a declaration of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking and the timing or the amount of the benefits is at its full or partial discretion;

(i) the performance of a specified group of contracts or a specified type of contract or a single contract;

(ii) the realised or unrealised investment return on a specified pool of assets held by the insurance or reinsurance undertaking;

(iii) the profit or loss of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking or fund corresponding to the contract;

Article 250 Article 250 Linear formula component for non-life insurance and reinsurance obligations 1.The linear formula component for non-life insurance and reinsurance obligations shall be equal to the following: MCR linear,nl s α s TP nl,s β s P s where: (a) the sum covers all segments set out in Annex XIX;(b) TP(nl,s) denotes the technical provisions without a risk margin for non-life insurance and reinsurance obligations in the segment s after deduction of the amounts recoverable from reinsurance contracts and special purpose vehicles, with a floor equal to zero;(c) Ps denotes the premiums written for insurance and reinsurance obligations in the segment s during the last 12 months, after deduction of premiums for reinsurance contracts, with a floor equal to zero;(d) the factors αs and βs are set out in Annex XIX. 2.Technical provisions referred to in point (b) of paragraph (1) shall not include any of the following amounts: (a) amounts recoverable from reinsurance contracts or special purpose vehicles that cannot be taken into account in accordance with of Article 41(3) and (5);(b) amounts recoverable from reinsurance contracts or special purpose vehicles, that do not comply with Articles 209, 210, 211 and 213 or with Article 235. 3.In the calculation of premiums written after deduction of premiums for reinsurance contracts referred to in point (c) of paragraph (1), the following premiums for reinsurance contracts shall not be deducted: (a) premiums in relation to non-insurance events or settled insurance claims that are not accounted for in the cash-flows referred to in Article 41(3);(b) premiums for reinsurance contracts that do not comply with Articles 209, 210, 211 and 213 or with Article 235.

Article 251 Article 251 Linear formula component for life insurance and reinsurance obligations 1.The linear formula component for life insurance and reinsurance obligations shall be equal to the following: MCR linear,l 0,037TP life ,10,052TP life ,20,007TP life ,30,021TP life ,40,0007CAR where: (a) TP(life,1) denotes the technical provisions without a risk margin in relation to guaranteed benefits for life insurance obligations with profit participation, after deduction of the amounts recoverable from reinsurance contracts and special purpose vehicles, with a floor equal to zero, and technical provisions without a risk margin for reinsurance obligations where the underlying life insurance obligations include profit participation, after deduction of the amounts recoverable from reinsurance contracts and special purpose vehicles, with a floor equal to zero;(b) TP(life,2) denotes the technical provisions without a risk margin in relation to future discretionary benefits for life insurance obligations with profit participation, after deduction of the amounts recoverable from reinsurance contracts and special purpose vehicles, with a floor equal to zero;(c) TP(life,3) denotes the technical provisions without a risk margin for index-linked and unit-linked life insurance obligations and reinsurance obligations relating to such insurance obligations, after deduction of the amounts recoverable from reinsurance contracts and special purpose vehicles, with a floor equal to zero;(d) TP(life,4) denotes the technical provisions without a risk margin for all other life insurance and reinsurance obligations, after deduction of the amounts recoverable from reinsurance contracts and special purpose vehicles, with a floor equal to zero;(e) CAR denotes the total capital at risk, being the sum, in relation to each contract that give rise to life insurance or reinsurance obligations, of the capital at risk of the contracts, where the capital at risk of a contract means the higher of zero and the difference between the following two amounts:(i) the sum of all of the following:the amount that the insurance or reinsurance undertaking would currently pay in the event of the death or disability of the persons insured under the contract after deduction of the amounts recoverable from reinsurance contracts and special purpose vehicles; the expected present value of amounts not covered in the previous indent that the undertaking would pay in the future in the event of the immediate death or disability of the persons insured under the contract after deduction of the amounts recoverable from reinsurance contracts and special purpose vehicles; (ii) the best estimate of the corresponding obligations after deduction of the amounts recoverable from reinsurance contracts and special purpose vehicles. 2.Technical provisions referred to in points (a) to (d) of paragraph (1), shall not include any of the following: (a) amounts recoverable from reinsurance contracts or special purpose vehicles that cannot be taken into account in accordance with Article 41(3) and (5);(b) amounts recoverable from reinsurance contracts or special purpose vehicles that do not comply with Articles 209 to 215 or Article 235.

Article 252 Article 252 Minimum Capital Requirement: composite insurance undertakings 1.The notional life Minimum Capital Requirement and the notional non-life Minimum Capital Requirement referred to in Article 74(2) of Directive 2009/138/EC shall be calculated in accordance with paragraphs 2 to 11 of this Article. 2.The notional non-life Minimum Capital Requirement shall be equal to the following: NMCR nl maxNMCR combined,nl ;AMCR nl where: (a) NMCR(combined ,nl) denotes the notional combined non-life Minimum Capital Requirement;(b) AMCRnl denotes the absolute floor prescribed in Article 129(1)(d)(i) of Directive 2009/138/EC and in Article 253 of this Regulation. 3.The notional combined non-life Minimum Capital Requirement shall be equal to the following: NMCR combined,nl minmaxNMCR linear,nl ;0,25NSCR nl Addon nl ;0,45NSCR nl Addon nl where: (a) NMCR(linear,nl) denotes the notional linear Minimum Capital Requirement for non-life insurance or reinsurance activity;(b) NSCRnl denotes the notional Solvency Capital Requirement for non-life insurance or reinsurance activity;(c) Addonnl denotes the part of the capital add-ons, set by the supervisory authority in accordance with Article 37 of Directive 2009/138/EC, which has been apportioned by that supervisory authority to the non-life insurance or reinsurance activity of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking. 4.The notional linear Minimum Capital Requirement for non-life insurance or reinsurance activity shall be equal to the following: NMCR linear,nl MCR nl,nl MCR l,nl where: (a) MCR(nl,nl) denotes the linear formula component for non-life insurance and reinsurance obligations relating to non-life insurance or reinsurance activity;(b) MCR(l,nl) denotes the linear formula component for life insurance and reinsurance obligations relating to non-life insurance or reinsurance activity. 5.MCR(nl,nl) and MCR(l,nl) shall be calculated in the same way as MCR(linear,nl) and MCR(linear,l) referred to in Articles 250 and 251 of this Regulation respectively, but the technical provisions or premiums written used in the calculation shall only relate to the insurance and reinsurance obligations of non-life insurance or reinsurance activity in the classes of non-life insurance referred to in Annex I of Directive 2009/138/EC. 6.The notional Solvency Capital Requirement for non-life insurance or reinsurance activity shall be equal to the following: NSCR nl NMCR linear,nl NMCR linear,nl NMCR linear,l SCR where: (a) SCR denotes the Solvency Capital Requirement calculated in accordance with Title I, Chapter VI, Section 4, Subsection 2 of Directive 2009/138/EC or with Title I, Chapter VI, Section 4, Subsection 3 of Directive 2009/138/EC, which shall for the purposes of this Article exclude any capital add-on imposed in accordance with Article 37 of that Directive;(b) NMCR(linear,nl) denotes the notional linear non-life Minimum Capital Requirement for non-life insurance or reinsurance activity;(c) NMCR(linear,l) denotes the notional linear Minimum Capital Requirement for life insurance or reinsurance activity. 7.The notional life Minimum Capital Requirement shall be equal to the following: NMCR l maxNMCR combined,l ;AMCR l where: (a) NMCR(combined,l) denotes the notional combined life Minimum Capital Requirement;(b) AMCRl denotes the absolute floor prescribed in Article 129(1)(d)(ii) of Directive 2009/138/EC. 8.The notional combined life Minimum Capital Requirement shall be equal to the following: NMCR combined,l minmaxNMCR linear,l ;0,25NSCR l Addon l ;0,45NSCR l Addon l where: (a) NMCR(linear,l) denotes the notional linear Minimum Capital Requirement for life insurance or reinsurance activity;(b) NSCRl denotes the notional Solvency Capital Requirement for life insurance or reinsurance activity;(c) Addonl denotes the part of the capital add-ons, set by the supervisory authority in accordance with Article 37 of Directive 2009/138/EC, which has been apportioned by that supervisory authority to the life insurance or reinsurance activity of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking. 9.The notional linear Minimum Capital Requirement for life insurance or reinsurance activity shall be equal to the following: NMCR linear,l MCR nl,l MCR l,l where: (a) MCR(nl,l) denotes the linear formula component for non-life insurance and reinsurance obligations relating to life insurance or reinsurance activity;(b) MCR(l,l) denotes the linear formula component for life insurance and reinsurance obligations relating to life insurance or reinsurance activity. 10.MCR(nl,l) and MCR(l,l) shall be calculated in the same way as MCR(linear,nl) and MCR(linear,l) referred to in Article 250 and 251 of this Regulation respectively, but the technical provisions or premiums written used in the calculation shall only relate to the insurance and reinsurance obligations of life insurance or reinsurance activity in the classes of life insurance referred to in Annex II of Directive 2009/138/EC. 11.The notional Solvency Capital Requirement for life insurance or reinsurance activity shall be equal to the following: NSCR l NMCR linear,l NMCR linear,nl NMCR linear,l SCR where: (a) SCR denotes the Solvency Capital Requirement calculated in accordance with Title I, Chapter VI, Section 4, Subsection 2 of Directive 2009/138/EC or with Title I, Chapter VI, Section 4, Subsection 3 of Directive 2009/138/EC, which shall for the purposes of this Article exclude any capital add-on imposed in accordance with Article 37 of that Directive;(b) NMCR(linear,nl) denotes the notional linear non-life Minimum Capital Requirement for non-life insurance or reinsurance activity;(c) NMCR(linear,l) denotes the notional linear Minimum Capital Requirement for life insurance or reinsurance activity.

Article 253 Article 253 Absolute floor of the Minimum Capital Requirement 1.The absolute floor of the Minimum Capital Requirement for insurance undertakings that have obtained the authorisations referred to in points (a) or (b) of Article 73(2) of Directive 2009/138/EC shall be the sum of the amounts set out in points (i) and (ii) of Article 129(1)(d) of that Directive. 2.Where the gross written premiums for non-life insurance business listed in classes 1 and 2 in Part A of Annex 1 of Directive 2009/138/EC do not exceed 10 % of total gross written premiums of the undertaking as a whole, the absolute floor of the Minimum Capital Requirement shall be equal to the amount set out in point (ii) of Article 129(1) (d) of that Directive. 3.Where the gross written premiums for life insurance business do not exceed 10 % of total gross written premiums of the undertaking as a whole, the absolute floor of the Minimum Capital Requirement shall be equal to the amount set out in point (ii) of Article 129(1) (d) of that Directive.

Article 254 Article 254 Risk retention requirements relating to the originators, sponsors or original lenders 1.For the purposes of Article 135(2)(a) of Directive 2009/138/EC, the originator, sponsor or original lender shall retain, on an ongoing basis a material net economic interest which in any event shall not be less than 5 %, as specified in paragraph 2 of this Article, and shall explicitly disclose that commitment to the insurance or reinsurance undertaking in the documentation governing the investment. 2.Only the following retentions shall qualify as retentions of a material net economic interest of not less than 5 %: (a) the retention of no less than 5 % of the nominal value of each of the tranches sold or transferred to investors;(b) in the case of securitisations of revolving exposures within the meaning of Article 242(12) of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013, the retention of the originator's interest of no less than 5 % of the nominal value of the securitised exposures;(c) the retention of randomly selected exposures, equivalent to no less than 5 % of the nominal value of the securitised exposures, where such exposures would otherwise have been securitised in the securitisation, provided that the number of potentially securitised exposures is not less than 100 at origination;(d) the retention of the first loss tranche and, if necessary, other tranches having the same or a more severe risk profile than those transferred or sold to investors and not maturing earlier than those transferred or sold to investors, so that the retention equals in total no less than 5 % of the nominal value of the securitised exposures;(e) the retention of a first loss exposure of not less than 5 % of every securitised exposure in the securitisation. 3.The net economic interest shall be measured at the origination. The net economic interest shall not be subject to any credit risk mitigation or any short positions or any other form of hedging and shall not be sold. The net economic interest shall be determined by the notional value for off-balance sheet items. 4.The retained material net economic interest referred to in paragraph 1 shall not be split amongst different types of retainer. 5.The requirement provided for in paragraph 1 to retain a material net economic interest shall be fulfilled in full by any of the following: (a) the originator or multiple originators;(b) the sponsor or multiple sponsors;(c) the original lender or multiple original lenders. 6.Where the securitised exposures are created by multiple originators, the retention requirement shall be fulfilled by each originator, in relation to the proportion of the total securitised exposures for which it is the originator. 7.Where the securitised exposures are created by multiple original lenders, the retention requirement shall be fulfilled by each original lender, in relation to the proportion of the total securitised exposures for which it is the original lender. 8.By way of derogation from paragraphs 6 and 7, where the securitised exposures are created by multiple originators or multiple original lenders, the retention requirement may be fulfilled in full by a single originator or original lender provided that either of the following conditions are met: (a) the originator or original lender has established and is managing the programme or securitisation scheme;(b) the originator or original lender has established the programme or securitisation scheme and has contributed over 50 % of the total securitised exposures. 9.Where the securitised exposures have been sponsored by multiple sponsors, the retention requirement shall be fulfilled by either: (a) the sponsor whose economic interest is most appropriately aligned with investors as agreed by the multiple sponsors on the basis of objective criteria including the fee structures, the involvement in the establishment and management of the programme or securitisation scheme and exposure to credit risk of the securitisations;(b) by each sponsor proportionately in relation to the number of sponsors.

Article 255 Article 255 Exemptions to risk retention requirements 1.Article 254(1) shall not apply where the securitised exposures are exposures to entities referred to in points (a) to (d) of Article 180(2) or exposures that are fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by those entities, where the guarantee meets the requirements set out in Article 215. 2.Article 254(1) shall not apply to securitisations based on a clear, transparent and accessible index, where the underlying assets of that index are identical to those of an index that is widely traded, or are other tradable securities other than securitisation positions.

Article 256 Article 256 Qualitative requirements relating to insurance and reinsurance undertakings 1.Insurance and reinsurance undertakings investing in securitisation shall meet the requirements laid down in paragraphs 2 to 7. 2.Insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall conduct adequate due diligence prior to making the investment, which shall include an assessment of the commitment of the originator, sponsor or original lender to maintain a material net economic interest securitisation of no less than 5 % on an on-going basis and of the factors that could undermine that commitment to maintain that interest as disclosed in accordance with point (f) of paragraph 3. 3.Before investing in securitisation, and thereafter as appropriate, insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall ensure that the originator, the sponsor or the original lender has all of the following features: (a) the originator, sponsor or original lender grants credit based on sound and well-defined criteria and clearly establishes the process for approving, amending, renewing and refinancing loans to be securitised as well as loans which it will not securitise;(b) the originator, sponsor or original lender has in place effective systems to manage the ongoing administration and monitoring of their credit risk-bearing portfolios and exposures, including for identifying and managing problematic credits and for making adequate value adjustments and provisions;(c) the originator, sponsor or original lender adequately diversifies each credit portfolio based on its target market and overall credit strategy;(d) the originator, sponsor or original lender grants ready access to all relevant data necessary for the insurance or reinsurance undertaking to comply with the requirements set out in paragraphs 4 to 7;(e) the originator, sponsor or original lender has a written policy on credit risk that includes their risk tolerance limits and provisioning policy and how it measures, monitors and controls that risk;(f) the originator, sponsor or original lender discloses the level of the retained net economic interest as referred to in Article 254(1) as well as any factors that could undermine the maintenance of the minimum required net economic interest as set out in that paragraph. 4.Insurance or reinsurance undertakings investing in securitisation shall establish written monitoring procedures commensurate with the risk profile of their securitisation positions to monitor performance of the underlying exposures on an ongoing basis and in a timely manner. 5.Insurance or reinsurance undertakings investing in securitisation shall ensure that there is an adequate level of internal reporting to their administrative, management or supervisory body so that they are aware of material securitisation positions and that the risks from those investments are adequately managed. 6.Insurance and reinsurance undertakings investing in securitisation shall regularly perform stress tests on the cash flows and collateral values supporting the underlying exposures. Any stress test shall be commensurate with the nature, scale and complexity of the risk inherent in the securitisation position. 7.Insurance and reinsurance undertakings investing in securitisation shall be able to demonstrate to their supervisory authorities that for each of those investments they have a comprehensive and thorough understanding of the investment and its underlying exposures and that they have implemented written policies and procedures for their risk management.

Article 257 Article 257 Requirements for investments in securitisation that no longer comply with the risk-retention and qualitative requirements 1.Where insurance and reinsurance undertakings become aware that the originator, sponsor or original lender fails to comply with the requirements set out in Article 254, or insurance or reinsurance undertakings become aware that the requirements set out in Article 256(2) and (3) are not being complied with, they shall inform the supervisory authority immediately. 2.Where the requirements in Article 256(2) and (3) are not fulfilled in any respect by reason of the negligence or omission of the insurance or reinsurance undertaking, the supervisory authority shall impose a proportionate increase to the Solvency Capital Requirement in accordance with paragraph 3 of this Article. 3.Where the standard formula is used for the calculation of spread risk as referred to in Article 178, for the purposes of the calculation of the increased Solvency Capital Requirement referred to in paragraph 2 of this Article, the capital requirement for spread risk of the relevant securitisation positions shall be based on risk factors as referred to in Article 178, but increased by no less than 250 % of those risk factors. 4.The risk factors shall be progressively increased with each subsequent breach of the requirements set out in Article 256. 5.Where insurance and reinsurance undertakings fail to comply with any requirement set out in Article 256(4) to (7) of this Regulation, by reason of their negligence or omission, the supervisory authorities shall assess whether that failure should be considered a significant deviation from the undertaking's system of governance as referred to in Article 37(1)(c) of Directive 2009/138/EC.

Article 258 Article 258 General governance requirements 1.Insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall fulfil all of the following requirements: (a) establish, implement and maintain effective cooperation, internal reporting and communication of information at all relevant levels of the undertaking;(b) establish, implement and maintain effective decision making procedures and an organisational structure which clearly specifies reporting lines, allocates functions and responsibilities, and takes into account the nature, scale and complexity of the risks inherent in that undertaking's business;(c) ensure that the members of the administrative, management or supervisory body collectively possess the necessary qualifications, competency, skills and professional experience in the relevant areas of the business in order to effectively manage and oversee the undertaking in a professional manner;(d) ensure that each individual member of the administrative, management or supervisory body has the necessary qualifications, competency, skills and professional experience to perform the tasks assigned;(e) employ personnel with the skills, knowledge and expertise necessary to carry out the responsibilities allocated to them properly;(f) ensure that all personnel are aware of the procedures for the proper carrying out of their responsibilities;(g) ensure that the assignment of multiple tasks to individuals and organisational units does not or is not likely to prevent the persons concerned from carrying out any particular function in a sound, honest and objective manner;(h) establish information systems which produce complete, reliable, clear, consistent, timely and relevant information concerning the business activities, the commitments assumed and the risks to which the undertaking is exposed;(i) maintain adequate and orderly records of the undertaking's business and internal organisation;(j) safeguard the security, integrity and confidentiality of information, taking into account the nature of the information in question;(k) introduce clear reporting lines that ensure the prompt transfer of information to all persons who need it in a way that enables them to recognise its importance as regards their respective responsibilities;(l) adopt a written remuneration policy. 2.Policies on risk management, internal control, internal audit and, where relevant, outsourcing, shall clearly set out the relevant responsibilities, objectives, processes and reporting procedures to be applied, all of which shall be consistent with the undertaking's overall business strategy. 3.Insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall establish, implement and maintain a business continuity policy aimed at ensuring, in the case of an interruption to their systems and procedures, the preservation of essential data and functions and the maintenance of insurance and reinsurance activities, or, where that is not possible, the timely recovery of such data and functions and the timely resumption of their insurance or reinsurance activities. 4.Insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall ensure that at least two persons effectively run the undertaking. 5.Insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall ensure that effective processes and procedures are in place to prevent conflicts of interest and that potential sources of conflicts of interest are identified and procedures are established in order to ensure that those involved in the implementation of the undertaking's strategies and policies understand where conflicts of interest could arise and how such conflicts are to be addressed. 6.Insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall monitor, and on a regular basis evaluate, the adequacy and effectiveness of their system of governance and take appropriate measures to address any deficiencies.

Article 259 Article 259 Risk Management System 1.Insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall establish, implement and maintain a risk management system which includes the following: (a) a clearly defined risk management strategy which is consistent with the undertaking's overall business strategy. The objectives and key principles of the strategy, the approved risk tolerance limits and the assignment of responsibilities across all the activities of the undertaking shall be documented;(b) a clearly defined procedure on the decision-making process;(c) written policies which effectively ensure the definition and categorisation of the material risks by type to which the undertaking is exposed, and the approved risk tolerance limits for each type of risk. Such policies shall implement the undertaking's risk strategy, facilitate control mechanisms and take into account the nature, scope and time periods of the business and the associated risks;(d) reporting procedures and processes which ensure that information on the material risks faced by the undertaking and the effectiveness of the risk management system are actively monitored and analysed and that appropriate modifications to the system are made where necessary. 2.Insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall ensure that the persons who effectively run the undertaking or have other key functions take into account the information reported as part of the risk management system in their decision making process. 3.Insurance and reinsurance undertakings shall, where appropriate, include the performance of stress tests and scenario analysis with regard to all relevant risks faced by the undertaking, in their risk-management system. 4.In addition to the requirements set out in Article 44(4a) of Directive 2009/138/EC for the purposes of the calculation of technical provisions and the Solvency Capital Requirement, internal risk management methodologies shall not rely solely or automatically on external credit assessments. Where the calculation of technical provisions or of the Solvency Capital Requirement is based on external credit assessments by an ECAI or based on the fact that an exposure is unrated, that shall not exempt insurance and reinsurance undertakings from additionally considering other relevant information.

36. basic risk-free interest rate term structure means a risk-free interest rate term structure which is derived in the same way as the relevant risk-free interest rate term structure to be used to calculate the best estimate referred to in Article 77(2) of Directive 2009/138/EC but without application of a matching adjustment or a volatility adjustment or a transitional adjustment to the relevant risk-free rate structure in accordance with Article 308c of that Directive;

Article 260 Article 260 Risk management areas 1.The areas referred to in Article 44(2) of Directive 2009/138/EC shall include all of the following policies: (a) Underwriting and reserving:(i) actions to be taken by the insurance or reinsurance undertaking to assess and manage the risk of loss or of adverse change in the values of insurance and reinsurance liabilities, resulting from inadequate pricing and provisioning assumptions;(ii) the sufficiency and quality of relevant data to be considered in the underwriting and reserving processes, as set out in Article 19 of this Regulation, and their consistency with the standards of sufficiency and quality;(iii) the adequacy of claims management procedures including the extent to which they cover the overall cycle of claims. (b) Asset-liability management:(i) the structural mismatch between assets and liabilities and in particular the duration mismatch of those assets and liabilities;(ii) any dependency between risks of different asset and liability classes;(iii) any dependency between the risks of different insurance or reinsurance obligations;(iv) any off-balance sheet exposures of the undertaking;(v) the effect of relevant risk-mitigating techniques on asset-liability management. (c) Investment risk management:(i) actions to be taken by the insurance or reinsurance undertaking to ensure that the undertaking's investments complies with the prudent person principle set out in Article 132 of Directive 2009/138/EC;(ii) actions to be taken by the insurance or reinsurance undertaking to ensure that the undertaking's investments take into account the nature of the undertaking's business, its approved risk tolerance limits, its solvency position and its long-term risk exposure;(iii) the insurance or reinsurance undertakings' own internal assessment of the credit risk of investment counterparties, including where the counterparties are central governments;(iv) where the insurance or reinsurance undertaking uses derivatives or any other financial instrument with similar characteristics or effects, the objectives of, and strategy underlying their use and the way in which they facilitate efficient portfolio management or contribute to a reduction of risks, as well as procedures to assess the risk of such instruments and the principles of risk management to be applied to them;(v) where appropriate in order to ensure effective risk-management, internal quantitative limits on assets and exposures, including off-balance sheet exposures. (d) Liquidity risk management:(i) actions to be taken by the insurance or reinsurance undertaking to take into account both short term and long term liquidity risk;(ii) the appropriateness of the composition of the assets in terms of their nature, duration and liquidity in order to meet the undertaking's obligations as they fall due;(iii) a plan to deal with changes in expected cash in-flows and out-flows. (e) Concentration risk management: actions to be taken by the insurance or reinsurance undertaking to identify relevant sources of concentration risk to ensure that risk concentrations remain within established limits and actions to analyse possible risks of contagion between concentrated exposures.(f) Operational risk management: actions to be taken by the insurance or reinsurance undertaking to assign clear responsibilities to regularly identify, document and monitor relevant operational risk exposures.(g) Reinsurance and other insurance risk mitigation techniques:(i) actions to be taken by the insurance or reinsurance undertaking to ensure the selection of suitable reinsurance and other risk mitigation techniques;(ii) actions to be taken by the insurance or reinsurance undertaking to assess which types of risk mitigation techniques are appropriate according to the nature of the risks assumed and the capabilities of the undertaking to manage and control the risks associated with those techniques;(iii) the insurance or reinsurance undertakings' own assessment of the credit risk of the risk mitigation techniques. 2.The expected profit included in future premiums shall be calculated as the difference between the technical provisions without a risk margin calculated in accordance with Article 77 of that Directive and a calculation of the technical provisions without a risk margin under the assumption that the premiums relating to existing insurance and reinsurance contracts that are expected to be received in the future are not received for any reason other than the insured event having occurred, regardless of the legal or contractual rights of the policyholder to discontinue the policy. 3.The calculation of the expected profit included in future premiums shall be carried out separately for the homogeneous risk groups used in the calculation of the technical provisions, provided that the insurance and reinsurance obligations are also homogeneous in relation to the expected profit included in future premiums. 4.Loss-making policies may only be offset against profit-making policies within a homogeneous risk group.

Article 261 Article 261 Risk management in undertakings providing loans and/or mortgage insurance or reinsurance 1.Where insurance and reinsurance undertakings engage in the activity of providing loans, they shall have written policies to ensure all of the following: (a) that credit-granting is based on sound and well-defined criteria and that the process for approving, amending, renewing and refinancing credits is clearly established;(b) that undertakings have internal methodologies that enable them to assess the credit risk of exposures to individual obligors and at the portfolio level;(c) that the ongoing administration and monitoring of the loan portfolios, including for identifying and managing problematic credits, and for making adequate value adjustments, is operated through effective systems;(d) that the diversification of the loan portfolios is adequate given the target markets and overall investment strategy of the undertaking. 2.Where insurance and reinsurance undertakings engage in mortgage insurance or reinsurance, they shall base their underwriting on sound and well-defined criteria and comply with the requirements set out in points (b), (c) and (d) of paragraph 1 with regard to the mortgage loans underlying their insurance and reinsurance obligations.

Truncated text shown. The complete version is available in the interactive LexHub viewer at this address.